Democracy Spraffa

Agenda Document Pack - Education, Children's and Leisure Services Committee - 23/06/2026

Moray Council · 23 June 2026
Back to Education, Children's and Leisure Services Committee — 23 June 2026 and its agenda

Text extracted from the council's PDF. Layout and reading order may differ from the original.

Original council PDF · Download plain text

Some pages contain no extractable text. They may be blank, graphics or scanned pages. OCR has not been applied.

Page 1

Education, Children's and Leisure Services Committee 
Tuesday, 23 June 2026 
NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that a Meeting of the Education, Children's and Leisure
Services Committee is to be held at Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street,
Elgin, IV30 1BX on Tuesday, 23 June 2026 at 09:30. 
BUSINESS 
1. Sederunt 
2. Declaration of Group Decisions and Members Interests * 
3. Resolution
Consider, and if so decide, adopt the following resolution:
"That under Section 50A (4) and (5) of the Local Government (Scotland)
Act 1973, as amended, the public and media representatives be
excluded from the meeting for Items 24, 25, 26, 27 and 28 of business on
the grounds that it involves the likely disclosure of exempt information of
the class described in the relevant Paragraphs of Part 1 of Schedule 7A
of the Act.”   
4. Minutes of meeting of 3 March 2026 9 - 14
5. Written Questions ** 
6.* Childrens Activities Proposal
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
15 - 32
7.* Performance Report (Education) – Period to March 2026
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
33 - 40
8.* Performance Report (Leisure and Culture and School
Estate) – Period to March 2026
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
41 - 48
Page 1

Page 2

9.* Education and Education Resources Capital Budget
Monitoring Report to 31 March 2026
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
49 - 60
10.* Education and Leisure and Culture Service Revenue
Budget Monitoring to 31 March 2026
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
61 - 68
11.* 2025-28 Education and Leisure and Culture Service Plans
(Year 2 refresh) and 2025-28 Housing Property and
Communities (Learning Estate) Service Plan (Year 2
refresh)
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
69 -
102
12.* Future Buckie High School Project Update – Phase 1
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
103 -
110
13.* Leisure and Culture Capital Plan Developments
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
111 -
118
14.* Moray Music Centre Operating Model
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
119 -
156
15.* Free School Meal payments for unplanned school closure
days and school transport failure
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
157 -
164
16.* Moray Growth Deal - STEM Starts Business Plan and
Expansion of Public Access Service Offer
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
165 -
174
17.* His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education (HMIE) Inspection of
Drumduan Kindergarten
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
175 -
194
18.* His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education (HMIE) Inspection of
Speyside High School
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
195 -
202
19.* His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education Further Inspection
(Continuing Engagement) of Mosstowie Primary School
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
203 -
234
20.* Review of Mobile Phone Usage in Schools
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
235 -
252
Page 2

Page 3

21.* Moray Attendance Policy - Attend to Achieve
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
253 -
332
22.* Analysis of Secondary School Leaver Attainment 2024-
2025
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
333 -
352
23.* Information Reports - if called in 
Item(s) which the Committee may wish to consider with
the Press and Public excluded   
24.* Moray Quality Improvement Framework - Risk Matrix for
Schools Update [Para 1]
• 1. Information relating to a particular employee, former employee
or applicant to become an employee of, or a particular office-
holder, former office-holder or applicant to become an office-
holder under, the authority. 
25.* Out of Area Placements for Children and Young People
[Para 6]
• 6. Information relating to the adoption, care, fostering or
education of any particular child. 
26.* Impact Report Moray Adapted Curriculum (MAC) - Adapted
Curriculum [Para 6]
• 6. Information relating to the adoption, care, fostering or
education of any particular child. 
27.* Business Administration Review for Primary Schools and
Early Learning & Childcare - End of Project Report [Para 1]
• 1. Information relating to a particular employee, former employee
or applicant to become an employee of, or a particular office-
holder, former office-holder or applicant to become an office-
holder under, the authority. 
28* Moray Leisure Centre Update [Para 8]
• 8. The amount of any expenditure proposed to be incurred by the
authority under any particular contract for the acquisition of
property or the supply of goods or services. 
Page 3

Page 4

Only items marked * can be considered and determined by
all members of the Committee   
Information Reports - Not for Discussion at this Meeting
Any member wishing to call in a noting or information report from one
meeting shall give notice to Committee Services by 12 noon 2 clear
working days before the meeting for which the report is
published.  Please see Standing Order 38 for deadlines. The Notice
shall be countersigned by one other elected member and shall explain
the reason for call in including any action sought.   
Information Report - Learning Estate Review - Workshop
Update
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
353 -
356 
Information Report - Performance Report (Children and
Families and Justice Social Work) Quarter 2 (July to
September 2025)
Report by Chief Officer, Health and Social Care Moray
357 -
396 
Information Report – Sportscotland Additional Investment
Report by Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
397 -
404 
Summary of Education, Children's and Leisure Services
Committee
To exercise all the functions of the Council as Education Authority
within the terms of relevant legislation with regard to nursery, primary,
secondary, and further education; community learning and
development; and to determine the Council’s policies in regard thereto.         
Page 4

Page 5

Watching the Meeting
You can watch the webcast live by going to:    
http://www.moray.gov.uk/moray_standard/page_43661.html    
Webcasts are available to view for 1 year following the meeting.  
You can also attend the meeting in person.  If you wish to attend
in person, please come to the High Street entrance door and a
member of staff will let you into the Chamber. 
Page 5

Page 6

GUIDANCE NOTES 
* Declaration of Group Decisions and Members Interests - The Chair of the
meeting shall seek declarations from any individual or political group at the
beginning of a meeting whether any prior decision has been reached on how the
individual or members of the group will vote on any item(s) of business on the
Agenda, and if so on which item(s).  A prior decision shall be one that the
individual or the group deems to be mandatory on the individual or the group
members such that the individual or the group members will be subject to
sanctions should they not vote in accordance with the prior decision.  Any such
prior decisions will be recorded in the Minute of the meeting. 
** Written Questions - Any Member can put one written question about any relevant
and competent business within the specified remits not already on the agenda, to
the Chair provided it is received by the Proper Officer or Committee Services by
5pm three working days prior to the day of the meeting, please see Standing Order
36 for deadlines.  A copy of any written answer provided by the Chair will be
published on the Council’s committee management system by 12pm the day
before the meeting.  The Member who has put the question may, after the answer
has been published, may ask one supplementary question directly related to the
subject matter at the meeting, but no discussion will be allowed. 
No supplementary question can be put or answered more than 10 minutes after
the Council has started on the relevant item of business, except with the consent
of the Chair. If a Member does not have the opportunity to put a supplementary
question because no time remains, then he or she can submit it in writing to the
Proper Officer who will arrange for a written answer to be provided within 7
working days. 
Page 6

Page 7

MORAY COUNCIL 
Education, Children's and Leisure Services Committee 
SEDERUNT 
Councillor Kathleen Robertson (Chair)
Councillor Bridget Mustard (Depute Chair)  
Councillor John Cowe (Member)
Councillor John Divers (Member)
Councillor Amber Dunbar (Member)
Councillor Donald Gatt (Member)
Councillor Juli Harris (Member)
Councillor Sandy Keith (Member)
Councillor Elaine Kirby (Member)
Councillor Scott Lawrence (Member)
Councillor Marc Macrae (Member)
Councillor Shona Morrison (Member)
Councillor Derek Ross (Member)
Councillor John Stuart (Member)
Councillor Sonya Warren (Member)  
Mrs Sheila Brumby (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Gjesika Buci (Non-Voting Member)
Mrs Anne Currie (Non-Voting Member)
Ms Emily Greenwood (Non-Voting Member)
Reverend Tembu Rongong (Non-Voting Member)
Mr Malcolm Schofield (Non-Voting Member)
Clerk Name: Caroline O'Connor
Clerk Telephone: 07779 999296
Clerk Email: committee.services@moray.gov.uk 
Page 7

Page 8

Page 8

Page 9

MORAY COUNCIL 
Minute of Meeting of the Education, Children's and Leisure Services Committee 
Tuesday, 03 March 2026 
Council Chambers, Council Office, High Street, Elgin, IV30 1BX 
PRESENT 
Councillor John Cowe, Mrs Anne Currie, Councillor John Divers, Councillor Amber
Dunbar, Councillor Donald Gatt, Councillor Juli Harris, Councillor Sandy Keith,
Councillor Elaine Kirby, Councillor Scott Lawrence, Councillor Marc Macrae, Councillor
Shona Morrison, Councillor Bridget Mustard, Councillor Kathleen Robertson,
Councillor Derek Ross, Mrs Susan Slater, Councillor John Stuart, Councillor Sonya
Warren 
APOLOGIES 
Mrs Sheila Brumby, Ms Carolyn Donlin, Ms Jillian MacKellar, Reverend Tembu Rongong,
Ms Kirsty Simmers 
IN ATTENDANCE 
Chief Executive; Head of Education (Chief Education Officer); Head of Housing,
Property and Communities; Service Manager Education Estate; Head of People,
Change and Community Strategy; Service Manager People Management; Quality
Improvement Manager; Service Manager Early Years; Service Manager Leisure and
Culture; Service Manager Community Strategy and Engagement; Quality
Improvement Officer (Additional Support Needs); Head Teacher of Inclusion,
Wellbeing and Adapted Curriculum; Community Learning and Development Support
Officer; Senior Solicitor (Litigation and Social Care) and Caroline O'Connor,
Committee Services Officer.  
ALSO IN ATTENDANCE
Councillor Tracy Colyer 
1.         Chair 
The meeting was chaired by Councillor Kathleen Robertson.  
2.         Thanks 
The Committee, in noting that Ms Jillian MacKellar, Primary Rep and Ms Kirsty
Simmers, Pupil Rep were not present however it was their last meeting, joined the
Chair in paying tribute to Ms MacKellar and Ms Simmers for their contributions and
wished them both well for the future.  
The Committee, in noting that Mrs Susan Slater was attending her last meeting before
retiring, joined the Chair in paying tribute to Mrs Slater for her valuable contributions
to the Committee and wished her well for the future.
Item 4.
Page 9

Page 10

3.         Declaration of Group Decisions and Members Interests * 
In terms of Standing Orders 21 and 23 and the Councillors' Code of Conduct, there
were no declarations from Group Leaders or Spokespersons in regard to any prior
decisions taken on how Members will vote on any item on the agenda or any
declarations of Member's interests in respect of any item on the agenda.  
With regard to Item 10 "Singleton Inspections of Early Learning and Childcare
Centres" and Item 11 "Education Scotland Inspection of Mosstodloch Early Learning
and Childcare Centre" Councillor Stuart stated, for transparency, that he is an
employee of the Care Inspectorate solely within regulated adults and would be taking
part in the debate. 
4.         Minutes of meeting of 25 November 2025 
The minutes of the meeting of the Education, Children's and Leisure Services
Committee dated 25 November 2025 were submitted for approval.  
The Chair advised of an error in paragraph 7 of Paragraph 24 of the Minute "Initial
Analysis of Secondary School Attainment - Session 2024-2025" which incorrectly
stated "Councillor Lawrence moved the recommendations as printed" and would be
replaced with "Councillor Robertson moved the recommendations as printed".  
Subject to the amendment above, the Committee agreed the minute of the meeting. 
5.         Minute of Special Meeting of 11 February 2026 
The minutes of the Special Meeting of Education, Children's and Leisure Services
Committee dated 11 February 2026 were submitted and approved.  
6.         Written Questions ** 
The Committee noted that no written questions had been submitted.  
7.         Education and Education Resources Capital Budget Monitoring Report to
31 December 2025 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities informing Committee of the capital budget position for Education and
Education Resources as at 31 December 2025.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to note the capital
budget position as at 31 December 2025. 
8.         Education Revenue Budget Monitoring to 31 December 2025 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities informing Committee of the budget position for Education as at 31
December 2025.  
Page 10

Page 11

In introducing the report, the Head of Education advised the meeting there was no
Education Resources and Communities Revenue Budget Monitoring report on today's
agenda due to the management structure and explained the Leisure and Libraries
budget would be contained within future Education Revenue Budget Monitoring
reports and apologised for an omission at the end of paragraph 4.7 which was
incomplete and should read "was drawn down to reduce overspend."  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to note the budget
position as at 31 December 2025.  
9.         Improving Attendance Project 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities providing an overview of workforce absence across Moray schools and
an updated on the Improvement Attendance Project, including progress to date and
the next planned steps.  
Councillor Harris expressed concern that paragraph 4.5 mentioned a number of
challenges facing schools as a result of staff absence however did not make specific
mention of the adverse affect of staff absence on children's learning and teaching.  In
response, the Head of Education acknowledged the impact of staff absence on
learning and teaching and apologised for it's omission from the report.    
During discussion Councillor Stuart asked whether the Committee will be updated on
progress and outcomes, particularly relating to the wellbeing aspect.  In response the
Chair confirmed progress on the project was to be reported to this Committee on a
six monthly basis.    
Following lengthy consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to note the
overview of the workforce absence across Moray Schools and the update on the
Improving Attendance Project since approval by the Council, including progress to
date and the next planned steps.  
10.         Moray Attendance Policy - Attend to Achieve 
The Chair advised the meeting the report was deferred until the next meeting of
Committee in June 2026.  
11.         Initial Analysis of Achievement of Curriculum for Excellence Levels -
Session 2024-2025 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities providing Committee with a summary of the Moray data collected in
June 2025 and provided to the Scottish Government at the end of October 2025
regarding Teacher Professional Judgements (TPJ) on children achieving Curriculum
for Excellence levels (ACEL) at P1, P4, P7 and S3. This data appears in the Scottish
Government ACEL report published in December 2025.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed:-  
i) to note the position in respect of Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) level
achievement of children and young people in Moray for session 2024/2025 for
Page 11

Page 12

literacy and numeracy, at key stages of P1, P4, P7 and S3 within the Broad
General Education; 
ii) to acknowledge improvements over time across a range of literacy organisers
and numeracy for P1, P4, P7 and S3 stages presented in line with Scottish
Government data collection; 
iii) to note ongoing improvement and progress towards achievement of local
authority stretch aims set as part of the Scottish Government and Education
Scotland Framework for Recovery and Accelerating Progress; and 
iv) the key actions underway and planned in support of improving outcomes for all
learners and their ACEL achievement based on data presented.  
12.         Singleton Inspections of Early Learning and Childcare Centres – Published
reports March 2025 to September 2025 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities informing Committee of the content of singleton inspection reports of
Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) centres by the Care Inspectorate which were
published between March 2025 and September 2025.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to note the contents of
the report.  
13.         Education Scotland Inspection of Mosstodloch Early Learning and
Childcare Centre, Mosstodloch 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities informing the Committee of the outcomes of the recently published
report on a Moray Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) setting following inspection by
Education Scotland.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to note the contents of
the report and findings of Education Scotland.  
14.         Early Learning and Childcare - Sustainable Rate 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities informing Committee of the funding, provided by Scottish Government,
to meet the £13.45 Real living wage commitment in 2026/27; the previously agreed
methodology for sustainable rate setting in Moray and how this could be applied for
2026/27 for eligible 2 year olds and funded 3-5’s; the guidance, agreed by Convention
of Scottish Local Authorities (COSLA) on Friday 27 February 2026, to apply a national
uplift to the sustainable rate for 2026/27 for eligible 2 year olds and funded 3-5’s; the
annual percentage uplift for Developmental Nurseries; seeking agreement on the
decision to apply the inflationary uplift, taking account of the local and national
approaches and the associated financial implications and seeking agreement that
the uplift will start from the new financial year (2026/27) as per the agreement with
COSLA.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed:-
Page 12

Page 13

i) to note the variance between the two methodologies for sustainable rate
setting detailed in paras 5.6 to 5.9 and the associated financial implications; 
ii) to apply the 5.2% uplift as detailed in para 5.8 and 5.9 as per the recently
agreed Scottish Government guidance to support financial sustainability for
both partner providers and the Council; and 
iii) that in future years any annual uplift in the sustainable rate for Early Learning
and Childcare providers will be determined through application of national
guidance and funding, with local determination applying only in the absence of
such guidance.  
15.         Partnership Community Learning and Development Plan (2024-2027)
Update 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities asking Committee to note the progress made in regards to the
implementation of the 2024-2027 Partnership Community Learning and Development
(CLD) Plan.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to:- 
i) note the progress on the implementation of the 2024-2027 Partnership CLD
Plan; 
ii) acknowledge all the partners input to date and the level of positive impact this
plan has had on the local communities; 
iii) note that the CLD Strategic Partnership Group will start to review the plan and
consider future priorities for the next iteration of the plan from September 2026
onwards.  
16.         Additional Support Needs Review - End of Project Report 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities providing Committee with the End of Project Report for the Additional
Support Needs (ASN) Review as previously presented to the Transform Board.  
During discussion the Committee joined the Chair in congratulating all staff involved
in the work done and progress made on the project.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed:-  
i) to note the ASN Review End of Project Report; and 
ii) that due to the ongoing work around ASN, that this is reported twice a year to
Committee with the next update due to be after summer recess.  
17.         Additional Support Needs Update 
Page 13

Page 14

The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities providing Committee with an update on progress made in relation to
Additional Support Needs (ASN) across Moray and requesting approval for an
additional Depute Head Teacher at Millbank Primary and Buckie High School in order
to support the rising exceptional need.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed to:-  
i) note the update and impact of Moray Adapted Curriculum; 
ii) note the impact of rising ASN in Millbank Primary and the future impact on
Buckie High School; 
iii) approve an additional Depute Head Teacher for Millbank Primary and an
additional Depute Head Teacher for Buckie High School in respect of the
impact of this rising need and the workload associated with this on a trial basis
of one year, with a further report to be brought back to Committee to review the
impact; and 
iv) receive 6 monthly update reports moving forwards given work ongoing
nationally and locally and growth in additional support needs.  
18.         Period Plus Update Report 2025 
The meeting had before it a report by the Executive Director Education, Housing and
Communities outlining the key developments of the PeriodPlus service during 2025,
with the activities mapped against the requirements of the Act and the Statement of
Intent agreed by Moray Council in 2022.  
Following consideration the Committee unanimously agreed:-  
i) to note progress made with regards to the duty and implementation of The
Period Products (Free Provision) (Scotland) Act 2021; and 
ii) the statement of intent be reviewed during 2026/27 to ensure it is fit for purpose
and achievable within the funding envelope.  
19.         Information Reports - if called in 
The Committee noted that no Information Reports had been called in.   
Page 14

Page 15

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Economy, Enterprise and Operations      
Author: Lydia Simpson Contact Email: Lydia.simpson@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Children’s Activities Proposal 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The committee is asked to note that a funding proposal has been submitted to the
Scottish Government to support provision of Children’s Activities and to approve
acceptance of the funding.  If successful, depending on funding level awarded, further
development of the proposed service model will be required. 
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (20) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration regarding provision of facilities and support activities related to
the development of recreation, sport, culture and social activities. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  The Employability Team (Economy & Enterprise) has submitted a proposal for funding to
the Scottish Government for Children’s Activities, that would be classed as unregulated
Childcare, to support Parent Employability.   The opportunity to bid for funding had a short
time frame of 30 April 2026. A proposal was submitted after agreement from the Chief
Executive, using delegated authority to meet the deadline.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
i) Notes that a funding proposal was submitted to the Scottish Government
under the Delegated Authority granted to the Chief Executive as outlined in
Appendix I; 
ii) Agrees that work is progressed to develop service options to deliver a pilot
scheme providing Children’s Activities to facilitate access to increased
employment and training for parents based on the outline in Appendix 1; 
Item 6.*
Page 15

Page 16

iii) Agrees that the service details of a pilot scheme are reported back to next
available Committee, subject to any award of funding; and 
iv) Notes that the service options considered will be contained within the
allocated funding and will focus on delivering a cost neutral sustainable
service for the long term that addresses the priority of supporting parents
into and to remain in work.   
Lydia Simpson 
Lead Officer Progress for Parents 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  The Employability Team (Economy & Enterprise) was approached by Scottish Government
to be part of an initial pilot that linked to School Age Childcare. Moray has been involved
nationally and regionally in raising the issues around this through development sessions,
Highland and Islands Regional Economic Partnership, and local working groups that
Scottish Government attend.  This funding had a short timeframe to respond, with any
proposal to be submitted by end of April 2026. It is a new funding stream, closely linked to
the Scottish Football Association (SFA) Extra Time funding that Elgin City are running in
Moray. This source of funding would be in addition to all previous Child Poverty Funding. It
is for wider after school activities provision (unregulated childcare). 
4.2  There is a consultation currently underway to change the definition of childcare nationally.
This would deregulate some of the school age provision, Scottish Government would need
working examples of how this already happens, hence the £2.5M funding pot to test out
what could work. This fund covers the 1st Year (2026/27), with a plan for 2 more years
funding. 
4.3  Moray has a mix of urban and rural communities, has a low wage economy and high
gender pay gap, all things that could be addressed by enabling parents to start work or be
able to work more or take up training or education. Lots of research has already been
carried out to evidence the need for this development. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  This funding presents Moray with an opportunity to develop a new 3pm–6pm Childcare
and Activities Programme that will directly address one of the biggest barriers facing local
families: access to affordable, flexible after-school provision.  There is evidence that
childcare is a major issue for parents trying to work, increase hours, access training or
move into employment. It is also closely linked to child poverty, particularly for lone
parents, low-income households, rural families and those with non-standard working
patterns. This proposal provides a real opportunity to move from discussing the problem
to delivering a practical solution.  
5.2  Given the time available and uncertainty over the amount of funding that may be allocated
to Moray, an outline was developed of how the project and service could be developed
which enabled the bid to be submitted.  This will require further consideration and
refinement to ensure that it represents the best solution and may require to be reviewed to
ensure it fits within the funding available.  Therefore, the outline in the appendices to this
report should be viewed as the current working draft. Regardless of the final design, in
order to develop this new service a project team will be required. The proposed draft
Page 16

Page 17

structure of staff from within the Local Authority to co-ordinate this work would be a Lead
Officer, a Project Officer, a Transport Co-ordinator and admin support. All revenue and
capital costs will be covered under this funding proposal. There is a second Project Officer
post that is already funded for 26-27 by Scottish Government’s No one left behind fund
under a de-population project in conjunction with Transport. There could be an
opportunity for some additional funding through Hi-Trans as they have also received
funding to tackle barriers to employment.  The team would ensure the link up between
activities that already happen through Active Schools, Elgin City and current Childcare
Providers and maintain those relationships. 
5.3  The proposed team would be governed under Executive Director for Education, Housing
and Communities, within the Leisure and Culture service to provide links with other
services and activities provided for children and young people.  The team would have
cross cutting collaboration with Economic Development, Property and Transport and
wider Partners. These Departments have already met to discuss the Proposal and
confirmed cross-service support. The proposal also received endorsement from the
Corporate Leadership Team prior to submission. There was strong support for the
opportunity and clear recognition that this aligns with priorities around child poverty,
employability, education and community wellbeing. As noted above, further development
work is required but the draft model being proposed is a blended, place-based system
rather than a one-size-fits-all approach. It has three core elements: 
a. First - school hub provision for P4 to P7 pupils in higher demand areas, this could be
in Secondary or Primary School Building. Children would transition safely from their
school (Active travel), receive a healthy snack and wellbeing support, then access a
structured programme of activities until 6pm. 
b. Second - local childcare provision for P1 to P3 pupils through existing providers in
familiar settings. This protects and strengthens current services rather than
competing with them. 
c. Third - a flexible community model for rural areas, using community spaces,
childminders and smaller-scale local provision where hub models are not practical. 
5.4  Supporting all of this would be: 
• an Activity Bank of approved providers delivering sport, arts, wellbeing and skills-
based sessions
• a Moray Childcare Staff Bank to improve workforce resilience and support staffing
gaps
• targeted transport solutions to improve access where geography is a barrier 
5.5  Initial rollout would focus on Forres, Buckie, Elgin and selected rural communities,
allowing small tests to refine and scale the model over time. 
5.6  Due to the deadline given by Scottish Government, the Chief Executive used their
Delegated Authority, until Education Children’s and Leisure Services Committee approval
could be sought at the next meeting. 
5.7  Since the proposal has been submitted there has been a follow up meeting with the
Scottish Government team leading on this funding. Points discussed were funding
Page 17

Page 18

longevity, the need for school holiday resource funding, and timeframes for decision
making by Scottish Government. Points were raised that planning time would be needed
between any decision being given and provision starting. Scottish Government would like
provision to start in August 2026 but with the timeframes given it is unlikely that systems
could be in place for this date, please see Appendix II. The expected timescale for
decision is end of June 2026. 
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) ☒ ☐
Policy and Legal ☐ ☒
Financial ☐ ☒
Risk ☐ ☒
Staffing ☒ ☐
Best Value and Transformation ☐ ☒
Property ☒ ☐
Information Communications Technology/Digital ☐ ☒
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact  ☒ ☐
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact ☐ ☒ 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☒ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☒ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☐ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council assesses support for economic development initiatives on their individual
merits, guided by the objectives of facilitating sustainable economic growth and achieving
the outcomes set out in the Ten-Year Plan and Corporate Plan.    
6.4  Financial 
The Scottish Government has allocated a total of £2.5m for Year 1 with further funding in
Years 2 and 3.  A bid for £1.75K has been submitted for Moray with no direct financial
implications for Council, please see Appendix I.  All revenue and capital costs are
Page 18

Page 19

included in the funding proposal. 
One off Costs:
Service
Area
Budget Budget
Years
Proposed
Spend this
Year
Virement
From
Other
Comments       
Annually Recurring Costs:
Service
Area
Budget With
Effect
From
Annual
Net
Impact
Virement
From (if
applicable)
Other
Comments       
6.5  Risk 
Scottish Government would like provision to start in August 2026 to align with the school
calendar however in practical terms this will not provide sufficient time for recruitment
and planning.  There is a risk that if successful, the grant offer letter may stipulate an
August start date, however a pre-meeting between Council Officers and Scottish
Government highlighted this as an issue.  It is therefore expected that a later start date will
be specified in the grant offer, if successful.  Because the funding is only term time, there
is a risk that school holiday periods will present a risk to parents unable to find cover
during this time.  This issue has also been raised with the Scottish Government and the
need for resource has been highlighted.  
6.6  Staffing 
If successful, the opportunity will provide four new positions dedicated to developing and
maintaining the service including a Lead Officer, a Project Officer, a Transport Co-
ordinator and admin support.  The temporary, one-year positions (possibility of extension
to three years, subject to funding) will be governed under Executive Director for Education,
Housing and Communities, but would have cross cutting collaboration with Economic
Development, Property and Transport and wider Partners. Assistance from accountancy
will be required in terms of recording spend and reporting.    
Page 19

Page 20

6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
The use of external grant funding supports Best Value by enabling the Council to deliver
priorities around child poverty, employability, education and community wellbeing without
placing additional pressure on core budgets.  
6.8  Property 
School hub provision for P4 to P7 pupils in higher demand areas such as Forres, Buckie
and Elgin are being considered.  This could be in Secondary or Primary School Buildings,
part of the School Estate.  All arrangements will be agreed in advance and finalised with
Estates and alternatives will also be considered where available and suitable. 
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None arising from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact
An equality impact assessment is not required at this stage as the reason for the report is
to seek approval to accept funding that will increase access to affordable, flexible after-
school activities which would have a positive impact.  The increase would provide
opportunities for parents trying to work, increase hours, access training or move into
employment and will benefit lone parents, low-income households, rural families and
those with non-standard working patterns.  Access to affordable childcare is closely
linked to child poverty therefore increased provision will have a positive economic impact
for those most in need.  If the funding bid is successful, the requirement for an impact
assessment will be considered further as the service proposals develop.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None arising from this report. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Executive Director Education,
Housing & Communities, Chief Governance Officer (Monitoring Officer), Chief Financial
Officer, Head of Growth, Planning & Climate, Head of Education (Chief Education Officer),
Service Manager Leisure & Culture, Service Manager Early Years, Service Manger Legal
Services, Equal Opportunities Officer and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer
and any comments made have been incorporated into the report  
8.   BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Appendix I - Proposal submitted to Scottish Government 
Appendix II - Timeline Summary 
Page 20

Page 21

APPENDIX 1
Moray Council Proposal: 3–6pm School Age Childcare & Activities Programme
A Blended, Place-Based Model to Reduce Child Poverty and Support Employment 
Strategic Overview
This proposal sets out a long-term, sustainable approach to after-school childcare and
enrichment that enables families to work, children to thrive, and communities across Moray to
prosper. It recognises that, for many households, employment does not guarantee financial
security: the combined pressures of low wages, high cost of living, transport costs and the high
cost and limited availability of childcare can tip working families into poverty and prevent
progression into better-paid work. Moray has the lowest wage income in Scotland and one of
the highest gender pay gaps, lack of childcare is a factor in both these factors. Any delivery to
tackle child poverty rates is difficult due to the spread of child poverty in Moray, 66% of children
live in urban areas but this is spread across 5 towns, this also means 34% live in rural areas
where current childcare provision is not financially self-sustaining. 
By creating a coordinated system that is affordable, accessible and inclusive, Moray aims to
reduce the practical barriers that keep parents and carers, particularly single mothers and
priority family groups—out of work, under-employed, or unable to access training. 
The programme is designed to support national and local objectives by:
• Reducing child poverty and tackling in-work poverty by improving household incomes
through increased employment participation, more hours worked where desired, and
better access to progression routes.
• Delivering practical, affordable childcare that fits working patterns by bridging the
3–6pm gap, improving alignment with full working days and supporting parents to
sustain work, education and training. Moray has a large proportion of families that work
but still struggle to make a living income. Local research shows that Childcare remains a
barrier to employment. The provision needs a combined approach 
• Improving outcomes for children through safe, nurturing care and a high-quality
activity offer that supports wellbeing, confidence, inclusion and participation,
particularly for children with disabilities. Moray has a wide variety of 3rd sector
organisations that can provide STEM, creative Arts, Forest School as well as sporting
experiences. 
• Advancing fair work and gender equality by reducing the childcare barrier that
disproportionately limits women’s labour market participation and contributes to the
gender pay gap. Parents having support through Employability is 64% for single parents,
linking to the issues Moray has with gender pay gap. 
• Strengthening community capacity and system sustainability by coordinating
provision across schools, childcare providers, third sector and community partners;
supporting workforce pathways; and building a model that can scale based on evidence
and local need. In Moray there are already strong working relationships between
departments within the council to support development of this work, and there are
positive connections with community groups. Moray has also already been working
positively with Elgin City in the delivery of the Extra Time Programme. 
The approach aligns with the Scottish Government’s focus on tackling child poverty, improving
access to childcare as a route into work and training, and targeting support to priority family
groups, while directly contributing to Moray Council’s Corporate Plan, Economic Plan and
Page 21

Page 22

APPENDIX 1
Children’s Services priorities. The following sections describe the local context, delivery model,
enabling systems and implementation plan required to establish a resilient, place-based
service that delivers measurable, lasting impact for families experiencing in-work poverty. 
1. Purpose
Moray has identified Childcare challenges as a barrier in improving earned income and
addressing the gender pay gap locally. It is a key area to address in the Economic Plan, the
Childrens Services Plan and the Corporate Plan. Finding resource to fund non-statutory
services and building provision from scratch have proved challenging. 
Moray Council proposes the development and delivery of a coordinated system of after-school
activities provision, operating between 3pm and 6pm weekdays during the school term,
designed to reduce child poverty and support parents and carers to access and sustain
employment, education and training, supporting economic development across the region.
While centred on high-quality activity provision, the model integrates childcare elements to
ensure accessibility for working families and maximise impact on employability outcomes. This
reflects both national priorities and local priorities set out in the Corporate Plan. 
2. Local Context and Need
Moray’s rural geography and dispersed communities present distinct challenges in delivering
equitable access to after-school activities and childcare. While there are examples of strong
local provision, this is not consistently accessible to all families, particularly those living in rural
areas or requiring support beyond the school day. The costs are also high which does not
support the majority of the workforce in Moray. 
Providers report increasing demand for after-school provision alongside capacity constraints,
particularly in areas such as Forres and Buckie. Workforce challenges continue to limit
expansion, while affordability remains a significant issue for many families, particularly those
experiencing in-work poverty. Until now, the limited resources available to support this work
has minimised development. 
Engagement with local services consistently identifies childcare and after-school provision as a
key barrier to employment. This is particularly evident for families aligned to the six priority
family types identified within the Tackling Child Poverty Delivery Plan, including lone parent
families, larger families, families with a disabled adult or child, minority ethnic families, young
mothers and families with a child under one.
There are also system gaps, including provision that does not align with full working days,
limited integration between activities and childcare, and a lack of continuity for children as they
transition between primary and secondary education. 
3. Vision
Moray Council’s vision is to deliver a connected, inclusive and sustainable system of after-
school activities and childcare, ensuring that all children can access safe, engaging and
enriching experiences at the end of the school day, regardless of where they live.
The programme will reduce inequalities of access, strengthen local provision and support
families to participate fully in employment, education and training. It will also support the
Economic funding such as the Neighbourhood Fund, Green Sector Jobs and the Growth Deal. 
4. A Blended System of Delivery
The programme will deliver a blended model, combining locality-based hubs with flexible,
community-based provision.
In areas of higher demand, structured activity provision will be delivered through hubs based
within secondary school settings. In rural and lower-density areas, provision will be delivered
Page 22

Page 23

APPENDIX 1
locally through community venues and childminder-led approaches. This system is also to work
alongside activities that are already in place such as Active School and Extra Time Funding
through Elgin City Football Club. 
Younger children will continue to access provision through local childcare providers and some
primary school settings (where required), ensuring an age-appropriate and developmentally
informed system.
This model is designed to be delivered in a phased and scalable way, allowing elements to be
introduced and expanded based on local need and learning. 
5. How the Programme Could Operate 
Local Childcare Provision (Primary 1–3)
Children in Primary 1 to Primary 3 will continue to access provision through local childcare
providers. This reflects the importance of familiar environments, smaller group settings and
consistent relationships for younger children.
The introduction of hubs will increase capacity within these services, enabling providers to
meet demand more effectively for younger children. In areas of highest demand some provision
may also be developed in multiple School Settings. 
Hub-Based Provision (Primary 4–7)
Locality hubs will operate within School schools in key areas including Elgin, Forres, Speyside
and Buckie. These settings provide access to high-quality facilities and enable a broader and
more engaging activity offer. Children will attend hubs following the school day, supported
through coordinated travel arrangements where required.
Children will participate in a structured programme of activities, including creative arts, sport,
outdoor learning and skills-based sessions. Activities will be delivered by specialist providers,
while registered childcare providers maintain responsibility for safeguarding, supervision and
overall care. 
Flexible Community Model (Rural Areas)
In rural and remote areas, provision will be delivered locally through community venues and
childminder-led settings. Activities will be brought into communities through a rotational
model, ensuring access without the need for excessive travel. A cluster approach may be
explored, enabling childminders to work collaboratively and host activity sessions. This
supports sustainability, increases capacity and strengthens local provision. 
7. Coordinated Systems Supporting Delivery
To ensure consistency and quality across the programme, several enabling systems will be
established.
A central Activity Bank will coordinate activity provision, providing access to a pool of vetted
providers and supporting consistent delivery across all models.
Transport will be delivered through a targeted approach, including pilot routes, shared
arrangements and alignment with existing services such as m:connect, ensuring access
without unnecessary complexity.
A Moray Childcare Staff Bank will provide a centralised system to match staff with providers
requiring cover. This will strengthen workforce resilience and reduce service disruption.
Workforce development will support training in safeguarding, inclusion and delivery, while also
creating pathways into employment within the wider sector.
Inclusion will be embedded throughout, ensuring all children, including those with additional
support needs, can access provision safely and meaningfully. 
Page 23

Page 24

APPENDIX 1
8. Implementation and Phasing
Delivery will begin in Elgin, Forres, Buckie and Speyside. These areas have high demand for
provision both from families on low incomes and military families (which are single parent
families periodically). This phase will establish hub provision, pilot flexible delivery in rural
communities and test transport and coordination systems in urban and rural areas. This will
combine work already being completed on Childcare Policy within the Local Authority and
learning on transport delivery. Learning from this phase will inform wider rollout and continuous
improvement of the model. 
9. Staffing and Programme Management
A dedicated project team will oversee delivery, including a Lead Officer, Project Officer, Admin
Assistant and Transport Co-ordinator. The team will coordinate delivery partners, support
providers and ensure systems operate effectively internally and externally. The structure is
intentionally lean, focusing on enabling delivery rather than duplicating services already
provided by partners. The central team will be supervised by a Senior Responsible Officer and
will have an Oversight Group. 
10. Outcomes and Impact
The programme will support parents to access and sustain employment, education and training
by providing reliable and affordable after-school provision.
Children will benefit from improved wellbeing, increased confidence and access to a wide
range of enriching activities. At a system level, the programme will strengthen the resilience and
capacity of childcare and activity provision across Moray. 
11. Monitoring and Evaluation
A structured monitoring framework will be implemented to track participation, outcomes for
priority families and parental engagement in employment and training. This will ensure robust
evidence of impact and support ongoing refinement and scalability of the programme. 
12. Conclusion
This proposal presents a practical, scalable and locally responsive approach to delivering after-
school activities and childcare across Moray. By combining structured hub provision with
flexible community delivery, supported by coordinated systems and workforce innovation, the
programme addresses the real barriers faced by families.
It represents a shift from isolated provision to a connected system, designed to improve
outcomes for children, support families into employment and strengthen communities across
Moray. 
Page 24

Page 25

0 –2 months 2–6 months 6 –12 months Year 2 Year 3
Strategy Agree b/w SG & MC
Governance
&
Operation
MC approval Progress and Evaluation Reporting
Team Structure, Co-ordination of Proposal
Recruitment for Team
Care Provider Engagement, Onboarding & Framework Development
Develop school relations and Agreements for post Education Access
Deliverables Increased Parental Employment Opportunities
Reduced Childcare Barriers
Progress on child poverty priorities
Improved outcomes for children
Measurement Increase in Parent Employment,
Reduction in Gender Pay Gap
Reduction in Child Poverty Rate
Increase uptake of spaces
Community Wealth Building-
Local Labour Markets, Fair Work
Funding £300K £500K £1,25K £1,750K
APPENDIX 2
Page 25

Page 26

Background to Moray
Morays rural geography and dispersed communities present distinct challenges in delivering equitable access to after school activities and childcare.
This development would support the Corporate Plan, the Moray Economic Plan, and ChildrensServices Plan.
Some Local provision exists, but this is not consistent, rural areas are mostly impacted. Moray has a Low Wage Economy, but the costs Childcare remain as high as
other areas in Scotland. Large proportion of families may be just over the Poverty threshold but are at risk.
Data has already been collated that shows that Childcare remains one of the biggest barriers to families being able to gain work, take on more work or take better
employment opportunities. A Universal offer with subsidised places for low-income families would be most sustainable model of delivery
Economic Impact
Moray has 2 Military Bases, has a large NHS Sector and has an expanding Grenn Energy Sector. The Economic status of Moray is changing but the Infrastructure to
support this also needs to improve. The jobs planned for Moray should allow parents to upskill, relocate to the area and take upfair work opportunities.
Governance and Operation
Some of the foundation work has already started in Moray,  with Partnerships built. Policy is in development. Workforce development to support this provision
Deliverables
To have a practical, scalable and locally responsive approach to delivering this Model. By focusing on a smaller number of provisions initially, the learning can then be
used to scale up.
Improving Outcomes for Children would include participation in wider spectrum of activities, and better transitions. Creating social and emotional resilience building.
Measurements
The change in Child Poverty rates would be the main focus, but the wider impact should also show in the reduction in gender pay gap, more parents being able to take
up employment, training and learning opportunities.
Risks
Long term investment in this provision. Agreement would be need for 3 year investment to make the recruitment of staff and development of service worthwhile
Term time provision provides a part solution to support parents, with schools closed 13 weeks a year there would need to be someprovision in school holidays to fully
meet the needs of parents and to see this project to its full potential
Page 26

Page 27

APPENDIX 3
INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT COVERING
• EQUALITIES & SOCIO ECONOMIC DUTIES
• HUMAN RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF THE CHILD
DATE UPDATES/EXECUTIVE SUMMARY VERSION DETAILS
15/06/2026 First draft of IIA completed and submitted to ECLES
23/06/2026 for consideration; 
Version 1
STAGE 1 - DO I NEED AN INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT?
Name of policy or proposal:   Childrens Activities Proposal
Is this a Mark X  below
New activity, programme or policy? X
Change to an existing activity, programme or policy?
Budget proposal?
Duties: tick the boxes you think apply No Maybe       Yes
Equalities: Will your proposal have an impact on groups with
protected characteristics?
Consider the impact of your proposal on people and how they
access your services and information without barriers.
X
Socio-economic 
Not every person/family has access to regular income or savings.
Will your proposal have an adverse impact on them
X
Does your proposal impact on the human rights of people? X
Does your proposal impact on the rights of children and young
people
X
Reasoning - Briefly describe your reasoning for the responses given above: 
The Scottish Government is leading on the work around the regulation of school age
childcare. Consultation is currently underway to establish how changes can be made to
regulations, which are seen to be too restrictive and costly. As School Age Childcare is not
statutory there has been a lack of development of this support for families. 
There is now an opportunity to change how School Age Childcare is delivered. Access to
children’s activities will be universally available, once fully developed, the program makes
access more affordable and accessible for families. 
This program provides an opportunity for activity providers to be part of the provision,
without the strict guidelines that restrict development. There will still be checks through the
PVG scheme, training provided and monitoring. Feedback and learning will help develop
how this is delivered nationally. 
This program should have a positive impact on costs for families who have said they need
support to be able to work. Families will still have choice as to whether they want to use the
Page 27

Page 28

15/06/2026 13:47
service.
Children with ASN will be included in the provision of activities, with costs of support
potentially being covered. Learning will be needed to ensure children are supported
appropriately in these settings. 
If you have answered “maybe” or “yes” to any of the Stage 1 questions above, then
proceed to complete the Stage 2 Integrated Impact Assessment questions below.
If you have answered “no” to the Stage 1 questions above, then provide the details
below and submit to [email]
Lead Officer for developing the contract Lydia Simpson
Other people involved in the screening (this
may be council staff, partners 
or others i.e. contractor or community)
Beverly Smith
Emma Armit
Date 15/06/2026
STAGE 2: INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Brief description of the affected service
1.Describe what the service does:
2.Who are your main stakeholders?
3.What changes as a result of the proposals? Is the service reduced or removed?
4.How will this affect your customers?
5.Impact on staff providing the service.
6.Please indicate if these apply to any of the protected characteristics
Protected groups Potential impacts / considerations
Race
Disability
Carers (for elderly, disabled or
minors)
Sex
Pregnancy and maternity (including
breastfeeding)
Page 28

Page 29

15/06/2026 13:47
Sexual orientation
Age (include children, young people,
midlife and older people)
Religion, and or belief
Gender reassignment
Inequalities arising from socio-
economic differences
Human rights
List of convention rights Describe, where applicable, if and how specific
rights are engaged
Article 5: Right to liberty and security
Article 6: Right to a fair trial
Article 8: Right to respect for private
and family life, correspondence and
the home
Article 10: Freedom of expression
Article 11: Freedom of assembly and
association
Article 12: Right to marry
Article 14: Prohibition of
discrimination (in relation to the
convention rights)
Article 1 of Protocol 1: Protection of
property
Article 2 of Protocol 1: Right to
education
Article 3 of Protocol 1: Right to free
elections by secret ballot
Children’s Rights and Wellbeing
Relevant articles – UNCRC
Article 2 – Non discrimination
Article 3.1 – Best interest of the child
Article 6.2 – Right to survival and
development
Article 12 – Respect of the views of
the child
Article 23 – Children with a disability
7.Evidence. What information have you used to make your assessment?
Performance data Manager raised to John Campbell for discussion at SMT
Internal Equalities Officer
Page 29

Page 30

15/06/2026 13:47
consultation
Consultation with
affected groups
Local statistics
National statistics
Other
8.Evidence gaps
Do you need additional information in order to complete the information in the
previous questions?
9.Mitigating action
Can the impact of the proposed policy/activity be mitigated?  Please explain
10.Justification
If nothing can be done to reduce the negative impact(s) but the proposed
policy/activity must go ahead, what justification is there to continue with the change? 
SECTION 3 CONCLUDING THE IIA
1.No potential negative impacts found for any protected groups. X
2.Some potential positive impacts have been identified.
The impacts relate to:
Reducing discrimination, harassment, victimisation or other conduct
prohibited under the Equality Act 2010
Promoting equality of opportunity
Fostering good relations
3.The proposals interfere with human rights and/or the rights of the child
4.Negative impacts can be mitigated as outlined in Q9.
5.The negative impacts cannot be fully mitigated but are justified as Q10.
6.Further consultation with affected groups is needed.
7.It is advised not to go ahead with the proposals.
Decision - Set out the rationale for deciding whether or not to proceed with the
proposed actions: 
The final decision will be made by the ECLES Committee. It is recommended to proceed.
Date of Decision: 15/06/2026
Page 30

Page 31

15/06/2026 13:47
Sign off and authorisation:
Service
Department
Policy/activity subject to IIA
We have completed the integrated impact
assessment for this policy/activity. 
Name:
Position:
Date:
Authorisation by head of service Name: Beverly Smith
Position: Head of Growth, Planning & Climate
(Chief Planning Officer)
Date: 16 June 2026
Permission to publish on website -
Page 31

Page 32

Page 32

Page 33

Report to: Education, Children’s
and Leisure Services
Committee
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026      
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing & Communities    
Author: Neil Stables Contact Email: performance@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Performance Report (Education) – Period to March 2026 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to scrutinise performance in areas of Service Planning,
Service Performance and other related data to the end of March 2026 and note actions
being taken to improve performance where required.  
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (A) (4) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration to monitor performance in accordance with the Council’s
Performance Management Framework.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  At the end of March 2026, overall progress against the Education 2025/26 Service Plan
was 98% complete.  Progress against Service Plan Priorities and Indicators and
operational Service Performance Indicators is presented in the table and charts below. 
Please note that the annual Initial Analysis of Secondary School Leaver Attainment for
2024-25 is presented as a separate item on this Committee agenda by the Education
Quality Improvement Manager, the report covers a number of the Service Plan actions
and performance indicators. 
Item 7.*
Page 33

Page 34

2.2  In response to question around RAG tables and charts, an annotation prompt sheet
giving clarity on the data presented is available here. 
Page 34

Page 35

3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee scrutinises and notes performance in areas of
Service Planning, Service Performance and other related data to the end of March
2026 and note actions being taken to improve performance where required.   
Neil Stables
Research & Information Officer 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  Each service plan sets out the planned strategic and service level priorities and
outcomes it intends to deliver in the coming year aligning closely with financial planning,
corporate and community planning partnership strategic priorities.   
4.2  Service Plan actions are weighted to reflect priority ratings.  Actions with higher priorities
receive greater weightings which contribute more to the overall delivery of the
Plan.  Progress on Service Plan priorities and outcomes and key areas of operational
performance is reported by exception, highlighting successes and giving assurances
around the challenges and actions to support. Links to Service Plan Actions, priority
ratings and weightings and Performance Indicators can be accessed within the
background papers section of this report.  
4.3  Complaints are reported in terms of time taken to respond, outcomes and learning
points.  Links to Complaints tables can be accessed within the background papers
section of this report. 
4.4  Latest Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) results for 2024/25 are
published throughout the year with final refresh of data around June 2026.  The full suite
can be view via the LGBF Dashboard and were presented as a corporate overview to the
Corporate Services Committee on 26 May 2026 (item 9 of the Agenda refers).  Published
indicators for this service have been incorporated with the relevant section of this report
depending on whether used to evidence progress against strategic, service level or
service performance priorities.  LGBF indicator targets and RAG status in the backing
tables is now based on ranking thresholds aligning with exception reporting.    
4.5  The Sustainable Development Statement was approved by the Corporate Committee on
5 November 2024 (para 16 of the Minute refers).  The Statement draws out the way in
which sustainable development is embedded in the Corporate Plan 2024-29 and wider
corporate policies, strategies, and plans with progress being reported through several
updates and reports, one of which is quarterly performance reporting.  Service Plan
actions and indicators that underpin the delivery of Sustainable Development Goals are
highlighted in the backing table documents and comment where relevant is incorporated
in this report.  An overview of progress will be presented in the annual Corporate Plan
progress update. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
Page 35

Page 36

Successes – Service Plan Strategic & Service Level Outcomes and operational
Service Performance
5.1  Work continues in schools to address poverty and wider related attainment gaps and
address underperformance in key performance measures within existing resources.
Scottish Attainment Challenge funding (Pupil Equity Funding and Strategic Equity
Funding) continues to support interventions for raising attainment, focussing on literacy,
numeracy, health and wellbeing, attendance and inclusion.  The launch of the Moray
Literacy strategy and toolkit, as well as targeted programmes such as Children and Young
People Improvement Collaborative (CYPIC) writing have had a positive impact with
notable improvements in reading and writing achievement rates, particularly at P4 and
P7 stage.   (Action - EDU 2025-26 STRA1.1 and PIs - CHN13a)  
5.2  Work continues in monitoring attendance and exclusions through Moray Quality
Improvement Framework (MQIF) activities, with improvements noted within identified
schools in relation to attendance.  Attendance rates increased in 2024/25 across primary
schools, and while overall secondary attendance rates were maintained, there was an
increase in attendance for secondary pupils in receipt of free school meals, up by 0.9%
to 78.9%.  Schools continue to employ a range of supports and interventions as an
Education service to reduce exclusions, within a climate of challenging behaviours
exhibited by a minority of young people. Stretch Aim trajectory for 2025 has been met
with a notable reduction in secondary exclusions from the previous year, down from 38 to
28 per 1,000 pupils.  Progress continues to be monitored this session across attendance
and exclusion against Stretch Aim targets. (Action – EDU 2025-26 EQ1.1 and ASN1.4 / PIs
– EDU-HWB01-05)  
5.3  School visits continue to identify key priority areas including need to focus on pace,
challenge and differentiation. Schools are employing a range of resources, professional
learning materials and professional development opportunities to strengthen this. 
Several school visits highlight year on year progress in strengthening the quality of
Learning, Teaching and Assessment (LTA), with an increase in schools achieving
satisfactory or better for Quality Indicator 2.3 (LTA) based on central team evaluations. 
(Action – EDU 2025-26 LTA1.1 and PIs – LTA1.1 and 1.4)   
Challenges and actions to support – Service Plan Strategic & Service Level
Outcomes and operational Service Performance
5.4  The percentage of P1, P4 and P7 pupils combined achieving expected Curriculum for
Excellence Levels (ACEL) in Numeracy made a slight improvement to 76.9% (+0.4),
achieving the Stretch Aim target of 73-77%.  While the gap has closed to the national
average (80.3%), Moray remains behind both the national and comparator family
average.  Strengthening ACEL across the Broad General Education is being taken forward
through actions across strategy and support materials, professional learning and
moderation, tracking and monitoring and support and challenge.  The Moray Numeracy
and Maths Strategy is being developed in partnership with Education Scotland and is a
key focus for raising attainment in the 2026/27 Service Plan. Progress across Moray
schools and centrally to address identified attainment gaps and barriers to learning and
achievement also continues through ongoing monitoring of data throughout each school
session as part of the Moray Quality Improvement Framework, across Associated
Schools Groups (ASGs) and Family Improvement Groups (FIG) collegiate sessions. 
Several schools are also involved in STEM spatial skills in Maths with Glasgow University. 
Page 36

Page 37

The Stretch Aim target for Primary numeracy (P1, P4 & P7 combined) for 2026 has been
set at 78%.  (Action – EDU 2025-26 STRA1.1 / PI - CHN13b)  
5.5  The percentage of pupils entering positive destinations has dropped year on year since
2021-22, with 93.5% of Moray 2024/25 leavers entering a positive destination. This
compares with a national average of 95.7% which has remained largely unchanged over
the past four years. Positive destinations include higher/further education, employment,
training, personal skills development and voluntary work.  In 2024-25 there were 1,086
Moray leavers with 1,015 progressing to a positive destination: 34.7% (+3.9pp on last
year) progressed to higher education, 23.8% (-0.7pp) to further education and 30.2% (-
3.9pp) to employment.  6.5% (71 young people) were recorded as unemployed seeking,
unemployed not seeking or unknown.  Work through MQIF visits is continuing with 5 of
the 8 secondary schools visited with findings shared, informing school improvement
planning and service actions. Working with our Attainment Advisor, Moray continue to
monitor Stretch Aims and progress across core and core plus measures. Moray schools
continue to work with key partners including Skills Development Scotland, Moray
Pathways, Moray College UHI and wider employability partners to ensure pupils are
supported to positive onward destinations.  Schools are also continuing to extend
consortia offers, including Foundation Apprenticeship partnership offers which combine
classroom study with industry placements which bridges the gap between school and
employment. (Action – EDU 2025-26 STRA2.1 / PI CHN11)  
5.6  The LGBF indicators  ‘Average Total Tariff’ are calculated from the latest and best
achievement of pupils which they have accumulated during their senior phase (S4-S6)
across a range of awards available.  The average tariff points achieved in 2024/25 by
Moray school leavers was 829, a slight improvement on the previous year, however below
the national average (922) and the benchmarking family average (869) and ranking Moray
in the bottom quartile of Scottish local authorities.  The number of qualifications and
units available for young people to complete does vary significantly due to the number of
different curriculum structures there are across Scotland, and as such care must be
taken in comparing performance. 
Following initial attainment meetings, separate group sessions with all Secondary Head
and Depute Head Teachers (DHT) have been held to explore core issues in relation to low
attainment in Senior Phase against benchmarking data and effects/symptoms, root
causes and possible solutions.  Ten summary priorities have been developed to raise
attainment.  These sessions have further developed into school-based actions and
system wide actions making use of existing and newly created DHT networks supported
and led by secondary Head Teachers and the Quality Improvement Manager.  
Moray Secondary Schools have also benefitted from over £500k additional funding under
the theme of tackling poverty and inequality to improve education attainment in the form
of an Intervention Fund for each school to target areas for improvement.  Secondary
Schools continue to progress work on key priorities framed by School Improvement Plans
set out annually. (Action – EDU 2025-26 STRA2.1 / PIs – CHN12a,c-f)  
5.7  Funded early years Moray provision graded good/better fell slightly to 84.0%, below
national and family averages, which were also subject to falls in performance.  A new
national Shared Quality Framework was launched in September 2025, aimed at
enhancing outcomes for children in Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) settings that
provide high-quality, equitable and responsive experiences. The framework will be used
Page 37

Page 38

as an evaluation tool, key to this process will be ELC settings evidencing robust self-
evaluation processes to support improvement and the Care Inspectorate and HMiE in
their inspections and evaluations.  ELC settings will be supported by the central officer
team, and through a variety of hybrid training opportunities, to develop their knowledge
and understanding of the framework.  Officers are building a Quality Improvement
Framework akin to the schools one and are supporting services to develop improvement
plans and associated self-evaluation processes.  As a result, the number of settings not
meeting the national standard is reducing.  (Actions – EDU 2025-26 SCI1.3, L&E1.1 & 1.4
/ PI – CHN 18)  
5.8  Two temporary HR posts for the Improving Attendance Project have been advertised and
recruited mid-April. The Acting Senior HR Advisor will also continue one day per week to
guide the project moving forwards.  Overall Education staff absence rates recorded
locally have improved from 2024/25, with the percentage of sickness absence per FTE
reducing from 6.0% (2024/25) to 5.6% (2025/26).  Initial work has begun in drilling down
the Education absence data and interrogating teacher and support staff absence rates
across Moray ASGs and schools. (Action – EDU 2025-26 H&WB1.1 / PI – H&WEDU1.2)   
Complaints and MP/MSP Enquiries
5.9  In line with the Performance Management Framework, complaints are reviewed quarterly
by departmental management in terms of time taken to respond, outcome and learning
points.  Detailed tables can be accessed with the Background Papers section of this
report.  
5.10  A total of 28 complaints were received during the second half of 2025/26, with 24
complaints closed.  Of those closed, six were at frontline stage (28%) with three upheld
and three not upheld.  The average time to resolve frontline complaints was 6 working
days.    
5.11  The majority of education complaints require further investigation to achieve a resolution
due to their complexity.  A total of 18 investigative / escalated complaints were closed
over the reporting period, with two being upheld, six partially upheld and the remaining
ten were not upheld.  The average time taken to resolve investigative / escalated
complaints was 29 days.  All investigative complaints were granted an authorised
extension, with seven complaints responded to within the extended target timescale.  
5.12  Of the 24 complaints resolved, the majority were for primary school (14), nine at
secondary stage and one for the Central Education team.  The main complaint type
recorded was Other (23), while one related to bullying.  Of the complaints upheld or
partially upheld; initial measures to address bullying concerns did not resolve the issue,
measures were subsequently reviewed and agreed with parents.  Five complaints related
to poor communication and recording, with delays in school responses and inconsistent
messages – issues reviewed and steps taken to avoid repeat incidents.  Other complaints
included parking restrictions outside school and lack of supervision within school, these
issues were investigated and resolved.  Seven of the complaints resolved were marked as
Child Friendly Complaints (CFC), where complaints were either made by the child or
made on behalf of the child by a trusted adult.  Three complaints were marked as ASN
where the young person concerned in the complaint had an additional support need. 
Page 38

Page 39

5.13  A total of 17 MSP/MP enquiries concerning Education were received and responded to
during the second half of 2025/26.   
Case Studies
5.14  Nothing to report   
Consultation and Engagement
5.15  Nothing to report  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) X 
Policy and Legal  X
Financial  X
Risk  X
Staffing  X
Best Value and Transformation  X
Property  X
Information Communications Technology/Digital  X
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   X
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  X 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population 
6.3  Policy and Legal
Page 39

Page 40

The Council has a statutory requirement to publish a range of information that will
demonstrate that it is securing best value and assist in comparing performance both over
time and between authorities where appropriate.  
6.4  Financial 
None arising from this report. 
6.5  Risk 
None arising from this report.  
6.6  Staffing 
None arising from this report.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
How councils plan for, manage and report on performance is a key area of focus in
external audit work, particularly on best value.  
6.8  Property 
None arising from this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None arising from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
None arising from this report.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None arising from this report. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Head of Governance, Strategy and
Performance and relevant Service Managers and any comments made have been
incorporated into the report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Service Plan Actions
Service Plan Performance Indicators
Service Performance Indicators
Service Complaints 
Page 40

Page 41

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026      
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities    
Author: Iain Sneddon Contact Email:  performance@moray.gov.uk  
Subject: Performance Report (Leisure and Culture and School Estate) – Period to
March 2026 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to scrutinise performance in areas of Service Planning,
Service Performance and other related data to the end of March 2026 and note actions
being taken to improve performance where required.  
1.2  This report is submitted to the Committee in terms of section III (A) (4) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration to monitor performance in accordance with the Council’s
Performance Management Framework. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  The report identifies the progress of Service Plan Actions and Performance Indicators
highlighting areas of good progress and areas where there have been challenges.
Mitigations and actions taken to address challenges are detailed within the body of the
report. 
At the end of March, Service Plan actions are 56% complete. The plan is subject to slippage
in some areas whilst progressing well in others. Three Service Level actions completed
during the second half of 2025/26 and three progress out with original due dates. Ten
actions remain in progress with completion dates up to and including 31 March 2028. 
Item 8.*
Page 41

Page 42

2.2  In response to questions around RAG tables and charts, an annotation prompt sheet
giving clarity on the data presented is available here.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee scrutinises performance in areas of Service
Planning, Service Performance and other related data to the end of March 2026 and
note actions being taken to improve performance where required.   
Iain Sneddon
Research & Information Officer 
DUE DATE ACTIONS &
MILESTONES
ACTIONS &
MILESTONES
COMPLETE
STRATEGIC
LEVEL No Actions
Transforming Services 31-Mar-2028 5 Actions
4 Milestones
1 Action
1 Milestone 50%
Sustaining Assets 31-Mar-2028 4 Action
7 Milestones 2 Milestones 33%
Health & Wellbeing (General Population) 31-Mar-2028 3 Actions
6 Milestones 3 Milestones 45%
Economic Development Support 31-Mar-2028 1 Action
0 Milestones None 67%
Addressing Inequalities 30-Mar-2028 2 Action
5 Milestones
1 Action
2 Milestones 53%
Health & Wellbeing (Staff) 31-Mar-2026 1 Action
0 Milestones 1 Action 100%
31-Mar-2028 16 Actions
22 Milestones
3 Actions
8 Milestone 56%
Data not available - Data not yet published or unavailable due to reporting timescales.
Service Plan Performance PIs chart presents the number of indicators and RAG status based on results against targets and
aligns to Service Plan Outcomes, whereas the Service Performance PIs chart reports on a set of operational service
performance indicators not covered by Service Plan priorities yet significant to service delivery, again based on results
against targets, a link to the system generated backing table is provided for more detailed scrutiny.
SERVICE PLAN PRIORITIES (Q4 2025/26)
NUMBER OF
RAG
SERVICE
LEVEL
OVERALL PLAN PROGRESS
Comment
As at the end of March 2026, the proportion of planned work over the plan's period to April 2028 is 56% complete, noting
most actions are not due for completion until the end date of the plan. RAG categorisation in the summary table is
subjective based upon progress against individual action lines, a link to the system generated report is provided at the top
of this report  to allow for more scrutiny.
3 1 2 18 1
0 5 10 15 20 25
SERVICE PERFORMANCE INDICATORS Achieving Target Within Target Below Target Data Only Data not available
5 2 3 9 5
0 5 10 15 20 25
SERVICE PLAN PERFORMANCE INDICATORS Achieving Target Within Target Below Target Data Only Data not available
Page 42

Page 43

4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  Each service plan sets out the planned strategic and service level priorities and outcomes
it intends to deliver in the coming year aligning closely with financial planning, corporate
and community planning partnership strategic priorities.   
4.2  Service Plan actions are weighted to reflect priority ratings.  Actions with higher priorities
receive greater weightings which contribute more to the overall delivery of the Plan. 
Progress on Service Plan priorities and outcomes and key areas of operational
performance is reported by exception, highlighting successes and giving assurances
around the challenges and actions to support. Links to Service Plan Actions, priority
ratings and weightings and Performance Indicators can be accessed within the
background papers section of this report.  
4.3  Progress on Service Plan priorities and outcomes and key areas of operational
performance is reported by exception, highlighting successes and giving assurances
around the challenges and actions to support.  Links to Service Plan Actions and
Performance Indicators can be accessed within the background papers section of this
report.  
4.4  The restructure of Council services places the delivery of School Estate actions within the
Housing, Property and Communities Service Plan, however as the remit for the school
estate is aligned to this Committee, ‘Successes’ and ‘Challenges’ related to the School
Estate have been incorporated in this report but do not contribute to the RAG table at para
2.1, having been reported to the Housing and Communities Committee on 18 June 2026.
Planned work tackling the affordability and standard of the learning estate is 58%
complete with an overall due date of December 2030. Three of the four sub-actions
completed as expected in the period to March 2026.  
4.5  Complaints are reported in terms of time taken to respond, outcomes and learning points. 
Links to Complaints tables can be accessed within the background papers section of this
report. 
4.6  Latest Local Government Benchmarking Framework (LGBF) results for 2024/25 are
published throughout the year with final refresh of data around June 2026.  The full suite
can be view via the LGBF Dashboard.  Published indicators for this service have been
incorporated with the relevant section of this report depending on whether used to
evidence progress against strategic, service level or service performance priorities.  LGBF
indicator targets and RAG status in the backing tables is now based on ranking thresholds
aligning with exception reporting.  
4.7  The Sustainable Development Statement was approved by the Corporate Committee on 5
November 2024 (para 16 of the Minute refers).  The Statement draws out the way in which
sustainable development is embedded in the Corporate Plan 2024-29 and wider corporate
policies, strategies, and plans with progress being reported through several updates and
reports, one of which is quarter 4 performance reporting.  Service Plan actions and
indicators that underpin the delivery of Sustainable Development Goals are highlighted in
the backing table documents and comment where relevant is incorporated in this report. 
An overview of progress will be presented in the annual Corporate Plan progress update. 
Page 43

Page 44

5.  PROPOSALS   
Successes – Service Plan Strategic & Service Level Outcomes and operational
Service Performance
5.1  The new libraries operating model and Change Management Plan have been implemented
and new opening hours commenced during quarter 4.  The impact of the new operating
model will be monitored throughout of 2026/27. Action SERV ERC 2.4 25-28  
5.2  Work targeting approaches to poverty, mental health and disability/ASN has completed by
due date. In quarter 4 further development of existing programmes continued to help
strengthen the sustainability of service provision. Positive link established between
schools, community provision, active travel and Scottish Disability Sport on cycling
programmes. Action SERV ERC 6.1 25-28  
5.3  Absence management procedures are fully applied within services. Quarter 4 data report
the absence rate for Leisure was 3.17% and Libraries 4.45% and Lifelong Learning, Culture
& Sport 4.4%, all lower than the Council average of 6.55%. 62% of absences within Leisure
& Culture services were long-term. Action SERV ERC 8 25-28, PIs ERC057, 057a  
5.4  The cost for each visit to leisure facilities in Moray both reduced and the benchmarked
ranking improved, placing Moray firmly in the top quartile nationally (3/32) and top of our
comparator group. A rise in admission costs and a small increase in annual admissions
are likely to be the greatest influencing factors. Between 2023/24 and 2024/25 the cost
decreased by £0.24 (13%) to £1.63. Nationally the costs also decreased by the same
proportion. PI LGBF C&L01  
5.5  Learning Estate – An independent external review of school roll forecasting methodology
applied by Moray Council confirmed that Elgin High School capacity could be met by
repurposing the existing school buildings. On 26 January 2026 the Elgin High School
Project Update report was presented to full Council and recommendations to repurpose
existing buildings were approved (para 10 of the Minute refers). Design work is planned in
quarter 1 2026/27 in tandem with Design, Build, Finance, Maintain (DBFM) contract
negotiations, to facilitate repurposing enabling works. The project no longer meets the
Learning Estate Investment Programme – Phase 2 (LEIP2) project criteria. Formal contact
will be made to Scottish Futures Trust and the Scottish Government after the Scottish
election in May, which will include a request to transfer funding to another qualifying
Moray school project. Action STRAT ERC 2.1 25-28  
5.6  Learning Estate - The school estate upgrade programme progressed well during 2025/26,
meeting all objectives set. Upgrade works have completed at Speyside and Milnes High
Schools, East End and Mosstodloch Primary Schools. Phase 1 completed at three primary
schools, with phase 2 design in place. Six further schools are also in design phase. This
action will recur on an annual basis with targets reset for each year. The condition of the
school estate has improved with 46% of the estate rated B or better in comparison with
41% in 2024/25. However, the target set at 50.9% has not been met. Upgrade works at four
schools in planned in 2026/27, if these works complete 54% of schools will be rated as B
or better.  Asset management plans are in place for 7.5% of the school estate, below target
set at 10%. Only Public-Private Partnership (PPP) and Design, Build, Finance and Maintain
(DBFM) schools have approved and funded asset management plans. All school condition
Page 44

Page 45

surveys are complete but acknowledged that improvement works are cost prohibitive.
ACTION STRAT ERC 2.9 25-28 PIs EdS100, ERC011   
Challenges and actions to support – Service Plan Strategic & Service Level Outcomes
and operational Service Performance
5.7  Progress to complete the change management plan for leisure staff progresses out with
the original due date of March 2026 due to staff resource pressures and the need to align
this with the Phase 2 Council Management Restructure plans. The new structure
continues to be created based on staff feedback, future service priorities and existing
budget. Secondments in place connected to this restructure aligns with the next 4-year
partnership with Sportscotland. The remainder of work due to be completed will be
carried forward into 2026/27 with a revised completion date of 31 March 2027. Action
SERV ERC 2.1 25-28  
5.8  The creation of a music operating model that remains within the funding envelope, at 95%
complete, fell just short of the completion due date. The pilot Youth Music Initiative (YMI)
project-based provision is scheduled for quarter 1 of 2026/27. There has been a delay in
progressing paperwork for the pilot, which will complete within the academic
year.  Current YMI delivery remains within budget due to staff vacancy. Work outstanding
will be carried forward into 2026/27 and expanded upon, with the inclusion of options to
explore with staff and stakeholders in making the Music Centre model self-sustaining.
Completion date has been extended to 31 August 2026. Action SERV ERC 2.2 25-28  
5.9  The creation of the Leisure & Culture Estate Capital investment plan did not meet all
objectives by 31 March 2026. Sport and leisure asset management approach update
report is on the agenda to be considered by this committee,   identifying critical work
packages with a view to the programme of work and full plan being in place by 31 March
2027. Full implementation of the plan is planned by 31 March 2036. Refurbishment work
on Elgin Library was completed during quarter 4 with some smaller internal works taking
place in other library branches. There is an identified need to establish library building
prioritisation of critical works during 2026/27 similarly to leisure. Longer term goals will be
reflected in 2026-28 Service Plan. Outstanding work within the current action will be
incorporated into new reset action. Action SERV ERC 3.1 25-28, PI ERC028  
5.10  Although the cost to attend libraries in Moray has decreased by £0.41 to £5.23 (-7%) the
national ranking (28/32) has remained the same, placing Moray in the bottom quartile.
Moray differs in trend from the national results where costs have increased by an average
of 14%. Across Scotland, results range, suggesting there are variations in calculation 
methods which has been acknowledged nationally with clarity added to the 
definition.   PI LGBF C&L02 
5.11  Learning Estate - Work to complete the Associated School Group (ASG) options
development for the long-term investment strategy will complete following presentation of
the Learning Estate Review report to the Education, Children’s and Leisure Services (ECLS)
committee on 23 June. ACTION STRATE ERC 2.4 2025-28   
Complaints and MP/MSP Enquiries
5.12  Five complaints were received and four were closed between 1 October 2025 and 31
March 2026. All complaints were resolved at frontline stage. Two complaints were upheld
and two were partially upheld. Three of these complaints related to staff behaviour and
Page 45

Page 46

the remaining complaint related to a non-operational piece of gym equipment. One of the
resolved complaints met timescales, with an average of eight days taken to resolve the
four complaints. 
Two MSP enquiries were received over the period, both relating operating concerns of the
ice rink at Moray Leisure centre.   
Case Studies
5.13  Nothing to report   
Consultation and Engagement
5.14  Nothing to report  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) X 
Policy and Legal  X
Financial  X
Risk  X
Staffing  X
Best Value and Transformation X 
Property  X
Information Communications Technology/Digital  X
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   X
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  X 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population   
Page 46

Page 47

6.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council has a statutory requirement to publish a range of information that will
demonstrate that it is securing best value and assist in comparing performance both over
time and between authorities where appropriate.  
6.4  Financial 
There are none arising from this report. 
6.5  Risk 
There are none arising from this report.  
6.6  Staffing 
There are none arising from this report.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
How councils plan for, manage and report on performance is a key area of focus in
external audit work, particularly on best value.  
6.8  Property 
None arising from this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None arising from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
An Equality Impact Assessment is not required as this report is to inform the Committee
on performance.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None arising from this report. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Executive Director Education,
Housing and Communities, Service Managers, and Caroline O’Connor, Committee
Services Officer and any comments made have been incorporated into the report 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Service Plan Actions
Performance Indicators
Service Performance Indicators
Service Complaints 
Page 47

Page 48

Page 48

Page 49

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026 
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities    
Author: Andy Hall Contact Email: andy.hall@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Education and Education Resources Capital Budget Monitoring Report to
31 March 2026 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to inform Committee of the capital budget position for
Education and Education Resources as at 31 March 2026.  
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (A) (2) of the Council's
Scheme of Administration relating to the consideration of Capital and Revenue budgets
and long-term financial plans. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report presents the Education and Education Resources capital budget position to 31
March 2026. It highlights and provides detail on any variances since the Quarter 3
monitoring report, provides an update to Committee on agreed named major projects, and
provides information on projects planned for the next financial year and on the budget to
be carried forward into next and subsequent years within the three-year project financial
planning cycle. 
2.2  Spend to 31 March 2026 was £10,236,000 against a forecast full year budget expenditure
of £16,029,000. 
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that the Committee scrutinises and notes the capital budget
position as at 31 March 2026.   
Andy Hall
Service Manager Education Estate
Item 9.*
Page 49

Page 50

4.  BACKGROUND  
4.1  It is the practice of this Committee to receive regular reports providing an update on the
current financial position of the Education and Education Resources Capital Budget
programmes and projects.  
4.2  At the meeting of Moray Council on 21 January 2025, the Capital Plan for 2025/26 was
approved (para 7 of minute refers).  At the meeting of the Corporate Committee on 26
August 2025 (para 6 of minute refers), carry forward of capital budget within Education and
Education Resources was approved.  
4.3  This report highlights those areas of the capital budget relating to Education and
Education Resources where there is a significant percentage variance as at 31 March 2026
(highlighted as red or amber in the budget update at Appendix 1). 
5.  BUDGET POSITION  
5.1  The total approved capital budget for Education and Education Resources for financial
year 2025/26, including carry forwards from 2024/25 and amendments in the year, was: 
2025/26 
£000
Land and Buildings £15,962
Vehicles Plant and Equipment £60
Total £16,022  
5.2  The actual expenditure up to 31 March 2026 was £10,352,000.  
5.3  Current variance (or risk of variance) in the Capital Plan relate to the following: 
Schools Essential Maintenance / BB Upgrade Programme 2025/26
5.4  The expenditure on school B/B condition and suitability upgrade, building element
replacement and compliance works for 2025/26 totals £6,495,000. This includes a budget
allowance for preparatory works (detailed design and tendering) for building works
planned to go ahead over the next three financial years – a realistic project delivery
timeline given the number and varied complexity of projects. This approach was
established to support the design and build project stages and associated project budgets
that extend over one or more financial years. This is the second tranche of projects
focused on design works to deliver condition upgrades. Dyke, Burghead, Bishopmill and
Aberlour primary schools were reported in the Q2 report, and a further school, Knockando,
has been included during Q4. All these schools have been recently graded as overall low C
(poor) condition, and many have core components (roofs, windows and doors, and
mechanical) that are graded D (bad) condition. There is a limit to the number of projects
that internal design team resources can support and, therefore, some of these projects
are progressing with external design team support. This hybrid resourcing approach will
continue into the next financial year. A recommendation is to go before  Moray Council on
30 June 2026 to carry forward £943,000 into future years  to balance the impact of the
reduction in the Learning Estate Programme budget of £3.8m agreed by Council at its
meeting on 28 January 2026 (para 7 of minute refers).
Page 50

Page 51

5.5  The in year budget for each individual project approved to tender and construction phase
is detailed in Appendix 1. The majority of the programme is phased work which seeks to
initially address school fabric and components, as defined in the Scottish Government’s
Condition Core Fact guidance, graded as Condition D with the possibility of full or partial
failure or works, to ensure building standards or other statutory compliance. In
undertaking this work consideration has been given as to how the upgrade works can
enhance the energy efficiency of the building and align with the ‘fabric first’ Council
Climate Strategy for Council buildings. Other works relate to statutory requirements
related to fire, health and safety, security and accessibility. 
5.6  As noted in the Q3 report, some works initially planned for Cullen Primary School Phase
1 upgrade project were reprofiled into the next financial year. The revised in-year spend
was therefore adjusted to £1.979m in Q3; however, the actual expenditure was £2.092m
as some works were completed in Q4. The final in-year variance of £860,000 will be
reprofiled to complete Phase 1 and Phase 2 works next financial year. The total value of
the full upgrade project remains unchanged at £4.2m.    
5.7  The Q3 report indicated a potential saving across the Speyside and Milnes High School
window replacement projects. The final account confirms that an overall saving of £88,000
has been achieved, mainly as a result of economies of scale from combining the works
into a single procurement project. Approval to carry forward this underspend to future
years to fund other BB upgrade projects will be recommended to Moray Council on 30th
June 2026.  
5.8  The Q3 monitoring report noted that due to the design complexity of the Alves PS Phase1
fabric upgrade project and procurement issues it was agreed to retender for the project
and thereby ensure maximum market engagement and best value for money. This
procurement exercise is now completed and works are planned to start during the school
summer holidays. The unspent £1.230m  will be reprofiled to next financial year. 
5.9  The Rothes Primary School Phase 1 external fabric project was completed and handed
over during Q3. The final account records a phase cost underspend of £65,000 (unused
risk allowance).  Approval to carry forward this underspend to future years, to offset costs
for Phase 2, will be recommended to Moray Council on 30th June 2026.  
5.10  The Mortlach Primary School Phase 1 external fabric project started on site in November
2025 and is planned to complete in May 2026. The actual costs are running behind the
cashflow forecast, which will require up to £366,000 to be reprofiled into Q1 and Q2 of the
next financial year. The overall Phase 1 project remains on budget at £1.13m. 
5.11  Due to a pause in on-site works for several weeks during Q2 on the Mosstodloch PS
Phase 1 roof upgrade, the completion date was delayed and final project invoices fell into
Q4. The final account records a phase cost underspend of £65,000 (unused risk
allowance. Approval to carry forward this underspend to future years, to support other BB
upgrade projects, will be recommended to Moray Council on 30th June 2026. 
5.12  The full Forres Academy RAAC contingency was not used this year. Given that the risk of
further intervention work remains, the  £10,000 underspend  will be recommended to be
Page 51

Page 52

carried at the Moray Council on 30th June 2026  be reallocated as contingency for the next
financial year.  
5.13  The underspend of £66,000 against the external Asset and Project Management
resources to support the BB Upgrade programme is a result of a delay in the appointments
until the start of Q4. Approval to carry forward this underspend to future years to fund
other BB upgrade projects will be recommended to Moray Council on 30th June 2026.   
Planned BB Upgrade Programme 2026/27
5.14  The priority school BB upgrade projects planned for financial year 2026/27 are outlined in
the table below. This includes some projects that have been reprofiled from financial year
2024/25. 
School Project Outline FY 25/26
Budget (£000)
Cullen PS Phase 2 – Mechanical and Electrical 1,713
Mosstodloch PS Phase 2 – Roof replacement 882
Alves PS Phase 1 – Fabric only 
Phase 2 – M&E design only
1,567
Mortlach PS Phase 1 completion and Phase 2 (50%) 2,203
Rothes PS Phase 2 – Electrical upgrade 354
Burghead PS Phase 1 – Fabric only 982
Dyke PS Phase 1 – Fabric only (50%) 318
Aberlour PS Phase 1 Design only 260
Knockando PS Phase 1 – Fabric only (60%) 343
West End PS Drainage Upgrade 192
Bishopmill PS Phase 1 – Design only 260
Millbank PS Enhanced ASN capacity extension 59
Total 9,133,000 
5.15  Phase 1 works relate to external fabric projects involving roof, window, wall and door
upgrades to improve overall building energy efficiency prior to Phase 2 works, which will
address mechanical and electrical elements in readiness for heat source replacements
either in Phase 2 (where the existing heat source is at or approaching the end of its useful
life) or in Phase 3. 
5.16  The project list above represents an indicative programme at this stage. While some
projects are well advanced and have fixed-price costs and defined construction
programmes, others remain at design stage and are therefore subject to a range of delivery
risks and constraints. These include staffing and project management capacity,
procurement timescales, contractor availability and school operational requirements,
including decant arrangements. 
5.17  The impact of these factors is continuing to be assessed and a fuller update will be
provided through the Quarter 1 capital monitoring report. At this stage, a prudent
expectation is that approximately 80% of the programme, equating to around £7.234m of
expenditure, will be delivered during the next financial year. 
Page 52

Page 53

Universal Free School Meals
5.18  The total spend for financial year 2025/26 was £286,000 that facilitated the procurement
of new kitchen equipment and fixed dining room furniture to increase capacity across
several primary schools.  A carry forward of the remaining £159,000 of Scottish
Government grant budget to financial year 2026/27 will support further kitchen and dining
area capacity extension projects to supports further increase in future uptake across P4-5
and P6-P7 SCP entitled pupils free school meal take up over and support some initial
preparatory work required for a full P6-P7 free school meal entitlement roll out. 
5.19  It should be noted that to implement a full extension of free school meals to all P6-P7
pupils would require further Scottish Government grant capital funding in order to
complete all identified infrastructure works.     
Future Forres Academy
5.20  The quarterly revised cashflow forecast has reprofiled £747,000 of project budget to next
financial year. 
5.21  The overall budget for the project has now been confirmed and a final fixed-price offer
submitted for approval and contract agreement. Over recent months the project
construction costs have been impacted by global inflationary pressures linked to the
Middle East conflict and increased steel costs arising from UK import tariff changes
introduced in March 2026. The Special Moray Council meeting on 19 May 2026 approved a
project capital budget increase to £92.438m (para 3 of draft minute refers) , which
provides additional risk allowance, with the near £1m increase managed as a virement
from the Learning Estate BB school upgrade core projects budget. This budget will be
reallocated to the BB upgrade programme in 2029/30 if not used.  
Elgin High School Capacity Extension Project
5.22  This Committee at its meeting on 26 November 2024 (para 26 of minute refers) approved a
pause in the Elgin High School Capacity Extension project for up to 12 months to allow an
independent review of the future school capacity requirements. A separate detailed report
recommending the next steps for this project was submitted to this Committee on 25
November 2025 (para 11 of minute refers) but it was decided to defer any decision until a
visit to the school had been facilitated for elected member and parent and community
groups associated with school. Following this visit, a report was submitted to Moray
Council on 28 January 2026 where the recommendation to scale down the project from a
new building extension to a repurposing of space within the existing school was approved
(para 10 of draft minute refers).   
5.23  The revised total capital allocation for 2025/26 was £373,000, whereas the actual
expenditure was £126,000. The remaining £247,000 for this project will be carried forward
to 2026/27 to support delivery of the revised project. 
5.24  The decision to scale down the Elgin High School project from a £19.1m new build
extension to £1.4m internal repurposing works means the project will now be non-
compliant with Scottish Government Learning Estate Investment Programme Phase 2
(LEIP 2) criteria. Scottish Government previously approved the transfer of LEIP 2 status
and potential funding from the Findrassie PS project to the Elgin High School capacity
extension and the Scottish Futures Trust, which administers LEIP2, and Scottish
Government Learning Directorate officers, who are responsible for programme
Page 53

Page 54

governance, have indicated that a similar transfer request would be considered on its
merits by the Cabinet Secretary. However, the council was advised that given the short
time period to the current Scottish Parliament dissolution later in April, any formal
notification of the withdrawal of the Elgin High School project from LEIP2 and request for
transfer of status and funding to another qualifying school project should be deferred until
after the elections in May for consideration. That is dependent on decisions related to the
Future Buckie High School project.   
Future Buckie High School
5.25  A budget of £75,000 was allocated to further investigate options to deliver a long term
sustainable and affordable future Buckie High School. To date £50,000 has been spent on
further feasibility design and space optimisation analysis which has informed the options
still under consideration for the final project. The remaining in-year £35k budget will be
carried forward to further develop this initial phase option.  
5.26  It was agreed by this Committee at its 25 November 2025 meeting (para 19 of the minute
refers) to defer decisions on significant investment beyond immediate repair and
maintenance requirements to Buckie High School buildings until after there is clarity on
the future investment in the Learning Estate Improvement Programme, or its successor
programme, by Scottish Government.  A separate update report has been submitted to
this Committee that provides more detail on this. 
5.27  Given the decision to scale down the Elgin High School capacity project detailed in para
5.22, work is in progress to ascertain if an initial phase of the Buckie High School new
build/refurbishment option could qualify for LEIP2 status. Based on the existing
arrangements the LEIP2 investment value available would be aligned with a £13m
construction project and unlikely to exceed the 50% of that value over the 25 year
outcome based revenue funding model. 
Early Learning and Childcare (ELC)
5.28  There has been no ELC capital spend in Q4.  All outstanding works at Seafield PS have
been tendered to enable contractors to begin in July 2026. It has been agreed that the
remaining £27k budget will be carried forward into next financial year and be 
supplemented by £60,000 from the Learning Estate capital budget - under ‘statutory
requirement’ upgrade requirements - to complete the planned upgrade works in this
timeframe. 
Libraries and Leisure
5.29  Land & Buildings (L&B)
During Q4 the refurbishment works at the Milnes astroturf pitch have been completed and
the pitch is now in high demand by community groups which is helping increase income
generation at this facility.   An underspend of £79,000 has arisen as the astroturf pitch at
Milnes is not full sized, resulting in a lower refurbishment cost than anticipated. It is
recommended that this underspend be carried forward to 2028/29 to help offset
increased costs in the next phase of the astroturf pitch refurbishment programme and to
support the potential use of more sustainable, non-plastic infill materials.   
5.30  The refurbishment works at Elgin Library were completed in Q4 and is receiving positive
feedback from stakeholders and users of the facility.  Smaller scale cosmetic
improvements were also completed in Q4 at Forres, Keith and Buckie Libraries.  Progress
Page 54

Page 55

on refurbishment has been limited due to service uncertainty linked to proposed closures
and savings initiatives, with the future operating model only approved in December 2025,
therefore we are reporting an underspend of £113,000.  It is requested to carry forward this
underspend to 2026/27 to support targeted improvement works. Carry forward funding will
enable improvements aligned with this approved operating model and informed by
feedback from library user groups. 
5.31  During Q4 the identified critical works continued to progress at Moray Leisure Centre
(MLC).  Due to the phasing needs of these critical works, this works programme will not be
fully complete until Q2 of the 2026/27 financial year.  This could not have been avoided
due to the phasing schedule and other extenuating external factors outwith Council and
MLC control.  The current £301,000 underspend is required to be carried forward to
2026/27 to enable the completion of the critical works programme that is currently
ongoing. 
5.32  Only £16k of spend in Q4 was connected to the refurbishment and upgrade of leisure
facilities.  This has resulted in an overall underspend of £269,000.   Progress has been
limited due to service/estate uncertainty.  The Service have now started to receive a suite
of condition survey reports for the Leisure & Culture Estate.  It is recommended for this
underspend to be carried forward to 2026/27 to aid the design and commissioning of
prioritised refurbishment urgent work packages. This design phase is essential to enable
delivery of the planned £4–4.5 million refurbishment programme in 2027/28, and
specialist expertise will require to be commissioned externally. 
5.33  Vehicle, Plant & Equipment (VPE)
The £19k investment in Libraries and Leisure equipment progressed in Q4 as per the
funding envelope.  This included library furniture based on identified need and several
items of fitness equipment for Buckie and Speyside.  The new swimming pool hoists were
installed at Buckie, Keith and Forres during Q4.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) ✓ 
Policy and Legal ✓ 
Financial ✓ 
Risk ✓ 
Staffing ✓ 
Best Value and Transformation  ✓
Property  ✓
Information Communications Technology/Digital    ✓
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   ✓
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact ✓ 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Page 55

Page 56

Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☐ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council has statutory responsibilities to meet educational needs, the needs of
children and young people in need and those it looks after.  
6.4  Financial 
The financial implications are set out in this report and at Appendix 1. Budget managers
are aware of their responsibilities for managing budget allocation and approval for any
unavoidable variance will be sought from the Council in line with the financial
regulations. 
The capital plan approved by Council on 28 January 2026 detailed the outcome of the
annual 10-year capital plan review, and the Council approved overall capital spend of
£116.9m over the next three years for the Learning Estate programme. This included a
further £3.893m budget reduction applied to year 3 (2028/29), which, together with over a
£32m reduction over the 10-year programme, impacts the Learning Estate programme’s
planned named and core projects. 
There are significant strategic and operational risks associated with the budget available
for investment in the learning estate that will impact the existing learning estate delivery
strategy that will require to be monitored and managed on an ongoing basis. 
Further significant capital investment in the BB Condition/Suitability upgrade projects
would be required to improve the condition of schools across Moray. In applying that
focus to the Learning Estate the asset standard (condition and suitability) for schools is
set as a B (satisfactory) minimum.  With the capital budget available the only realistic
options for the Learning Estate are to reduce assets or to lengthen programmes of work.
Taking this into account, the BB upgrade programme plan continues to be extended from
10 to 15 years, acknowledging that in this scenario more revenue funding will need to be
assigned to reactive repair and maintenance over this same time period. 
6.5  Risk 
Although there has been some progress in addressing those schools in the worst
condition, the work completed over the last nine months has reduced the total number of
Page 56

Page 57

schools graded overall D or C condition from 32 to 28 out of the 52 schools managed.
However, the longer phasing of BB upgrade works to meet affordability caps brings a
greater risk that the remaining learning estate assets will continue to deteriorate, with an
increased likelihood of partial or full building failure. School contingency plans will
therefore need to be robust to mitigate such eventualities. 
The realistic options for the Learning Estate are to reduce assets and/or lengthen
programmes of work. The BB upgrade programme plan has assumed a 15-year rather than
10-year timescale, and the risk management approach required to support this remains a
work in progress. 
The Leisure and Libraries estate continues to deteriorate, with 50% reported as C (poor)
condition. With the level of investment required outweighing the available budget and
uncertainty on the estate, the risk of building failures, temporary closures and health and
safety incidents remain a concern. Carry forward of the underspend from 2025/26 will
help progress the design plans and urgent works required to improve and stabilise this
estate.  
6.6  Staffing 
With the shift from the previous ‘make do and mend’ approach to asset management
across the learning estate to a BB condition/suitability upgrade programme, the project
delivery environment has scaled up significantly and is more complex, with works
increasingly delivered on a continuous basis rather than being restricted to school holiday
periods. This requires additional project management resource with experience in
construction project management, ideally in an education setting. In terms of recruitment,
there are parallels with the attempt to secure an experienced asset manager to support BB
risk-optimised planning across the learning estate upgrade programme. No suitable
candidates were identified and it was agreed at the Learning Estate Programme Board that
outsourced consultancy support would be pursued to provide immediate capability,
experience and longer-term knowledge transfer opportunities, with costs capitalised
against the BB programme budget. A similar approach was used to expedite the
appointment of project management resource for the BB upgrade programme. Both the
asset management and project management resources were recruited during Q4, funded
from an annual capital budget allocation of £150,000 for the next two years. The
requirement to continue to outsource for the second 12 months will be re-assessed at the
end of financial year 2026/27. 
As noted in para 5.16 staffing issues present a significant risk to the delivery timescales of
the school BB upgrade programme and also any leisure and culture capital works. The
recent loss of an experienced Principal Quantity Surveyor and a Construction Project
Manager, one a permanent employee and the other an agency resource, together with the
challenges in recruiting suitably qualified and experienced replacements, is expected to
affect delivery of some projects scheduled for the next financial year. The programme is
continuing to assess the impact and a more detailed update will be provided in the
Quarter 1 capital monitoring report  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no best value and transformation implications associated with this report.  
6.8  Property
Page 57

Page 58

There are no property implications other than those detailed in the report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no information communications technology or digital implications other than
those detailed in the report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
There are no equalities or socio-economic implications associated with this report.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
A number of detailed technical surveys have been completed to support Enerphit (the
Passivhaus standard for achieving a high level of building thermal performance) informed
retrofit investment decisions focused on the value-for-money impact of fabric and
heating/power improvements across a selection of school architectural types. These have
already informed BB upgrade design options for projects, notably Cullen Primary School,
which benefits from SALIX grant funding.
All existing BB upgrade projects will consider the Enerphit informed retrofit approach to
support design options that increase energy efficiency and reduce carbon emissions from
school buildings; however, this will be subject to case-by-case cost-benefit analysis due
to the increased project costs and extended timelines associated with delivering more
energy-efficient and low-carbon buildings, and may need to be reassessed for affordability
in future years. 
All existing BB upgrade projects will consider the Enerphit Informed Retrofit approach to
support design options to increase energy efficient and reduce carbon emissions of
school buildings, however, this will be on a case-by-case cost benefit analysis due to the
increase project costs and extend timelines to deliver more energy efficient and low
carbon buildings and may need to be reassessed for affordability in future years. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Chief Financial Officer; Service
Manager Strategic Finance; Service Manager Property, Estates and Assets; Service
Manager Education Estate; Service Manager Early Year’s; Service Manager, Leisure and
Culture; Service Manager Legal Services; Strategy and Performance Manager; Principal
Architect and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer and any comments
received have been incorporated into the report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  There are no background papers related to this report.   
Page 58

Page 59

APPENDIX 1 
Education and Education Resources and Communities Q4 Capital Monitoring 
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q4
variance
End of Year Project
Expenditure Annual Variance
BB Upgrade Projects
Asset Management/Project Management 100 100 0 34 -66 34 -66
Cullen PS - Upgrade 3100 2952 22 1374 426 270 -261 2092 -860
Speyside HS Windows and Doors  991 924 47 687 90 29 11 853 -71
Milnes HS Windows and Doors 885 745 39 584 82 23 6 728 -17
Alves Primary School - Subsidence + B Upgrade
Phase 1 (Fabric) 1316 1316 25 15 14 32 32 86 -1230
Mortlach Primary School - B Upgrade Phase 1 997 1133 19 10 100 638 -50 767 -366
Mosstodloch PS - Roof 513 355 8 30 237 15 15 290 -65
Rothes PS - B Upgrade Phase 1 256 281 0 208 38 0 -35 246 -35
East End PS Upgrade - Phase 3 External wall
insulation and render 448 442 3 190 226 0 -17 419 -23
Bishopmill Primary School - Sports Hall  100 61 61 3 0 0 64 3
East End Drainage 0 3 0 0 0 0 -3
Aberlour Drainage 0 46 46 0 0 46 0
Andersons Drainage 0 12 12 0 0 12 0
Seafield Drainage 0 3 2 0 0 2 -1
Millbank Drainage 0 3 0 0 0 0 -3
Applegrove Drainage 0 0 4 0 0 4 4
Forres Academy - RAAC Contingency 52 52 15 18 0 9 -10 42 -10
Tomintoul PS - Roof upgrade 0 95 0 93 0 0 0 93 -2
BB Contingency 109 0 0 0 0 0
BB design allowance (FY25/26 works)  791 1043 100 0 -780 100 -943
BALANCE 9658 9566 303 3209 1216 1050 -375 5878 -3688
Compliance Requirements
Legionella 16 16 4 4 4 4 0 16 0
Schools -Fire, Safety and Security - Minor Works 200 200 19 42 54 76 9 191 -9
Schools Accessibility 40 40 2 16 9 7 0 34 -6
BALANCE 256 256 25 62 67 87 9 241 -15
Major Refurbishment and Rebuild 0
Elgin High School Modular Units 8 0 4 0 0 8 8
Elgin High School Extension 611 373 24 54 25 23 0 126 -247
Forres Academy  3,844 3,795 92 1,096 1,043 817 -189 3,048 -747
Future Buckie High School 75 75 0 3 42 0 -30 45 -30
Elgin South Primary Capacity Management 50 50 0 0 0 -50 0 -50
BALANCE 4,588 4,293 116 1,153 1,114 840 -269 3,223 -1,066
Scottish Gov Funded Projects
CO2 Monitors / Ventilation - Greenwards PS 82 90 4 82 4 0 0 90 0
Universal Free School Meals 672 445 139 2 139 6 6 286 -159
BALANCE 754 535 143 84 143 6 6 376 -159
Learning Estate BALANCE 15,256 14,650 587 4,508 2,540 1,983 -629 9,718 -5,063
ELC Settings
Seafield Nursery 38 12 0 4 11 15 3
ELC BALANCE 38 12 0 4 11 0 0 15 3
Learning Estate BALANCE 15,294 14,662 587 4,512 2,551 1,983 -629 9,733 -5,060
Library and Leisure
Resurface & rejuvenate 3G pitches in Moray 245 245 0 0 97 74 28 171 -74
Refurbishment & upgrade of pools 330 330 27 18 0 16 84 61 -269
Library Heritage 0 1 1 20 0 0 21 20
Libraries refurbishment 250 250 0 0 1 136 63 137 -113
Moray Leisure Centre 2,067 474 8 1 56 108 231 173 -301
Moray Leisure Combo Heat Power 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Libraries and Leisure BALANCE 2,892 1,300 35 20 174 334 406 563 -737
ERC L&B TOTALS 18,186 15,962 622 4,532 2,725 2,317 -223 10,296 -5,797
VEHICLES PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Libraries and Leisure Equipment 60 60 5 9 23 19 4 56 -4
ERC VPE TOTAL 60 60 5 9 23 19 56 -4
FY 25/26 £000
Education Resources and Communities Q4 Capital Monitoring Report
Learning Estate Planned Budget
25/26
£000
Apr 2025
Approved Capital
Plan
End Q2
Page 59

Page 60

Page 60

Page 61

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities 
Author: Vivienne Cross Contact Email: Education@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Education and Leisure and Culture Service Revenue Budget Monitoring
to 31 March 2026 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to inform Committee of the budget position for Education and
the Leisure and Culture Service as at year end 31 March 2026.  
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (A) 2 of the Council’s scheme
of Administration relating to the consideration of capital and revenue budgets and long
term financial plans. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  The report provides the financial position within the Education department and the Leisure
and Culture Service at the end of the financial year on 31 March 2026. 
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee scrutinises and notes the budget position at the
end of the financial year on 31 March 2026.   
Vivienne Cross
Head of Education (Chief Education Officer) 
Kim Slater
Service Manager Leisure & Culture 
4.  BACKGROUND AND BUDGET POSITION  
Item 10.*
Page 61

Page 62

4.1  The report highlights those areas of budget where there is a variance identified at the end
of the financial year.  
4.2  The spend at 31 March 2026 is £123,231,000 against a budget of £122,822,000 giving an
overspend of £409k, as shown in the table below. 
Education Services     
Budget Monitoring Report to
31 March 2026 
Service  Revised
Budget 
Budget to
Date   
Actual to
Date 
Variance
to
Date  
Variance  
£'000   £'000   £'000   £'000  %      
Early Learning and Childcare 15,588 15,588 15,767 (179) (1%)
Primary Education 35,347 35,347 35,085 262 1%
Secondary Education 40,879 40,879 40,708 171 -
Additional Support Needs 20,174 20,174 20.197 (23) -
Education Central Services 6,413 6,413 5,508 905 14%
Business Support Unit 711 711 710 1 -
Management 134 134 134 - -
Out of Area 3,402 3,402 5,122 (1,720) (51%)
Efficiency Savings-Education 174 174 - 174 -      
Educational Services Total 122,822 122,822 123,231 (409) -  
4.3  The variance in Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) Education is a £179k overspend which
relates to an underspend in ELC fundraising of £25k which will be transferred to ear marked
reservices at the end of the financial year,  £9k in travel, £17k in ELC maternity/sickness
cover, £11k in Moray Growth Deal Stem and  £13k of other small underspends.  There is an
overspend of £250k in payments to partners due to issues with forecasting although
projections for next year have been included in the budget set by Full Council.  
4.4  In Primary Devolved School Management (DSM) scheme, there is an underspend of £262k
across all schools.  This relates to an underspend of £68k and £21k of underspend in
excess of the 2.5% limit which is taken back from schools.  There is £173k underspend on
non devolved costs which include oncosts, energy, grounds maintenance and rent and
rates.  The energy underspend is £163k mainly due to prior year refunds. 
4.5  The Secondary DSM scheme has an underspend of £171k across the eight schools.  This
relates to an underspend of £86k in the devolved budget and an underspend of £85k in the
non-devolved costs which includes an energy underspend of £87k 
4.6  Within additional support needs there is an overspend of £23k. This comprises of an
overspends in ASN absence of £20k, redundancy payment of £11k and other minor
overspends of £10k.  There is an underspend in the SALT contract of £18k    
4.7  The variance in Education Central services is a £905k underspend  which relates to
underspends of £4k for sanitary products, £5k for disturbance mileage, £10k for staff
advertising, £18k for clothing grants, £6k for relocation costs and minor underspends of
Page 62

Page 63

£5k.  There are also overspends of £139k in the central supply budget, £11k for teacher
numbers and £31k for insurance excess payments.   At year end £751k of Pupil Equity
Funding balance is carried forward as an earmarked reserve along with £275k of Strategic
Equity Funding and £12k of the Children and Young People Care Experienced fund which is
spent over the academic year, all of which contributes to the overall underspend.   
4.8  The Business Support Unit has an underspend of £1k. 
4.9  The out of area budget is overspent by £1,720,000 which is mainly related to new
placements and extension of placements due to pending court cases.  A separate paper
gives further information regarding this budget area. 
4.10  Savings within Education for 2025/26  were as follows: 
Approved
Saving
£000
Achieved
Saving
£000
Reason for non
achievement
Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) – CMP
remove year round provision
278 278 
ELC – reduce early years teaching team by 2
posts
50 50 
ELC – remove early years principal teacher
post
47 50 
ELC – Teachers changed to CIO 127 127 
ELC – full year effect year round to term time 152 152 
ELC – rental income 18 18 
ELC – partner nurseries in-service day 111 111 
Primary – pupil teacher ratio move to
statutory requirement
67 25 No schools fell
within ratio for
25/26 so no
further saving
Secondary Schools – reduce DSM 112 116 
Central Education – remove 1 QIM 24 29 
Learning Technologist 7 15 
Central Education one off saving 50 50 
AQA Accreditation 5 4 
Additional support needs music 4 5 
DSM one-off saving 200 0 Saving posted
24/25
Psychology team saving 70 70 
CMP English as an additional language 38 38 
CMP Sensory services 50 50 
Leisure and Culture Service
4.11  The spend for Leisure and Culture as at 31 March is £4,142,000 against a budget of
£4,609,000. 
The Leisure and Culture Service Budget Monitoring Report to 31 March 2026 is as follows:
Page 63

Page 64

Service Revised
Budget 
Budget to
Date  
Actual to
Date 
Variance to
Date   Variance  
£'000   £'000   £'000   £'000  %      
Libraries
Service
1,981  1,981  1,943  38  2 %
Music
Instruction
573  573  563  10  2 %
Sport &
Leisure
1,689  1,689  1,485  204  12 %
Culture,
Leisure &
Sport
Management
145  145  151  (6) (4)%
Efficiency
Savings-
Culture,
Leisure &
Sport
221  221  - 221  - 
Service Total 4,609  4,609  4,142  467  - 
4.12  The variance in the Libraries Service is a £38k underspend which is connected to lower
energy costs (£22k), a reduction in software licence costs (£6K) and other minor
underspends across the service (£10k). 
4.13  The variance in the Music Instruction Service is a £10k underspend which is connected to
an overspend (£6k) for Moray Music Centre, an over achievement of music instruction
recharge to schools (£8k), an underspend in staff mileage (£4k) and other minor
underspends across the service (£4k). 
4.14  The variance in the Sport and Leisure Service is a £204k underspend which is connected to
an over achievement in leisure income (£116k), lower energy costs (60k) and other minor
underspends across the service (£28k). 
4.15  The variance in the Culture, Leisure and Sport Management budget is connected to an
overspend relating to holiday pay/TOIL provision (£6k).  This overspend will be reviewed and
addressed as part of the sport and leisure phase 2 restructure. 
4.16  The efficiency savings of £221k is connected to staff savings from vacancies, budget
savings through change management plans and appointments below the top salary scale
across the whole Service.  
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  The service continue to work closely with Children’s Services to monitor Out of Area (OOA)
placements and where possible to plan return of children and young people locally.  A
separate paper regarding spend in this area is presented to Committee for consideration. 
Page 64

Page 65

5.2  Work which was planned within Human Resources to support absence within Education
has now progressed with postholders taking up their positions in April 2026.  This will be
reported separately to Committee including any positive impact on the supply budget. 
5.3  Highlighting the positive budget position for the Leisure and Culture Service and the
contribution that staff teams have made towards this end of year achievement.      
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) x 
Policy and Legal x 
Financial x 
Risk x 
Staffing  x
Best Value and Transformation  x
Property  x
Information Communications Technology/Digital  x
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   x
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  x 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☐ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council has statutory responsibilities to meet educational needs, the needs of
children and young people in need and those it looks after. 
Page 65

Page 66

The Council has a legal duty to ensure adequate provision of facilities for recreational,
sporting, cultural and social activities as well as adequate provision of libraries and
maintaining Council archives.  
6.4  Financial 
The resource implications are set out in this report.  The overpsend for Education as at 31
March 2026 is £409,000 against a budget of £122,822,000.  The spend for Leisure and
Culture as at 31 March 2026 is £4,142,000 against a budget of £4,609,000. 
One off Costs:
Service
Area
Budget Budget
Years
Proposed
Spend this
Year
Virement
From
Other
Comments       
Annually Recurring Costs:
Service
Area
Budget With
Effect
From
Annual
Net
Impact
Virement
From (if
applicable)
Other
Comments       
6.5  Risk 
Budget managers are aware of their responsibilities for managing budget allocations and
approval for any variances will be sought from Committee in line with Financial
Regulations.  The overspends in the out of area budgets and central supply budgets are
not easy to mitigate against where decisions about children and young people are often
out of the services control with detail provided in a separate paper.  Similarly central
supply is unpredictable with long term absence and maternity leaves where a
replacement teacher must be put in place to continue to deliver education.  
6.6  Staffing 
There are no staffing implications arising from this report.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no best value or transformation implications from this report.  
6.8  Property 
There are no property issues arising from this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no property issues arising from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
This is not relevant as this report is to inform the Committee on budget monitoring.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
This is not applicable. 
Page 66

Page 67

7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with Nicky Gosling, Accountant and
Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer and any comments made have been
incorporated into the report 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  nil   
Page 67

Page 68

Page 68

Page 69

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing & Communities 
Author: Denise
Whitworth/Vivienne
Cross/Kim Slater/Edward
Thomas 
Contact
Email:
denise.whitworth@moray.gov.uk
vivienne.cross@moray.gov.uk
kim.slater@moray.gov.uk
Edward.thomas@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: 2025-28 Education and Leisure & Culture Service Plans (Year 2 refresh)
and 2025-28 Housing, Property & Communities (Learning Estate) Service
Plan (Year 2 refresh) 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  To invite the Committee to consider the Education, Housing and Communities Service
Plans (Year 2 refresh) for Education and Leisure & Culture and the Learning Estate
elements of the Housing and Property and Communities Service Plan (Year 2 refresh)
noting that the Service Plan for Housing, Property and Communities was considered at
Housing and Community Safety Committee on 18 June 2026 in terms of its remit.    
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (A) (4) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to monitoring performance of the services within the
Committee’s remit in accordance with the Council’s Performance Management
Framework.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  Service Plans (Year 2 refresh) have been prepared identifying the improvement targets for
the remaining term of the plan.  In preparing the plans, managers have taken account of
risk, performance data, the LOIP, the Corporate Plan and other relevant factors such as
audit and inspections outcomes.  The Service Plans also identify the resources allocated
to each service.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
Item 11.*
Page 69

Page 70

i)  Consider and approve the Service Plan (Year 2 refresh) for Education in
Appendix 1; 
ii)  Consider and approve the Service Plan (Year 2 refresh) for Leisure and
Culture in Appendix 2; 
iii)  Consider and approve the Learning Estate elements of the Housing, Property
and Communities Service Plan (Year 2 refresh) in Appendix 3. 
Denise Whitworth
Executive Director, Education, Housing & Communities 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  Service planning is a key aspect of the Council’s Performance Management Framework
that sets out the strategic direction for services. 
4.2  It should be noted that actions from the refreshed Best Value Action Plan, approved by the
Corporate Committee on 26 August 2025 (para 8 of the minute refers) will be monitored
and reported out with the Service Plan process.  
4.3  The service planning process focuses on forward planning for medium-term activities
supporting delivery of the Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP) and Corporate Plan. 
The Council’s planning process also includes team plans that focus on short term tactical
and operational activities supporting delivery of the Service Plan and strategies and
Employee Review and Development Plans (ERDP) and Professional Review and
Development (PRD) plans provide individual planning for employees’ activities and
development.  
4.4  As well as identifying service developments and improvements, the Service Plan
Framework requires an assessment of the output and outcome requirements for services
based on the Council’s priorities, statutory and regulatory requirements and other relevant
local and national direction and makes use of improvement tools for planning and
continuous improvement.  Services support their improvement work with the Public
Sector Improvement Framework (PSIF) or by using another recognised self-evaluation
tool.  Across services, priority outcomes are those included in the Council’s Corporate
Plan 2024-29 that directly relate to the service or are influenced by the service and should
be clearly identified. 
4.5  Setting clear measurable outcomes and defining key indicators by which progress will be
assessed continues to be an area for development within the Council.  However, it is
recognised that for some actions it can be difficult to identify a measurable outcome (e.g.
a change in legislation that must be implemented or updating a policy framework).
Therefore, as far as possible efforts have been made to set measurable outcomes for
service plan actions but in some cases outputs and key progress milestones have been
used so that it is still possible to measure whether the action has been progressed as
intended. 
4.6  A summary of progress is given below for each of the services based on the performance
monitoring carried out throughout the year and reported to committee as part of
performance reporting.  Further information on performance at the end of Quarter 4 is
included in the service Performance Reports that are also on the agenda of this
Page 70

Page 71

Committee.  The Performance reports note where there is a carry forward of actions from
the previous Service Plans. 
4.7  It should be noted that while there has been some re-organisation of teams and alignment
of services following the management restructure, service plans have been prepared
taking account of Council priorities, national priorities and ongoing and emerging service
priorities.  Therefore, it remains appropriate to seek approval for the year 2 refresh of
Service Plans to ensure that they continue to reflect the next iteration of priorities and
direction from committee and that services are appropriately directed and tasked. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  As the services have set high level priorities for a three-year period 2025-28, performance
is reported against that period with actions and indicators being reviewed annually. 
5.2  Planned focus in new plans for Education Housing and Communities services
The revised Council structure has given the opportunity to consider how best to integrate
services within the directorate and connect service plan activity to gain greater impact
from co-ordinated, cross service effort directed towards delivery of the Council’s
corporate plan priorities.  As a result, the corporate priority of tackling poverty and
inequality has been identified to provide a common focus across service plans within
Education, Housing and Communities. More specifically, to advance this, services plan to: 
use whole systems approaches to ensure there is joined up activity across services and
partners;  consider how data can be used to give greater insight to enable targeting and
early intervention; and take forward the use of locality and placed based approaches to
drive improved results. 
5.3  Early work is underway and examples include Active Moray, the partnership approach to
physical activity that is within the Leisure and Culture plan and the development of multi-
agency work to support young people, which is integrated with work in schools in the
Education plan.  
Education 
5.4  Progress on planned work (success)
• Schools continue to show improvement in ACEL performance, maintaining or
increasing previous session data presented for key literacy and numeracy measures.
Key interventions such as Children and Young People Improvement Collaborative in
Scotland (CYPIC) Writing continues to be extended across schools.
• Scottish Attainment Challenge funding (PEF and SEF) continues to support
interventions for raising attainment, focussing on literacy, numeracy, health and
wellbeing, attendance and inclusion.
• As part of the work with Education Scotland Attainment Advisor around reducing
identified attainment gaps there has been notable improvements in attendance for a
number of Moray schools where exclusions remain low (Primary) and low overall in
comparison with previous years to date (Secondary Schools).  
• Secondary schools continue to extend course availability, including a focus on further
development of consortia offer and Foundation Apprenticeships.
• Increased positive inspection activity with external HMIE noted and internal Moray
Quality Improvement Framework visits, highlighting improvements in the majority of
schools across Quality Indicators.
Page 71

Page 72

• Increasing number of positive Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) and Primary school
inspections.
• ELC settings are using both new shared framework and Scottish Social Services
Council codes of practice to improve leadership of learning and opportunities for staff
empowerment. 
5.5  Progress on planned work (areas for development / not delivered)
• Continue to raise attainment, particularly across the senior phase.
• Two HR Advisors to support education absence management procedures now in post,
along with Acting Senior HR Advisor they will guide the project going forward.
• Progress with policy review including Additional support needs has been variable
however a clear plan is in place now 
5.6  Planned focus in new plan (reflecting above and challenges to come)
• Equity and improving outcomes for all
• Inclusion and wellbeing
• Curriculum including implementation of Curriculum Improvement Cycle
• Learning, teaching and assessment
• Leadership, empowerment and professional learning and development
• Support and challenge improvement across the service 
5.7  The service plan for Education is attached as Appendix 1. 
Leisure & Culture 
5.8  Progress on planned work (success)
• The new libraries operating model and Change Management Plan have been
implemented and new opening hours commenced during quarter 4.  The impact of the
new operating model will be monitored throughout 2026/27.
•  Work targeting approaches to poverty, mental health and disability/ASN has
completed. In quarter 4 further development of existing programmes continued to help
strengthen the sustainability of service provision. Positive links were established
between schools, community provision, active travel and Scottish disability sport in
regard to cycling programmes. 
5.9  Progress on planned work (areas for development / not delivered)
• The Change Management Plan for Sport and Leisure has not progressed as this requires
aligning with Phase 2 of the Council Management Structure Review and also the next 4-
year partnership with Sportscotland which requires to be in place by 31 March 2027.  
• Amendments to the Youth Music Initiative (YMI) delivery model have been introduced
during quarter 1.  These amendments will continue and will be monitored in the
forthcoming 2026/27 academic year. 
• Work to prioritise leisure and libraries capital plan funding to sustain operating assets
is ongoing and as a result objectives have not yet been met. Refurbishment work within
Elgin library was completed during quarter 4 along with smaller works at other facilities.
An asset management report, identifying critical work, will be considered by
Committee in a separate report, with a Leisure & Culture estate capital investment plan
set to be created by 31 March 2027. Continued work will be amended to focus more on
long-term goals. 
Page 72

Page 73

5.10  Planned focus in new plan (reflecting above and challenges to come)
• Implementing the Active Moray Strategy and Action Plan alongside partners.
• Creating a more structured asset management plan for leisure and library facilities. 
• Continuing to address inequalities through sport, leisure, physical activity, music and
libraries. 
5.11  The service plan for Leisure & Culture is attached as Appendix 2. 
Housing, Property & Communities (Learning Estate elements) 
5.12  Progress on planned work (success)
• Positive progress has been made in the project to design and construct Forres
Academy. The full planning application was submitted and subsequently granted on 14
January 2026. The statutory consultation report on the relocation of Forres Academy to
the Applegrove/Roysvale site was presented and approved at full council on 25
February 2026. On 11 May 2026 the Court of Session approved the use of Common
Good land for construction. Not to exceed maximum price guarantees have been
provided by appointed contractor (Balfour Beatty).
• All effective stakeholder engagements on the suitability of the learning estate are
complete.
• Recommendations to close Crossroads Primary school were agreed and were
unchallenged by the Scottish Government. Building management handed over to
estates team in September 2025.
• The school estate upgrade programme progressed well during 2025/26, meeting all
objectives set. Phase 1 completed at three primary schools, with phase 2 design in
place. Six further schools are also in design phase. This action will recur on an annual
basis with targets reset for each year. 
5.13  Progress on planned work (areas for development / not delivered) 
• Work to complete the Associated School Group (ASG) options development for the
long-term investment strategy will be addressed in the learning estate review report to
be presented to the Education, Children’s and Leisure Services (ECLS) committee on
23 June, after which this action will complete. 
5.14  Planned focus in new plan (reflecting above and challenges to come) 
• With all actions in the previous plan having completion dates in 2027 and beyond, all
current actions will continue. 
5.15  The service plan for the Learning Estate element of the Housing, Property & Communities
is attached as Appendix 3.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) ✓ 
Policy and Legal  ✓
Page 73

Page 74

Financial  ✓
Risk ✓ 
Staffing  ✓
Best Value and Transformation  ✓
Property  ✓
Information Communications Technology/Digital  V        ✓
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   ✓
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  ✓ 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☐ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☒ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☐ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☒ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☐ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population 
6.3  Policy and Legal 
None arising from this report.  
6.4  Financial 
None arising from this report. 
6.5  Risk 
There are potential risks around progress in all priority areas due to staffing pressures and
which often has an impact on officers.  
6.6  Staffing 
There are no staffing issues.  The service plan actions will be accommodated within
existing resources. 
The services have undertaken workforce planning to consider how best to prepare and
manage the workforce for the services to be able to respond to the agreed Council
priorities in the Corporate Plan and the service work that is required to support and
achieve those objectives.   Consideration has also been given to the Council Workforce
Strategy and Plan priorities in a service context.  The main themes arising from these
include: 
• Building capacity and resilience 
• Change management and a workforce culture to support and enable change
Page 74

Page 75

• Health and Well-being management (including absence management)
• Recruitment and retention 
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
The service plans support the council to continue its Best Value journey.  
6.8  Property 
None arising directly from this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None arising from this report.  However, where relevant work is set out within the
workforce plans to ensure that the workforce is ready and enabled for change, including
digital skills.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
None arising from this report.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None arising directly from this report. 
Service contributions to the delivery of the Climate Change Strategy, Biodiversity Strategy,
Net Zero Fleet Strategy, Travel Strategy etc. are captured in the respective annual reports. 
The Corporate Plan recognises that sustainability, environmental, climate change and
biodiversity considerations are incorporated within existing projects and are specifically
considered as part of committee reporting processes.  In a service context, consideration
is also given to Climate Change and Biodiversity under the following main themes with
activities and good practice gathered half yearly within routine performance reporting
processes - 
• Contributing to the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions through reducing energy
use, recycling, planning in a way to allow use of public transport, local procurement
etc.
• Adapting to the effects of a changing climate by integrating changing climate into future
plans and existing projects, tracking weather impacts on services, supporting partners,
customers, and the public to adapt through promoting resilience
• Acting in a sustainable manner by enhancing owned greenspaces, planning in a way
that also benefits nature, ensuring staff have the skills and knowledge to protect and
restore biodiversity, help communities and clients connect with nature 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the service managers in Education and
Leisure & Culture and Housing and Property and any comments made have been
incorporated into the report.  
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Nil. 
Page 75

Page 76

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
1. Service Definition:  Delivering Education across Early Learning and Childcare, Primary, Secondary Education and support
and challenge via a small central team of Officers
2. Service Resources: Service Resources: 1011.98 fte teaching staff; 692.69 fte local government employees; Total 1704.67 FTE
Budget: DSM; Revenue Central Budget Early Years and Education and ASN £122m 
3. What have we identified for improvement in 2026/27 What evidence did we use to identify this improvement? 
Please add benchmark information wherever available and relevant to the
improvement.
Focus on equity and improving outcomes for all Attainment data including LGBF measures, Insight for Senior Phase and
Achievement of Curriculum for Excellence data
Attendance data
Exclusion data
Stretch aims for Scottish Attainment Challenge
HMIe and Care Inspectorate inspection results
Self-evaluation profiles
Risk matrix for school improvement
ICEA report and various Education reform reviews
Moray Quality Improvement Framework visits
National Improvement framework plan and self-evaluation documents
Focus on inclusion and wellbeing
Further develop the curriculum
Continued focus on learning, teaching and assessment
Focus on leadership and professional learning and development
Further improve approaches to support and challenge 
Page 76

Page 77

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057 
4. Local
Outcomes
Improvement
Plan (LOIP)/
Corporate Plan
(CP) Outcome
or Priority
Action  Planned Outcome Outcome measures Completion
target
Lead Priority
Rating
(1 high 3
low)
(L) Building a better
future for our
children & young
people. (CP) Tackle
Poverty and
Inequality
Early intervention addressing
whole family well-being to
ensure that children can reach
their full potential: 
Continue to support QAMSO
network and quality assurance
visits to schools through MQIF
programme to scrutinise school
efforts to raise attainment in
literacy and numeracy
Continue to improve
attainment at
both Broad General and
Senior Phase identified
through ACEL and
LGBF measures
Literacy and
numeracy
attainment gap
(P1, P4 and P7
combined –
percentage point
gap between the
least and most
deprived pupils
(LGBF CHN14a /
CHN14b) (Corp.
Plan) 
Percentage of
P1, P4 and P7
pupils combined
achieving
expected CFE
level in literacy
and numeracy
(LGBF CHN13a /
CHN13b) (Corp
Plan / Core
Stretch Aim)
June 2027 
June 2027
Quality Improvement
Manager 
Quality Improvement
Manager 
1
1
Page 77

Page 78

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
(L) Building a better
future for our
children & young
people. (CP) Tackle
Poverty and
Inequality
Getting it right for every child so
that we continue to improve
attainment for all: 
Progress school based actions,
Moray Secondary Head Teacher
Association (MSHTA) actions and
system wide actions as per the
raising attainment secondary
plans.
Improved attainment at
both Broad General and
Senior Phase identified
through ACEL and
LGBF measures
Percentage of
school leavers
gaining 5+
awards at levels
5 and 6 (LGBF
CHN6 / CHN7)
(Corp Plan) 
Leavers
achieving 1+ @
SCQF Level 5 /
Level 6
(Core Stretch
Aim) 
Overall average
total tariff (LGBF
CHN12a) (Corp
Plan) 
Percentage of
pupils entering
positive
destinations
(LGBF CHN11)
(ASN leavers /
LAC leavers)
(Corp Plan) 
Annual
Participation
Measure
(Core Stretch
Aim)
Feb 2027 
Feb 2027 
Feb 2027 
Feb 2027 
Feb 2027
Quality Improvement
Manager 
Quality Improvement
Manager 
Quality Improvement
Manager 
Quality Improvement
Manager 
Quality Improvement
Manager
1
1
1
1
1
Page 78

Page 79

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
Equity and
improving
outcomes for
all
Through renewed focus on
the Scottish Attainment
Challenge Logic Model with
specific regard to outcomes
at school/community and
regional levels
Continue to accelerate
progress towards core
outcomes and Stretch
Aims with focus on
leadership, professional
learning, collaboration,
data and evidence,
culture and ethos,
learning and teaching,
readiness to learn and
engagement
Meet stretch
Aims:
Increased
attendance
Reduced
exclusions
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Manager
1
Continue to review the
Supporting All Learners strategy
in line with changes
implemented by ASN review and
focus on inclusive practice
Ensuring wellbeing,
equality and inclusion for
all learners
QI 3.1 ratings in inspection
or self-evaluation
increase
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Officers
2
Inclusion and
wellbeing
Continue to develop multiagency
working alongside the
implementation of the Secondary
Outreach Team and the Early
Level Team 
Multiagency response to
anti-social behaviours
and attendance to ensure
readiness to learn for all
children and young
people 
Increased
attendance
Reduced
Exclusions
Improved achievement
and attainment,
especially for children and
young people with ASN
June 2027 HT Inclusion, Wellbeing
and Adapted Curriculum
1
Create clear processes for
monitoring children and young
people accessing part time
timetables
Reduction in the number
of children and young
people accessing part
time timetables
Attendance
improved for those on
parttime
timetables
Stretch aim met
June 2027 HT Inclusion, Wellbeing
and Adapted Curriculum 
/ 
Principal Education
Psychologist
1
Page 79

Page 80

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
QA visit feedback 
Review the Supporting All
Learners (SAL) Strategy
encompassing all aspects of the
combined Education service, for
positive wellbeing, equality and
inclusion for all learners
Revised strategy in place
and launched, with clarity
across the system in
relation to staged
intervention, GIRFEC
pathway, supports and
universal/targeted
interventions across the
combined Education
service
Revised strategy in place,
GIRFEC pathway and
Staged Intervention
overviews 
HMIE 3.1 Visit evaluations 
School Visit QI 3.1
evaluations
HWB Survey
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Officers / 
HT Inclusion, Wellbeing
and Adapted Curriculum / 
Principal Education
Psychologist
2
Embed the revised school
‘Attend to Achieve’ Attendance
Policy and Toolkits
Policy in place and
improvements in
attendance monitoring
and data result
Attendance data and
trends (including p/t
timetables) 
Core Plus Stretch Aims –
Primary and Secondary
Attendance 
MQIF Attendance Visits
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Manager /
Quality Improvement
Officer / 
2
Continue to address poverty
related attainment gaps (PRAG)
through use of SAC ASF funding 
Continued progress
towards closing identified
PRAG with positive
progress overall towards
Scottish Government
Stretch Aims
Stretch Aims – Core and
Core Plus measures 
Insight Measures
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Manager
1
Improve outcomes for care
experienced children and young
people (CECYP) in Moray 
Raised attainment and
improved positive post-
school destinations for
CECYP
Core attainment
measures – BGE ACEL and
Senior Phase SQA/SCQF 
June 2027 Virtual Head Teacher 1
Page 80

Page 81

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
Positive post-school initial
school leaver destinations
– positive destinations -
Insight 
Continue to review the ASN
Strategy and forecasting tool, to
ensure appropriate interventions
and allocation of resources are in
place 
ASN strategy ensures
practitioners receive
appropriate professional
learning and
development, supporting
recruitment to ASN posts
and accurate allocation of
funding based on
allocations models
developed
ASN Professional Learning
Offer 
ASN Middle Leader
recruitment 
ASN Allocations model
and moderation ensure
accurate funding 
QI 3.1 visit findings/HMIE
findings 
ASN parent/carer focus
group findings
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Officer (ASN)
1
Curriculum Further develop the curriculum
offer in the Senior Phase,
extending SCQF graded and
ungraded course options to meet
the needs of all learners 
Increased consortia offer
and extended curriculum
breadth at SCQF level 6
and 7 available to all
schools 
Common consortia
column re-established
with opt-in from all
schools 
Increased course offers
within schools meeting
the needs of learners
Consortia options in place
with offers from all
schools contributing to
Moray consortia 
Timetable models reflect
common column blocking 
School course options
forms indicate breadth of
offer 
Range of
courses/programmes
offered at SCQF1-7 across
Moray as noted through
core Insight measures
June 2027 Head of Education /
Quality Improvement
Manager
1
Page 81

Page 82

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
Learning, Teaching
and Assessment
Continue to improve consistency
in high quality learning, teaching
and assessment
Improved quality of
learning, teaching and
assessment across
schools resulting in
improved learner
engagement and
participation in learning,
raising attainment for all
Learning and teaching
frameworks in place
across schools 
Number of schools
engaging in appropriate
professional learning and
development activities 
Increased uptake in use of
NA L&T Toolkit 
HMIE QI 2.3 Visit
evaluations 
School Visit QI 2.3 Visit
evaluations
June 2027 Primary - Quality
Improvement Officers /
Secondary - Quality
Improvement Manager
1
Extend opportunities for
practitioners to engage in
assessment and moderation
activities to strengthen
confidence in teacher
professional judgements on
achievement of curriculum for
excellence levels 
Continued improvements
in teacher professional
judgements on BGE ACEL
result, indicating raised
attainment in key
measures
QAMSO network
continues to meet with
broad representation and
participation across Moray 
Improvements in
performance noted – BGE
ACEL (including ACEL
Early Indications) 
Core Stretch Aims -
P1/P4/P7 Literacy and
Numeracy
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Officers
1
Page 82

Page 83

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
Leadership,
empowerment and
professional
learning and
development
Review of the Professional
Learning and Leadership
Strategy in line with system and
service level developments
Strengthened leadership
and professional learning
strategy in place informed
by all areas of the service
resulting in extended
professional learning
offer
PLL Strategy in place with
ladders of
success/succession 
Breadth of professional
learning programmes in
place across career levels
with positive uptake 
Improved recruitment –
senior leadership posts 
HMIE 1.3 Visit evaluations 
School Visit QI 1.3
evaluations 
June 2027 Quality Improvement 
Officers / Head Teacher
Inclusion, Wellbeing and
Adapted Curriculum / 
Principal Education
Psychologist /
Quality Improvement
Manager / 
Service Manager Early
Years
1
Page 83

Page 84

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
Extend networks of practice
across Moray Secondary Schools
in order to foster increased
collaboration for raising
attainment
Networks at senior and
middle leadership levels
are refreshed, progressing
core shared improvement
actions and sharing good
practice for raising
attainment
MSHTA actions progress –
middle leadership
development 
DHT Networks
established and progress
key actions (Curriculum,
Learning and Teaching,
Professional Learning,
Tracking and Monitoring,
Pupil Support) 
Improvements in key
attainment measures –
SCQF measures 
BGE ACEL S3 (3rd/4th level) 
Stretch Aims – Core Plus
BGE ACEL 
June 2027 Head of Education /
Quality Improvement
Manager / 
Secondary Head
Teachers 
1
Support and
Challenge
Improvement
Continue to review and
implement the new Shared
Quality Framework in ELC and
quality audit visits to maintain
National standards.
To ensure leaders across
ELC have a consistent
understanding of Shared
Quality Framework
Inspection results
% of services meeting
National standards
June 2027 Service Manager Early
Years
1
Further refine and review the
Moray Quality Improvement
Framework (MQIF) following
outcomes of school self-
evaluation and MQIF visit findings
and external scrutiny, further
Refined MQIF in place
with move to Self-
Improving Schools (SIS)
model for low risk schools
and refined targeted
MQIF Visit findings – SIS
reports and Targeted Visit
Reports 
HMIE Inspection findings 
June 2027 Head of Education /
Quality Improvement
Manager
1
Page 84

Page 85

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
strengthening support and
challenge of school improvement
intervention and support
for higher risk schools
MQIF Risk Matrix 
MQIF (version 3.0)
development with SIS
Framework established 
Pilot further data analysis tools
and dashboarding
Data dashboarding
trialled to further
strengthen timely
decision making for
senior leaders
Senior Phase SCQF/SQA
pilot analysis tool
developed and trialled
using appropriate
platform (Excel
PowerPivot-Slicer/
PowerBI) 
Key data messages
extracted
June 2027 Head of Education /
Quality Improvement
Manager
2
Health and
Wellbeing
Ensure the Health and Work
Policy and Procedures, providing
a supportive and comprehensive
framework within which to
manage health and wellbeing
and any absence that occurs, are
applied by managers
Improve attendance at
work and manage
sickness absence through
additional targeted
support to assist in
maximising attendance
thus reducing costs and
improve practice and
adherence to policy.
Reduction in
number of days
absence per
employee
June 2027 Service Manager
Business Support
1
Support the absence
management project including
training for Absence and work
policy
Improved absence and
staff morale improved
More positive response in
annual employee survey
June 2027 Service Manager
Business Support
1
Page 85

Page 86

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
ADD ANY NEW SERVICE LEVEL ACTIONS BELOW
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
Curriculum Initiate STEM starts curriculum
work to align with existing Early,
First and Second level offer in
STEM.
Ensure STEM capital is
optimised across Moray
Start to meet aims for EY
STEM FBC
June 2027 Service Manager Early
Years
2
Increase senior leader
engagement with ongoing
national work emerging around
the Curriculum Improvement
Cycle
Improved understanding
of senior leaders, enabling
planning for forthcoming
changes to curriculum
models and delivery
Engagement with
Education Scotland
colleagues and planning
at Education Strategic
Meetings 
MQIF School Visit
programme evidence staff
engagement with CIC and
Curriculum Rationale in
place across schools 
Initial planning supported
by secondary Subject
groups based on emerging
thinking 
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Manager / 
Quality Improvement
Officers
1
Continue to embed the Moray
Literacy Strategy and CYPIC P4
Writing programme to raise
attainment in ACEL Writing 
Improved attainment in P4
Writing continues on a
positive trend 
School based
interventions in line with
Moray Literacy Strategy
BGE ACEL Literacy –
Writing – P4/P7 
BGE ACEL Literacy – R, W,
L&T 
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Officer
1
Page 86

Page 87

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057
realising improvements in
attainment
Core Plus Stretch Aim – P4
Writing
Launch and embed the Moray
Numeracy and Maths Strategy
with focus on raising attainment
for all
Numeracy and Maths
strategy launched and
good practice shared and
promoted across Moray
Positive practitioner
engagement with strategy
and progressions 
BGE ACEL Numeracy –
P1/P4/P7 and S3 
Core Stretch Aims –
P1/P4/P7 Literacy and
Numeracy
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Officer
1
Learning,
Teaching and
Assessment
Implement Observations, Quality
experiences and interactions
training offer to develop shared
understanding across ELC.
Continue to support ELC
settings to develop skill in
learning, teaching and
assessment.
Inspection results
% of pre school children
meeting age/stage
appropriate milestones
June 2027 Service Manager Early
Years
1
Leadership,
empowerment
and professional
learning and
development
Implement Leadership &
Management training offer to
develop professional learning
opportunities for ELC senior
leaders.
Continue to support CLPL
opportunities to empower
ELC senior leaders.
Leadership &
Management aspect of
Shared Framework
resulting in 4’s or above
(Inspection results)
June 2027 Service Manager Early
Years
2
Inclusion and
wellbeing
Continue the CALM rollout to all
members of Education staff 
Improved communication
emotional regulation and
support for children and
young people
experiencing distress
resulting in preventative
responses at a universal
level
Reduction in the number
of reported incidents
involving violence and
aggression 
Reduction in exclusions 
Increased attendance
Reduction in restrictive
responses
June 2027 Head Teacher Inclusion,
Wellbeing and Adapted
Curriculum
1
Review the Central Inclusion
provision and the impact of this
provision on schools 
Increased capacity to
meet needs at the
universal and universal
with support level
Improved achievement,
attainment and positive
experiences for children
June 2027 Head Teacher Inclusion,
Wellbeing and Adapted
Curriculum /
2
Page 87

Page 88

APPENDIX 1
EDUCATION - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh)
SPMAN-1024035114-1057 
and young people with
ASN 
Principal Education
Psychologist
Rollout Demand
Sensitivity/Declarative Language
training and resource to support
schools
Improved understanding
and consistency across
schools in the use of
language when
communicating with
children and young people
Reduction in the number
of reported incidents
involving violence and
aggression 
Reduction in exclusions 
Increased attendance
June 2027 Principal Education
Psychologist
2
ICT Strategy Develop and implement ICT
Strategy for schools working
closely with ICT department
Clear strategy and
implementation plan for
refresh of devices and
plan to roll out devices for
staff and pupils
Increase in no of devices
for staff
Increase in no of devices
for pupils
June 2027 Quality Improvement
Manager / 
ICT Officers
2
Implementation
of Reduced
Class Contact
Time
Plan for reduction in class
contact time initially across
primary schools and prepare for
in secondary
Clear implementation
plan including requests for
PRTs(previously NQTs) and
workforce plan to recruit
staff to support this. 
Develop a request for
additional monies to
support rural authorities
to recruit staff
RCCT fully implemented
across primary and
prepare and plan for this
for secondary.
August 2028 SMBS 2 
Page 88

Page 89

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Definition:  Leisure and Culture Services incorporates 4 teams – Sport & Leisure, Music Instruction & Performance, Active Schools and Community Sport and
Libraries, Learning Services and Heritage.  The Service delivers accessible sport, physical activity, library and cultural opportunities that support
health, wellbeing, learning and community connection across Moray.
6. Service Resources: FTE: 157.41 FTE
Revenue Budget: £13,278,377
Capital Budget: £6,648,000 for 2026/27 – 2028/29 (inc.) 
7. What have we identified for improvement in 2025-28 What evidence did we use to identify this improvement? 
Please add benchmark information wherever available and relevant to the
improvement.
Managing our Assets – taking a strategic approach to managing and
sustaining our leisure & culture assets as reducing the Councils core asset
base is crucial to achieving affordability and sustainability.  As a Service we
also need to ensure our assets are fit for purpose to deliver service priorities.
Condition & Suitability data
Best Value Audit Report
Moray Council Climate Change Strategy
Sport & Leisure Capital Investment Plan
Integratis Consulting Moray Sport & Leisure Asset Review
Sportscotland Estates Review
Service efficiency – reviewing service delivery to ensure we are meeting
service user needs in a sustainable way across all 4 teams.  With ongoing
economic uncertainty expectation is placed on all services to be as efficient
as possible and react to changing service needs. 
Leisure and Library User Groups
Staff consultation and engagement
National Strategies & Policies (future direction of travel)
Local and national benchmarking frameworks
Corporate Plan
Local Outcome Improvement Plan (LOIP)
Working in partnership to achieve positive outcomes – with specific focus
on poverty, inequality and communities.  Nationally we are being sought to
consider whole system approaches to addressing societal issues as no one
Active Moray Strategy & Action Plan
Local Outcome Improvement Plan (LOIP)
National Strategies & Policies (future direction of travel)
Page 89

Page 90

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
agency can resolve these issues.  An action within the Best Value action plan
also states that Council must identify opportunities to maximise the impact
of resources and budgets through alignment of activity, 
8. Local
Outcome
Improvement
Plan (LOIP) /
Corporate
Plan (CP)
Outcome or
Priority
Action  Planned Outcome Outcome measures Completion
target
Lead Priority
Rating
(1 high 3 low)       
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
Health &
Wellbeing of
Population
1. Take a partnership
approach to improving
the health and wellbeing
of people in Moray
through increasing levels
of physical activity 
1.1 Action undertaken to
implement the Active
Improved health,
wellbeing and resilience
in our communities 
Working together to
make the biggest
difference to the
outcomes for people in
Moray
Consideration being given to
case study-based reporting
to evidence implementation
of action plan 
1.1 Milestone (2026-27)
Implementation of plan by
10% 
1.2 Milestone (2027-28) 
31 March 2035
(10yr strategy)
Service Manager
Leisure and
Culture
1
Page 90

Page 91

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
Moray Strategy and Action
Plan
1.2 Regular review and
development of the action
plan by community
planning partners and
stakeholders
1.3 Embedding the new
Service Level Agreement
and Lease  with Moray
Leisure Centre
Implementation of plan by
20% 
1.3 Milestone (2026-27)
MLC Service Level
Agreement and Lease signed
by Q3
Affordability and
Sustainability of
the Leisure &
Culture estate
2. Tackle the affordability
and standard of our
Leisure and Culture
Estate to ensure
sustainability while
meeting climate
requirements. 
2.1. Condition surveys
completed for all leisure
and culture assets
2.2. Work packages created,
designed and
commissioned in regard to
refurbishment
2.3. Co-location opportunities
explored and developed
Moray’s Leisure and
Culture Estate is fit for
the future and financially
and environmentally
sustainable
PI’s
• % of leisure and culture
assets with approved
asset management plans
• % of leisure and culture
assets that are rated B or
better for condition
• % of leisure and culture
assets that are rated B of
better for suitability
31 March 2036
(align with 10yr
capital plan) 
2.1 & 2.2 - 31
March 2027 
2.3 31 March
2029 
2.4 – creation
by 31 March
2027
Implementation
by 31 March
2036
Service Manager
Leisure and
Culture
1
Page 91

Page 92

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
2.4. Leisure & Culture Estate
Capital Investment Plan
creation and
implementation
Service efficiency 3. Review service delivery
within the Leisure &
Culture Service teams to
ensure a sustainable
council for the future. 
3.1. Sport & Leisure Change
Management Plan of staff
completed.
3.2. Sport & Leisure – new
operating model
established with core
service delivery standards
3.3. Sport & Leisure – team
plan created based on
prevention and health
and wellbeing
3.4. Sport & Leisure -
Implementation of the
Gladstone Go Upgrade
3.5. Sport & Leisure – review
of the School Lets Service
3.6. Music – explore options
with stakeholders and
Create a sustainable
future for our services
by: 
• Engaging new users
to access our service
to be active and
ensure
prevention/early
intervention
improves their long-
term health and
wellbeing prospects. 
• Engaging new users
to access digital and
physical resources
and support to
improve their lifelong
learning
experiences. 
• Creative arts
participation and
PIs
• CLS01 Cost per
attendance of sport
facilities.
• CLS02 Cost per library
visit.
• CLS05a % of adults
satisfied with libraries.
• CLS05d % of adults
satisfied with leisure
facilities.
• EdS511.10 Number of
new learners at Moray
libraries learning
centres.
• ERC018 % increase of
income raised by leisure
services.
• ERC018a Income from
admissions to leisure
services.
• SCC2 Number of
attendances per 1,000
population for MC indoor
31 March 2028 
3.1 - 31 March
2027 
3.2 - 31 March
2028 
3.3 - 31 Mar
2027 
3.4 - 31 Oct
2026 
3.5 - 31 March
2027
Service Manager
Leisure & Culture
1
Page 92

Page 93

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
staff in regard to the
Moray Music Centre
model becoming self-
sustainable
3.7. Libraries - Embed the new
operating model in
libraries, learning centres
& heritage and establish
core service delivery
standards 
pathways are further
developed
enhancing lifelong
learning
experiences. 
• Engaging with the
community in regard
to delivering a
sustainable service 
• Employees are
involved in change
with opportunities to
support the design,
delivery and
implementation of
service-related
changes and
transformation.
sports and leisure
services (Cumulative) 
4.5 Milestones (Year 1) 
Future direction
approved at Committee 
Milestones (Year 2) 
Sport & Leisure staffing
structure in place 
Sport & Leisure team
plan created
Gladstone Go upgrade
completed and mobile
app available 
Review of Schools Lets
Service complete 
New operating model for
libraries embedded 
New operating model for
Moray Music Centre
established 
3.6 - 31 Aug
2026 
3.7 30 Sept
2026 
Page 93

Page 94

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
Staff focus group set up
in Sport & Leisure and
Libraries, Learning
Centres & Heritage in
regard to service
efficiencies and new
operating models 
Milestones (Year 3)
Sport & Leisure new
operating model
established 
Leisure and Library User
Groups are effectively
contributing to service
efficiencies, and this is
reflected in case study
examples 
Feedback from teams
will be used to assess
the effectiveness of
change management
through and the
successful
Page 94

Page 95

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
implementation of
service-related changes
Economic
Development
Support
4 Leisure & Culture Service
support relevant projects
connected to the Moray
Growth Deal,
Neighbourhood Board
and any other relevant
major funding streams 
4.1 Work with relevant
Officers and
organisations to develop
and implement projects
connected to Leisure &
Culture Services.
4.2 Work with Economic
Development, internal
colleagues and partners to
explore & develop
Business Cases for
potential future Leisure &
Culture
assets/refurbishments
dependent on funding
streams
Working together to
make the biggest
difference to the
outcomes for people in
Moray 
Investment in the area
benefits local
communities and based
on demand/need
PIs
• No. of Growth Deal,
Neighbourhood Board or
externally funded
projects connected to
leisure & culture services
• % Growth Deal,
Neighbourhood Board or
externally funded
projects implemented
connected to leisure &
culture services
• Number of partners
benefitting from
additional investment via
sportscotland (26/27) 
Milestones (Year 3)
At least 1 Business Case
identified for Leisure &
Culture Service 
4.1 and 4.2 - 31
March 2036
(align with
current funding
stream
timescales) 
4.3 - 31 March
2027 
Service Manager
Leisure and
Culture
3
Page 95

Page 96

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
4.3 Delivery of additional
investment via
sportscotland 2026/27
Addressing
Inequalities
5. Leisure and Culture
services continue to
develop and support
initiatives/core delivery
to reduce inequalities 
5.1 Continue development of
targeted approaches
focussed on poverty,
mental health, women and
girls and disability/ASN
5.2 Review of the Fit Life
Membership Scheme and
associated service
charges connected to
sport and leisure
5.3 Review Instrumental
Music Service (IMS) model
to address inequalities in
access 
Improved health and
wellbeing in our young
people 
Young people have
access to high quality
services that support
their learning, wellbeing
and independence. 
Local residents can
participate in sport and
culture opportunities to
develop their skills and
confidence 
PI’s 
• No. of targeted
programmes delivered
• No of collaborative
projects/initiatives
addressing inequalities
implemented 
5.2 Milestones (Year 2)
Creation and
implementation of Moray
Disability Sports Hub 
Completion of cohort 2
of Mental Health
Accreditation for Sports
Clubs 
Minimum of 10 targeted
projects delivered across
the Service 
5. 31 March
2028 
5.1 - 31 March
2028 
5.2 - 31 March
2027 
5.3 - 31 March
2028 
Service Manager
Leisure & Culture
2
Page 96

Page 97

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
Fit Life Membership
scheme reviewed and
new scheme in place 
Milestones (Year 3)
Completion of Equality,
Diversity & Inclusion Map
for the Leisure & Culture
Service 
Review of IMS model
completed 
Self-Evaluation 6. Embed performance
management
approaches within the
Leisure & Culture
Services 
6.1 Undertake self-evaluation
through relevant
frameworks
Drive continuous
improvement across the
Leisure & Culture
Service 
Milestones (Year 2)
Completion of self-
evaluation of How Good is
Our Culture and Sport 
Milestones (Year 3)
Completion of self-
evaluation How Good is Our
Public Library Service
31 March 2029 Service Manager
Leisure and
Culture 
3
Health &
Wellbeing (Staff)
7. Ensure the Health and
Work Policy and
Procedures providing a
supportive and
comprehensive
framework within which
to manage health and
Improve attendance at
work and manage
sickness absence
through additional
targeted support to
assist in maximising
attendance thus
PIs
• ERC057 Sickness
absence days lost
(Service) (Non-Teacher)
ERC
31 March 2027
(Ongoing
Annually)
Service Manager
Leisure and
Culture
2
Page 97

Page 98

APPENDIX 2
LEISURE & CULTURE SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
wellbeing and any
absence that occurs are
applied by managers
reducing costs and
improve practice and
adherence to policy.
• ERC057a % of Sickness
(Service) (Non-Teacher)
ERC 
Page 98

Page 99

APPENDIX 3
HOUSING, PROPERTY & COMMUNITIES - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
1. Service Definition:  • Management and maintenance of Council housing stock
• Local strategic housing function
• Statutory duties in relation to homelessness and fuel poverty
• Development and delivery of the Moray Affordable Housing Supply Programme (AHSP)
• Maintenance of the Council’s corporate buildings, management of the Council’s corporate property portfolio and the industrial estate
• Building Service DLO
• Property Design
• Asset Management and Estates function.
• Learning Estate Programme
• Benefits and Money Advice
2.Service Resources: FTE: 344 employees 
Total Annual Budget 2025-26:   £60.7m 
• Housing Revenue Account:    £28.8m
• Building Services:     £19.8m
• General Services Housing & Property:   £12.1m 
3.What have we identified for improvement in 2025-28 What evidence did we use to identify this improvement? 
Please add benchmark information wherever available and relevant to the
improvement.
Systemic Review of Quality and Customer Service for
Housing Repairs
Informed by volume of tenant and elected member representations and complaints.
Comprehensive review of data including complaints to inform a systemic action plan for
improvement in terms of quality, value for money and customer satisfaction. 
Review of gas servicing scheduling systems
Existing ICT is unsupported. Potential to replace it with a more robust, supported and integrated
system, which will schedule works and satisfy statutory reporting requirements. 
Page 99

Page 100

APPENDIX 3
HOUSING, PROPERTY & COMMUNITIES - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
{Learning Estate} 
{Benefits & Money Advice} 
4.Local Outcome
Improvement
Plan (LOIP) /
Corporate Plan
(CP) Outcome or
Priority
Action  Planned Outcome Outcome
measures
Completion
target
Lead Priority Rating
(1 high 3 low)
(L) Empowering &
connecting
communities.
(CP) Building
Thriving,
Resilient,
Empowered
Communities
Tackle the affordability and
standard of our learning estate
to ensure sustainability while
meeting climate requirements. 
1.1 (Design & Construction)
Elgin High School Capacity
Extension – Internal
Repurposing
1.2 (Design and Construction)
Future Forres Academy
operational
1.3 (Design and Construction)
Future Buckie HS
operational
1.4 (Engagement and
Consultation) SG Level
Options Development (long
Term investment strategy)
1.5 (Design and Construction)
Options developed to
Moray has high performing
schools that are fit for the
future and financially and
environmentally
sustainable 
PIs
1. EdS100 % of
schools that are
rated B or
better for
condition.
2. EdS1001 % of
schools that are
rated B or
better for
suitability.
3. ERC010 %
Spare building
capacity.
4. % of schools
with approved
asset
management
plans.
30 December
2030 
1.1 31 August 
2028 
1.2 30 Sept
2029 
1.3 31 Dec
2030 
1.4 June 2026 
1.5 31 March
2027
Service
Manager –
Education
Estates
1
Page 100

Page 101

APPENDIX 3
HOUSING, PROPERTY & COMMUNITIES - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
manage for Elgin South and
North primary school
capacity requirements
1.6 (Design & Construction)
Schools BB upgrade
programme delivering
minimum 3 B
condition/suitability school
upgrades per year
1.7 (Engagement and
Consultation) Public
consultation on Learning
Estate Changes (defined by
LE Review Paper proposals
agreed by Committee) 
5. % ASG options
reviews
completed. 
1.6 Recurrs
Annually 
1.7 TBC
(Review
following
ECLS
Committee 
June 2026 
5. Service Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned Outcome Outcome Measures Completion
Target
Lead Priority
rating
(1 high 3
low)
Workforce Health
& Wellbeing
Ensure the Health and
Work Policy and
Procedures providing a
supportive and
comprehensive
framework within which
to manage health and
wellbeing and any
absence that occurs are
applied by managers
Improve attendance at work
and manage sickness
absence through additional
targeted support to assist in
maximising attendance thus
reducing costs and improve
practice and adherence to
policy.
PIs 
H&P1.0 Sickness
absence days lost
(Service) FTE H&P 
H&P1.1 % of Sickness
absence (Service) H&P
31 March 2027
(Ongoing)
Head of Housing &
Property Services
2
Page 101

Page 102

APPENDIX 3
HOUSING, PROPERTY & COMMUNITIES - SERVICE PLAN 2025-28 (Year 2 refresh) 
SPMAN-1024035114-1067
ADD ANY NEW SERVICE LEVEL ACTIONS BELOW
5. Service
Level
Outcomes or
Priorities
Action Planned
Outcome
Outcome Measures Completion Target Lead Priority
rating
(1 high
3 low)
(L) Empowering
& connecting
communities.
(CP) Building
Thriving,
Resilient,
Empowered
Communities 
(Engagement and Consultation)
Public consultation on Learning
Estate Changes (defined by LE
Review Paper proposals agreed by
Committee) 
TBC (Review following
ECLS Committee  June
2026 
Page 102

Page 103

Report to: Education, Children’s
and Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities      
Author: Andrew Hall / Jennie
Ordonez
Contact
Email: 
learningestate@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Future Buckie High School Project Update – Phase 1 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to acknowledge the ongoing efforts undertaken to develop
additional options for the future Buckie High School phased project, in anticipation of
forthcoming Scottish Government future Learning Estate funding opportunities. The report
seeks approval for the refurbishment of the Additional Support Needs (ASN) and canteen
building—including the relocation of dining and kitchen facilities—as the initial phase of a
multi-phased project. This first phase of the project would seek the approval from Scottish
Government for the reallocation of Learning Estate Investment Programme (LEIP) 2 funds
from the Elgin High School project to Buckie High School.  
1.2  This report is submitted to the Committee in terms of Section III (D) (17) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to the School Estate to consider and make
recommendations on capital and minor works programmes within the remit of the
committee.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report provides an update to the report submitted to this Committee on 25 November
2025 where it was agreed (para 19 of the minute refers) to defer major investment
decisions until future Scottish Government funding intentions are clear and, in
preparation for this future funding, continue design feasibility work with the external
consultancy team procured by hub North Scotland Limited (hNSL). It was further agreed to
explore, with Scottish Futures Trust (SFT) and Scottish Government, the possibility to
transfer LEIP 2 funding from the Elgin High School expansion project to support a future
first phase project at Buckie High School. 
Item 12.*
Page 103

Page 104

2.2  This report sets out the recommended actions for an initial phase of the Buckie High
School project which if approved would consist of refurbishing the Additional Support
Needs (ASN) and canteen building, including the relocation of dining and kitchen facilities,
as part of a comprehensive long-term strategy involving both refurbishment and new
construction.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
i)  Agree to progress with Option 2, the refurbishment of the Additional Support
Needs/canteen building with relocation of dining and kitchen facilities, as the
first phase of the Future Buckie High School project under the LEIP 2
programme, pending approval from Scottish Government for reallocation of
funds from Elgin High School (paras 5.1-5.4);   
ii)  Note the continued Education Estate programme affordability issues in
relation to further phases for the Future Buckie High School project (paras 4.6
and 6.4);   
iii)  Agree to continue progressing design feasibility work for future project
phases in readiness for anticipated future Scottish Government Learning
Estate funding initiatives using the external consultancy design team
procured by hub North Scotland Limited (hNSL) (para 5.5); 
iv)  Agree to continue to defer decisions on significant capital investment for any
subsequent project phases, beyond immediate repair and maintenance
requirements to the current Buckie High School buildings, until there is
clarity on the future LEIP funding investment, or its successor programme, by
Scottish Government (para 5.6); 
v)  Note that a further report will be brought to Committee once the next round
of Scottish Government Learning Estate funding is confirmed, providing an
update on any associated funding bid (para 5.7); and 
vi)  Note that further engagement will take place with the Buckie community to
report on the status of the Future Buckie High School following confirmation
of funding for current and future phases of the project (para 5.8).   
Andrew Hall / Jennie Ordonez
Service Manager Education Estate / Senior Project Officer (Education Estate) 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  On 25 November 2025, this Committee received an update on the status of the Learning
Estate Investment Programme (LEIP) Phase 2 funding and the associated projects for Elgin
and Buckie High Schools where it was agreed (para 19 of the minute refers) to continue
progressing feasibility options for a Future Buckie High School project. It was further
agreed to formally request the transfer of the LEIP 2 funds from Elgin High School to
Buckie High School towards a standalone refurbishment project of the Victorian Building.
Page 104

Page 105

This was dependent on the outcome of the Elgin High School project decision which was
deferred to the January 2026 Council meeting. 
4.2  On 28 January 2026, Moray Council agreed to reduce the scope of the Elgin High School
expansion from a £19.1m extension to a £1.4m internal repurposing/refurbishment project
(para 10 of minute refers). The Elgin project was therefore no longer compliant with LEIP 2
funding requirements. 
4.3  Informal discussion with Scottish Government indicated that the Cabinet Secretary
(within the previous Government) would be open to a proposal to seek transfer of funding
from Elgin High School to another project provided it was LEIP 2 compliant (similar to the
previously approved transfer of LEIP 2 status from Findrassie Primary School to the Elgin
High School project). It was assessed that a strong case could be made to transfer LEIP 2
status and funding to a phase of the proposed, but yet unaffordable, Buckie High School
hybrid refurbishment/new build phased project.  
4.4  At the Corporate Leadership Team meeting on 12 February 2026, and following advice
from senior Scottish Government Learning Directorate officer, it was agreed to postpone
the formal request to transfer LEIP 2 status to Scottish Government Minister until after the
Scottish Parliamentary elections in May 2026. A draft letter has been prepared and is
ready to submit dependent on this Committee’s decision. 
4.5  Feasibility work over the past year has developed phased, hybrid new build/refurbishment
options for Buckie High School with early estimated costs indicating that a project to cover
the Victorian block, ASN extension and new kitchen/social space would cost
approximately £31.7m. 
4.6  Due to a number of reasons, including a further reduction in capital funding for the
Learning Estate programme approved by Moray Council on 28 January 2026 (para 7 of
minute refers), the £31.7m cost is not considered an affordable option to pursue as a LEIP
2 project. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  It is proposed that there are now 2 options (discounting Do Nothing) to consider
developing as standalone LEIP 2 projects to the future Buckie High School phased project: 
• Option 1 (Based on Condition) - the Victorian block refurbishment at approximately
£20m (excluding authority costs)
• Option 2 (Based on Capacity Need) - the ASN/canteen building
refurbishment/repurposing with new kitchen/social space at approximately £13m
(excluding authority costs)  
5.2  When taking into consideration the capacity pressure for ASN places in the future Buckie
Associated School Group (ASG) school roll forecasts, and discussions with Education on
greatest need, it is proposed that a LEIP 2 funding request and phase 1 project should
focus on Option 2 which would: 
• Meet the LEIP 2 project criteria for capacity expansion need; 
Page 105

Page 106

• Be technically compliant with LEIP 2 metrics (avoiding interim heating and power
solutions to meet LEIP 2 energy requirements); 
• Be deliverable within LEIP 3 (not LEIP 2) project timelines; and,
• Be affordable within the current capital plan.  
5.3  These actions should be aligned with preparations for potential upcoming Scottish
Government funding, ongoing monitoring of funding announcements and continued
evaluation of resource reallocation options, noting that the transfer of LEIP 2 funds is
essential to enable the first phase at Buckie High School to proceed, but additional
external funding support is critical to fully deliver all phases of the project. 
5.4  Although the SNP has formed the next Scottish Government, the nature of any future
funding support for a new Buckie High School remains uncertain. Should the next round of
funding be structured in line with LEIP 1–3, it would follow an outcome-based revenue
model requiring the Council to meet all upfront capital costs. This would not align with the
Council’s current capital planning, likely exceed prudential borrowing thresholds and
severely limit the ability to deliver future phases of the project.
5.5  Should the Committee agree to proceed with Option 2 (refurbishment of the ASN/canteen
building and relocation of the kitchen and dining space) as the preferred phase 1 LEIP 2
project, officers will undertake the following actions: 
• Progress design within Hub North Scotland Stage 1 process 
• Formally notify Scottish Futures Trust/Scottish Government of Elgin High School
change of circumstances and loss of LEIP 2 compliance and seek transfer of LEIP 2
funding from Elgin High School to Buckie High School
• Continue to refine affordability modelling for:
o Buckie phased hybrid option– progress with submission preparation for future
Scottish Government learning estate funding and continue development of
Outline Business Case (OBC) to support internal financial planning and any
future external funding bid 
o Repair & Maintenance baseline option – to keep the repair and maintenance
option alive as a backstop 
5.6  It is recommended that any further decisions of significant investment for subsequent
project phases, beyond immediate repair and maintenance requirements to the current
Buckie High School buildings, continue to be held until after there is clarity on the future
LEIP funding investment, or its successor programme, by Scottish Government. 
5.7  A further report will be brought to this Committee once the next round of Scottish
Government Learning Estate funding is confirmed, providing an update on any associated
funding bid preparation. 
5.8  Once funding has been confirmed for all phases of the project, further engagement will
take place with the Buckie Community to provide an update on the status of the Future
Buckie High School.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
Page 106

Page 107

6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan)  ✓
Policy and Legal  ✓
Financial ✓ 
Risk ✓ 
Staffing ✓ 
Best Value and Transformation  ✓
Property ✓ 
Information Communications Technology/Digital  ✓
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact  ✓ 
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact ✓ 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population 
6.3  Policy and Legal 
There are no policy or legal implications arising directly from this report.  
6.4  Financial 
When taking into consideration the reduction of £66m to the 10 year capital plan for the
Education Estate in November 2024, a subsequent reduction of £32.4m to the 3 year
capital plan in January 2025 and a further £3.8m reduction to the updated 3 year
committed capital plan and £27.8m in the 4-10 year indicative capital plan agreed in
January 2026, the Education Estate faces significant challenges when progressing
options for a future Buckie High School project as it also remains the only major learning
estate capital project in Moray that does not currently have external funding. 
Given the Council’s requirement to maintain an affordable capital programme across all
services and remain within prudential borrowing limits, there is no scope for significant
increases to the 3-year capital budget, and further pressures are likely in future years.
Page 107

Page 108

This creates material strategic and operational risks for delivery of the learning estate
programme. In this context, any significant increase in capital borrowing is not
considered prudent, and major school infrastructure projects should not progress
without substantial external funding support. Even then, an outcome-based revenue
funding model, similar to previous Scottish Government LEIP arrangements, would not in
itself resolve the affordability challenge facing Moray Council. 
Against this backdrop, the current 10-year Learning Estate programme is unaffordable in
its present form. This includes the planned named projects at Forres Academy, Elgin High
School and Buckie High School, as well as the core BB Condition Upgrade programme,
even if existing capital allocations were significantly reprofiled. The same affordability
constraint applies to all future design options for Buckie High School. While the
reallocation of LEIP 2 funding from the reduced Elgin High School project, alongside
substantial reductions to BB condition and suitability investment over several years, could
generate funding closer to that required for the Do Minimum option (£50m), it would still
fall short of a full new build or hybrid refurbishment/new build solution and would
increase risk across an already poor-quality learning estate. 
Notwithstanding the wider affordability challenges, the recommended Phase 1 project
(refurbishment of the ASN/canteen building, including the relocation of dining and kitchen
facilities) can be delivered within the existing Education Estate budget. 
6.5  Risk 
The following risks have already been identified and should continue to be noted: 
• Indicative costs take account of current market uncertainty and inflationary
forecast. There is a risk of continuing market uncertainty throughout the project
lifecycle of any of the design and construction options, with a consequential
impact on costs. 
• Buckie High School is one of many schools in Moray with the majority of the core
condition components either graded as C (Poor) or D (Bad) condition. Without the
required level of investment in the campus buildings, the risk of building failures,
temporary closures and/or increased health and safety risks continue to be a
concern. 
• The next stage of Scottish Government funding in the Learning Estate may continue
to offer project budget support via an outcome-based revenue funding model
which would require Moray Council to formally commit to fully capital fund any new
build or refurbishment model which it would be unable to do so without exceeding
the current prudential 10% borrowing threshold cap. 
• Any significant delays in commencing or extended phased project delivery of new
build or refurbishment works would be subject to market inflationary risk. 
• The impact of an already reduced capital budget to the BB programme provides
limited scope for work to improve condition and will likely result in the BB
programme being extended further than the previously extended 15-year deadline.
A further reduction over the next 5 years in this budget to support affordability
Page 108

Page 109

options for Bucke High School would further increase the risk of asset failure and
possible school closures.  
6.6  Staffing 
There are no immediate staffing implications arising directly from this report in terms of
extending the feasibility design works as this could be managed within current existing
resources of the Education Estate Team based on existing commitments. However, further
project management resource may be required to progress to a full design and build
project if it is agreed to proceed with the phase 1 LEIP 2 project (ASN/canteen building).  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no best value or transformation implications arising directly from this report.  
6.8  Property 
All property implications have been covered in the main body of this report including
details regarding the importance of ongoing repair and maintenance plans to prioritise
health, safety and essential operational needs for Buckie High School.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no information communications/technology/digital impacts arising directly from
this report. However, it is important to note that for any future Buckie High School project,
improved connectivity within the school would be required to allow pupils and staff the
ability to operate efficiently.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
The quality of the learning environment can impact on learning and attainment by as much
as 16% and can have a particular impact on learners with Additional Support Needs
(ASN), where access to appropriate, flexible and inclusive accommodation is important to
supporting wellbeing, participation and positive learning outcomes. The condition and
suitability of our learning estate, and capacity challenges associated with both growth and
population decline in some areas, give rise to unequal opportunity across Moray. 
This proposal supports the Learning Estate Strategy requirement that all Learning Estate
buildings meet minimum standards and are fit for purpose. Investment in a major
infrastructure project provides opportunity for social and economic impact. The
recommended first phase responds directly to identified capacity pressure for ASN
provision within the future Buckie Associated School Group. Refurbishing and repurposing
the ASN/canteen building would create additional provision for learners with ASN, improve
the overall condition of the building, help address ASN school role forecast demand and
support the wider phased approach to the Future Buckie High School project.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no climate change and biodiversity impacts arising directly from this report. It is
important to note however that any new build construction or major refurbishment option
will have a climate change impact with embodied carbon impacts during construction and
whole life operational carbon. The scale of this overall impact would be assessed in detail
as the project progresses to Full Business Case and would be balanced against the
current operational carbon budgets. 
7.  CONSULTATION
Page 109

Page 110

7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Chief Governance Officer, Chief
Financial Officer, Head of Education (Chief Education Officer); Head of Housing, Property
and Communities; Head of Growth, Planning and Climate; Head of People, Change and
Community Strategy; Service Manager Strategic Planning and Development; Service
Manager Strategic Finance; Service Manager Property, Estates and Assets; Service
Manager Legal Services; and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer and any
comments have been incorporated into the report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS 
8.1  Future Buckie High School Project Update – May 2025
Future Buckie High School Project Update – November 2025 
Page 110

Page 111

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities      
Author: Kim Slater Contact Email: kim.slater@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Leisure and Culture Capital Plan Developments 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to consider and seek approval for the allocation of the Leisure
and Culture Capital Plan investment for 2026/27.  The report is also to note and consider
the condition survey reports for some of the Leisure Estate and based on this survey work
prioritise capital works for the Leisure Estate for 2027/28.    
1.2  This report is submitted to Section III (D) (20) of the Council’s Scheme of Administration
relating to exercise the Council’s statutory functions to provide facilities and support
activities related to the development of recreation, sport, culture and social activities.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report seeks approval to progress with small scale capital plan projects connected to
the Leisure and Culture Service throughout 2026/27 and to progress design and
commission phasing for larger scale refurbishment work for our leisure estate to be
undertaken in 2027/28.  This refurbishment work to initially focus on Buckie Swimming
Pool, Keith Sports and Community Centre and Speyside Sports and Community Centre.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
i)  Consider and approve the recommended Leisure and Library Capital Plan
developments/projects for 2026/27;   
ii)  Consider the condition survey report information in relation to certain assets
within the Leisure Estate and approve the recommended prioritisation
schedule as reflected in the report as work packages; and   
Item 13.*
Page 111

Page 112

iii)  Agree that the Education Children’s and Leisure Services Committee receive
further reports as updated asset information becomes available to enable
continued review of this plan and taking account of any future developments
in relation to the Leisure and Culture estate.   
Kim Slater
Service Manager, Leisure & Culture 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  At the meeting of Moray Council on 21 January 2025, the Council noted the findings of the
external Moray Sport and Leisure Asset Review report, agreed to hold an Elected Members
workshop to discuss rationalisation, governance and service direction and that a report
would come back to Council with a proposal that will contribute to the long term financial
sustainability of the Council (para 10 of the minute refers).  
4.2  At the meeting of Moray Council on 19 February 2025, the Council agreed to retain all
11 library branches and work with communities to engage in developing a sustainable
transformation for the service (para 21 of the minute refers).  
4.3  At the meeting of Moray Council on 24 September 2025, the Council agreed to proceed
with the short, medium and long term actions for the transformation work connected to
Sport and Leisure, agreed the updated weighting criteria in regards to facility prioritisation,
the asset management approach to take for the leisure estate and that a critical works
programme is developed to help make informed decisions on future prioritisation (para 16
of the minute refers). 
4.4  Across the Leisure & Culture Estate there are 19 indoor assets, 11 libraries and 8 leisure
sites, (not including our football pavilions).  Of these 19 assets, 6 of these are within the
configuration of the Learning Estate, therefore any capital refurbishment work relating to
these assets is predominantly led by the Learning Estate Service.  In addition, 1 of our
libraries is located in a leased property. 
4.5  The Leisure and Culture Capital Plan allocation for 2026/27 is £571,000.  The Leisure and
Capital Plan allocation for 2027/28 is currently identified as £5.3million.  This level of
finance will only address the urgent works required for a number of these assets.   
4.6  The Properties Team began reviewing condition reports across the Leisure and Culture
Estate in 2025/26, but other priorities meant this work has not yet been completed. As a
result, a full set of condition reports for all the assets in scope is not yet available.   
4.7  The condition survey reports available to date cover Buckie Swimming Pool & Fitness
Centre, Keith Sports & Community Centre, Speyside Sports & Community Centre, Forres
Swimming Pool & Fitness Centre and Forres House Community Centre.  These reports are
available as background reports. 
4.8  These condition reports concentrate on the fabric, mechanical and electrical
infrastructure of these assets and are desktop reviews based on previous non-intrusive
surveys undertaken by an external consultant in 2021.  A full cost assessment for Forres
House Community Centre is not included in the report as this is not currently available. 
Page 112

Page 113

Although a cost estimation is not included in the Forres Swimming Pool & Fitness Centre
report the anticipated mechanical and electrical urgent works for this asset is estimated at
£58,000. 
4.9  The estimated urgent work costs for fabric, mechanical and electrical elements of these 5
assets are as follows; 
Asset Urgent Works Estimation Condition
Prioritisation
(based on criteria
agreed by
Council on
24/09/26)
Buckie Swimming Pool & Fitness
Centre
£846,000 1
Forres Swimming Pool & Fitness
Centre
£58,000 
Forres House Community Centre TBC 
Keith Sports & Community
Centre
£808,000 2
Speyside Sports & Community
Centre 
£107,000 3
Total £1,819,000 
4.10  In addition, the Energy team are also looking to leverage external funding to help improve
the energy efficiency of our Council assets including Buckie Swimming Pool & Fitness
Centre.  A funding application has been submitted in regards to external wall insulation
and replacement windows (which are areas identified as urgent works).  The total
estimated value of the project is £1,160,736. The grant requested is £920,000.  This
funding application is for delivery in 2026/27 therefore preparatory design work will be
required ahead of the grant award which will be determined in August 2026. 
4.11  In addition to the fabric, mechanical and electrical urgent works required there are also
additional cosmetic and space utilisation improvements that require to be undertaken at
these assets.  These requirements have not been costed as yet and would require to be
designed in conjunction with the wider works for each asset. 
4.12  Moray Council await the publication of the sportscotland national leisure estate review
which was a national assessment to evaluate the capacity, age and condition of
Scotland’s indoor, outdoor and school sports facilities.  Any outcomes or
recommendations from this review pertinent to Moray will be considered and reported
back to Committee in due course.   
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  The proposal for Leisure & Culture Service capital plan projects for 2026/27 are noted as
follows; 
Page 113

Page 114

Project Cost Identified (approx.) Progress Update/Actions
Leisure and Libraries
Equipment
£60,000 Utilise for large items of
equipment to help with
service delivery such as
fitness room equipment
Libraries refurbishment £51,000 Small scale cosmetic
refurbishment in facilities
based on identified need
Refurbishment & upgrade
of leisure facilities
£410,000 Cover internal and external
fees to provide technical
designs/plans for the
identified work packages to
deliver these works in
2027/28.
Refurbishment & upgrade
of leisure facilities
£50,000 Requirement for plant
equipment to sustain
facility operations 
5.2  The proposal is to utilise the £410,000 in the capital plan for 2026/27 to design and
prepare for refurbishment works.  Appreciating that the capital plan allocation will not
address all the urgent, short and medium term recommendations the initial priority for
design works will focus on Buckie Swimming Pool & Fitness Centre, followed by Keith
Sports and Community Centre and then Speyside Sports and Community Centre to take
place in 2027/28.  These works would include fabric, mechanical, electrical, cosmetic and
space utilisation improvements.  If the external funding application is successful then
improvement works would commence for Buckie in 2026/27.  
5.3  To mitigate the risk of potential slippage, early design and feasibility work may be brought
forward to maintain programme delivery and capital spend. Any works brought forward will
be in line with the condition‑based prioritisation agreed by the Council. 
5.4  It is proposed to bring a committee report back for consideration once the remaining
condition reports are available for further consideration.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) X 
Policy and Legal X 
Financial X 
Risk X 
Staffing X 
Best Value and Transformation X 
Property X 
Information Communications Technology/Digital            X
Page 114

Page 115

Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact            X 
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact           X 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council has a legal duty to ensure adequate provision of facilities for recreational,
sporting, cultural and social activities as well as adequate provision of libraries and
maintaining Council archives. Improving the health and wellbeing of the Moray community
through sport, leisure and recreation is not only an integral part of the local vision, but it is
also a national priority through the Physical Activity for Health National Framework which
aims to strengthen access and ensure sustainability of active places and spaces.    
6.4  Financial 
The financial implications are set out in the body of the report.  The recommendations for
the capital plan projects for this financial year are within the funding envelope available
to the Leisure & Culture Service. 
6.5  Risk 
The risks connected to this report are as follows;
Political – insufficient capital funding to address all refurbishment requirements across
the Leisure and Culture Estate which will require prioritisation of work packages.
Financial – finite budget available and therefore urgent works will require to be the priority,
fluctuating construction/property market which may result in costs escalating through
time period of refurbishment.  The lack of capital investment into the Leisure Estate is now
impacting on the ability to generate income as users are accessing more modern, fit for
purpose facilities.  Failure to design work packages for facility improvements for 2027/28
will continue to exacerbate this issue.
HR (Staffing) – will require to outsource the design and commissioning of these work
packages due to limited internal resource/capacity.  
Regulatory – this report will help to reduce the Health & Safety compliance risks that we
currently manage on a daily basis in relation to our Leisure Estate due to the level of
repairs and maintenance staff are dealing with. 
Page 115

Page 116

Environmental – work packages will improve the energy efficiency of existing assets. 
Buckie Swimming Pool is one of the highest Council assets that are energy inefficient.
Reputational – investing in our leisure assets will improve the reputation of Moray Council
in regards to supporting the sustainability of these assets.
Operational Continuity and Performance – refurbishment will improve the performance
and also the business continuity of our leisure facilities as they will be less susceptible to
closure due to improved infrastructure.  There are risks that there could be failure of
elements of leisure facilities that are in poor condition before it is possible to programme
repairs and that this could lead to temporary restriction or closure of services.
IT (Technological) – N/A
Economic Recovery – N/A  
6.6  Staffing
There are no staffing implications connected to this report.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
This report links to the following Best Value actions;
- Take forward engagement and consultation on service specific proposals e.g. for
libraries and leisure. 
- The Council will strengthen monitoring of the delivery of the Capital Plan and take
action to address any slippage.
- The Council will keep the affordability of its capital plan and related revenue
implications under review.
- The Council will review its Asset Management Strategy to ensure optimum
arrangements are in place and the property portfolio is reduced wherever possible.  
6.8  Property
The proposals in this report relate to improvement works required for a number of our
Leisure and Culture Estate assets therefore positive implications.  The level of works
required will result in facility closures for a temporary period but these will be kept to a
minimum where possible and we will identify measures to mitigate these closures. 
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact
Providing safe, inclusive and welcoming Leisure and Culture assets contributes positively
to our equalities and social inclusion priorities.  Aspects of these capital plan works will
have a beneficial effect on disabled users for example through improved changing and
access provision.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
All capital projects as part of procurement protocol will consider climate change and
biodiversity as part of tender works to ensure compliance with strategy. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with Chief Financial Officer, Head of
Housing and Property, Service Manager Legal Services and Caroline O’Connor, Committee
Services Officer and any comments made have been incorporated into the report.
Page 116

Page 117

8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Appendix 3 - Moray Sport and Leisure Transformation (Moray Council on 24 September
2025)
Background Paper 1 – Condition Report for Buckie Swimming Pool
Background Paper 2 – Keith Leisure Centre
Background Paper 3 – Speyside High School Swimming Pool
Background Paper 4 – Forres Swimming Pool
Background Paper 5 – Forres House Sports & Community Centre   
Page 117

Page 118

Page 118

Page 119

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities      
Author: Kim Slater Contact Email: kim.slater@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Moray Music Centre Operating Model 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to consider the recent consultation feedback undertaken in
relation to the Moray Music Centre operating model and seek approval to change the
operating model based on this feedback to enable full cost recovery of the programme.  
1.2  This report is submitted to Section III (D) (20) of the Council’s Scheme of Administration
relating to exercise the Council’s statutory functions to provide facilities and support
activities related to the development of recreation, sport, culture and social activities.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report seeks approval for a positive and sustainable way forward for the Moray Music
Centre, reflecting consultation feedback and supporting a model that enables full cost
recovery while continuing to provide participants with 2 hours of high-quality music
instruction at excellent value of £6.80 per week in 2026/27.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
i)  consider and note the consultation feedback in relation to the Moray Music
Centre operating model; and 
ii)  seek approval to progress with Option B, removal of bus transport provision
for the Moray Music Centre for the 2026/27 academic year, to enable full cost
recovery of the programme and support participants with identifying
alternative arrangements in regards to transport. 
Kim Slater
Item 14.*
Page 119

Page 120

Service Manager, Leisure & Culture 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  Moray Music Centre (MMC) offers school aged children and young people from across
Moray who play an orchestral or wind/brass band instrument an opportunity to participate
in a regional ensemble.  The Centre has been operating for over 20yrs on a Saturday
morning for 2hrs from August through to March (22 rehearsals) with 2 concert
performances scheduled in Winter and Spring to showcase the learning of the young
musicians.  During the 2025/26 academic year there were 105 young musicians involved in
the Centre. 
4.2  Over the past 3 years the MMC has resulted in a budget pressure for the Service which has
varied from £6,000 to £8,000.  The two main expenditure elements of the MMC are staffing
and transport costs as buses are provided to and from the main towns and villages in
outlying areas to bring participants into Elgin each week.    
4.3  As per the Charging for Services 2026/27 Committee report to Moray Council on 28
January 2026, the proposed service charge for the MMC was to increase by the set default
position, resulting in a weekly cost changing from £6.50 to £6.80.  However, the Council
decision was that this programme is required to be fully cost recoverable per the council
charging policy (para 6 of minute refers).  Therefore, this increase was an interim
arrangement pending consideration of how to deliver this and consultation taking place on
any proposed changes with existing programme users therefore the cost and service
model may be subject to future change.  
4.4  In April 2026, a survey was undertaken through Moray Engage seeking engagement from
current and prospective MMC parents/carers to provide feedback on options to make the
programme fully cost recoverable.  108 individuals either partially or fully completed the
survey.  72 respondents (67.3%) had a child/ren currently involved in the MMC.  Of the 35
respondents (32.7%) of those not currently involved 30 respondents (85.7%) had children
that played an orchestral or wind/brass instrument and may be interested in joining MMC
in the future. 
4.5  A copy of the consultation survey report is attached as Appendix 1.  A summary of the
feedback is reflected below;
- Option B which removed provision of transport from the programme was the most
popular option to take forward (78.3% supported this option).
- Option D which reduced the number of rehearsals to 8 from 22 but for rehearsals to
be longer and transport still to be provided was the least popular option (24%
supported this option).
- Feedback was also received alongside the consideration of options and the main
themes that arose included; 
o affordability and impact of fee increases, 
o transport: fairness, access, and who should pay, 
o value and outcomes of MMC, 
o rehearsal frequency, structure, and routine, 
o session length and scheduling pressures, 
o ideas for alternative funding / delivery models
o payment flexibility and support mechanisms
Page 120

Page 121

4.6  Of the 2025/26 cohort of 105 MMC participants – 39 of these resided within the Elgin area,
25 from the Buckie, 13 from Speyside, 11 from Forres, 9 from Keith and 8 from Lossie
areas. 
4.7  Staff feedback was also gathered following the conclusion of the consultation survey,
which is captured as follows;
- Good level of responses from parents/carers of pupils not yet involved in MMC –
recognition that these are from potential future MMC participants.
- Agreement that way forward should be in line with feedback – Option B (22 weeks/2
hours, removal of transport) – families not likely to register should we proceed with
a less favourable model.
- Recognised concerns that removal of transport will impact proportion of families,
consequently impacting future registrations and income.
- Greater need to seek private sponsorship and encourage donations, however
recognition that same families targeted for all increases. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  It is proposed that in determining the option to be implemented, the Committee takes
account of the recent consultation feedback from the survey undertaken in relation to the
Moray Music Centre operating model.  
5.2  It is proposed to progress with Option B (removal of bus transport provision for the MMC
for the 2026/27 academic year) and support participants with identifying alternative
arrangements such as car sharing, public transport and providing information on trusts
that could support costs for families on low-income to attend MMC.  
5.3  It is proposed to monitor the impact of this changed operating model during 2026/27 and
bring an update report back to Committee in Q1 of 2027/28.  It is noted that registration for
MMC is normally undertaken in May/early June for arrangements to be in place by the end
of the school term.  Registration will be undertaken in July and it is acknowledged that due
to this being in the summer holiday period this may impact initial registration levels for the
programme.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) x 
Policy and Legal  x
Financial x 
Risk x 
Staffing x 
Best Value and Transformation  x
Property  x
Page 121

Page 122

Information Communications Technology/Digital             x
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact            x 
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact           x 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council have a legal duty to ensure adequate provision of support activities related to
the development of recreation, sport, culture and social activities.  Evidence
demonstrates that music education can improve attainment for all learners particularly
around numeracy, literacy and cognitive function.  
6.4  Financial
The financial implications of each option would be as follows;
Option A (increase charges) – enable the status quo but charge increases per session
from £6.80 to £15.75 therefore uncertain if the current participation levels will be
maintained which is required to offset expenditure.
Option B (remove transport) – this will remove £21,000 from the annual budget
requirements.  If current participation levels are maintained then expenditure will be
offset.  A 10% reduction of participants would still offset expenditure.
Option C (reduce no. of sessions by 50%, increase costs to continue transport to offset
costs) - charge increases per session from £6.80 to £15.75 therefore uncertain if the
current participation levels will be maintained which is required to offset expenditure.
Option D (reduce no. of sessions by 64%, increase time of rehearsals, continue transport
but amend costs to offset expenditure) – charge increases per session from £6.80 (2hrs) to
£25 (5hrs) therefore uncertain if the current participation levels will be maintained which is
required to offset expenditure. 
The following financial implications are associated with this report;
- The MMC is currently operating as a budget pressure annually, between £6,000 -
£8,000 and therefore as per the council charging policy this programme is required
to be fully cost recoverable.
Page 122

Page 123

- Removal of transport provision would reduce the annual budget for this
programme – the transport costs in 2025/26 were £21,000.
- There is no guarantee that changing the model will remove the budget pressure as
the income generated is dependant on the number of registered participants
annually.  However, removing transport costs would significantly reduce the
existing budget pressure as this is the greatest expenditure cost. 
6.5  Risk 
The risk implications associated with this report are as follows;
- Although Officers have undertaken consultation on alternative operating models, it
will not be until the registration process for 2026/27 closes that the full impact on
any change will be known.  If participant numbers reduce significantly due to the
change then consideration on cancelling the programme may be required prior to
commencement.  Officers have identified minimum baseline levels for each
orchestra/ensemble to operate in regards to viability and value of learning.
- Removal of transport may present greatest risk to those young musicians residing
in outlying areas of Moray and low-income families as the transport provision/cost
will require to be met by parent/guardian.  Disabled participants may also have to
rely on parents/guardians to transport them to/from each session.
- Participation in an ensemble not only develops a young musician’s instrumental
playing, teamwork, and listening skills; but has a positive impact on mental health
and develops personal and social skills.  If MMC were to cease operating then this
could have an indirect consequence to the life skills development of Moray’s young
musicians.  
6.6  Staffing 
The following staffing implications are associated with this report; 
- If the model remains the same but transport is removed then this will not have a
direct impact on staffing.
- If one of the options to reduce the number of rehearsals were approved then this
would reduce the salaries of the staff involved in delivering the MMC.  It is not a
statutory requirement or expectation that staff deliver the MMC – it is a choice.
- If an alternative operating model is progressed there is a concern that participant
numbers may reduce which may jeopardise the long term viability of the
programme.  Ensembles and orchestras require to have a minimum level of
participants to ensure value and learning, if participant numbers reduced to this
minimum level then cessation of the programme may occur.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
This report links to the following Best Value actions;
- The Council will review its Short to Medium Term Financial Strategy.
- The Council will develop a Savings Plan for the short to medium term.  
6.8  Property 
There are no property issues connected to this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no ICT issues connected to this report. 
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact
Page 123

Page 124

An Integrated Impact Assessment has been completed and is included as Appendix 2.    
The main impacts on the 4 options are summarised as follows;
Option A (increase charges) – significant impact on low income families and continue to
negatively impact Elgin participants that currently contribute towards transport costs that
they do not access.
Option B (remove transport) – negative impact on low income families as transport costs
will be borne to individual families, also negative impact on those participants that reside
furthest from Elgin as will need to organise transport arrangements.
Option C (reduce no. of sessions by 50%, increase costs to continue transport to offset
costs) – significant impact on low income families, continue to negatively impact Elgin
participants that currently contribute towards transport costs that they do not access and
impact on all participants as they will not develop/progress to the same extent as previous
cohorts due to the shorter delivery period.
Option D (reduce no. of sessions by 64%, increase time of rehearsals, continue transport
but amend costs to offset expenditure) – negatively impact low income families due to
increased costs from current model, negatively impact our younger participants as higher
concentration levels required for a 5hr session than a 2hr session.  This option may have
been more attractive to young musicians whom already have numerous weekend
commitments as reducing from 22 to 8 sessions. 
For all the options there are potentially negative impacts that cannot be fully mitigated
however the Council has a legal obligation to balance its budget.
With Option B mitigating actions would include providing information on public transport
options for families, encouraging car sharing arrangements between families in localities
and encouraging active travel.  Provision of information on trusts that could support costs
for families on low-income to attend MMC would also be shared. 
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
The following negative climate change has been identified connected to this report;
- Although a bus expels more total carbon emissions per kilometre than a single
private car - as buses hold many more people, they are vastly more efficient per
passenger. 
To address the negative implications the following mitigation measures have been
identified;
- Encourage parents/guardians to car share to reduce volume of cars transporting
young musicians to rehearsals.
- Encourage active travel for young musicians within walking distance of Elgin
Academy.
- Encourage use of public transport for young musicians residing outwith Elgin. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with Chief Financial Officer, Head of
Education (Chief Education Officer), Service Manager Legal Services, Head of Operations
& Environment, Head of Growth, Planning & Climate and Caroline O’Connor, Committee
Services Officer and any comments made have been incorporated into the report   
Page 124

Page 125

Moray Music Centre Survey
SURVEY RESPONSE REPORT
19 August 2025 - 05 May 2026
PROJECT NAME:
Moray Music Centre
APPENDIX 1
Page 125

Page 126

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 1 of 17 
Question options responses % 
Yes 72 67.3 
No 35 32.7 
Optional question · 107 responses · 1 skipped
Question type : Radio Button Question
Q1. Are you (or your child/ren) a current member of Moray Music Centre 
32.7% 
67.3%
Page 126

Page 127

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 2 of 17 
Question options responses % 
Yes 30 85.7 
No 5 14.3 
Optional question · 35 responses · 73 skipped
Question type : Radio Button Question
Q2. If no – does your child/ren currently play an orchestral or wind/brass band instrument and
therefore may be interested in joining the Moray Music Centre in future.
14.3% 
85.7%
Page 127

Page 128

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 3 of 17 
A
B
C
D
0       10       20       30        40         50        60        70       80        90        100         110            120 
Question options  Yes  No 
A) If the weekly cost increased to £15.75 (£346.50 for 22 rehearsals) to maintain the status quo (no change),
would you be in a position/or willing to cover this increased cost? 28 77
B) If the transport provision were to be removed from the programme would your child/ren still be able to
attend the Moray Music Centre for the 22 rehearsals through either public transport (free bus pass), active
travel, parental transportation or car sharing with other Moray Music Centre families? Through this option the
weekly cost per person would equate to £6.80 (£149.60 for 22 sessions). 
83 23
C) If the number of rehearsals were reduced to 11 rehearsals for 2hrs across the year with 1 concert and
transport were to continue to be provided would your child/ren still be keen/able to attend? Through this
option then the weekly cost per person would equate to £15.75 (£173.25 for 11 sessions). Through this option
the 11 rehearsals would be delivered during the Jan-Mar period 
53 52
D) If the number of rehearsals were reduced to 8 rehearsals for 5hrs (e.g. 10am-3pm) across the year with 2
concerts and transport were to continue to be provided would your child/ren still be keen/able to attend?
Through this option then the day cost per person would equate to £25.00 (£200 for 8 rehearsals). Rehearsals
would be delivered during the Sept-March period. 
25 79 
Optional question · 106 responses · 2 skipped
Question type : Likert Question
Q3. Please indicate which of the following options would be feasible for your child/ren to attend
Moray Music Centre in the future;
Yes No
Page 128

Page 129

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 4 of 17 
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 
Question options responses % 
Yes 28 26.7 
No 77 73.3
Q3. Please indicate which of the following options would be feasible for your child/ren to attend
Moray Music Centre in the future; — a) If the weekly cost increased to £15.75 (£346.50 for 22
rehearsals) to maintain the status quo (no change), would you be in a position/or willing to cover
this increased cost?
Page 129

Page 130

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 5 of 17 
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 
Question options responses % 
Yes 83 78.3 
No 23 21.7
Q3. Please indicate which of the following options would be feasible for your child/ren to attend
Moray Music Centre in the future; — b) If the transport provision were to be removed from the
programme would your child/ren still be able to attend the Moray Music Centre for the 22
rehearsals through either public transport (free bus pass), active travel, parental transportation
or car sharing with other Moray Music Centre families? Through this option the weekly cost per
person would equate to £6.80 (£149.60 for 22 sessions).
Page 130

Page 131

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 6 of 17 
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 
Question options responses % 
Yes 53 50.5 
No 52 49.5
Q3. Please indicate which of the following options would be feasible for your child/ren to attend
Moray Music Centre in the future; — c) If the number of rehearsals were reduced to 11 rehearsals
for 2hrs across the year with 1 concert and transport were to continue to be provided would your
child/ren still be keen/able to attend? Through this option then the weekly cost per person would
equate to £15.75 (£173.25 for 11 sessions). Through this option the 11 rehearsals would be
delivered during the Jan-Mar period
Page 131

Page 132

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 7 of 17 
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 
Question options responses % 
Yes 25 24.0 
No 79 76.0
Q3. Please indicate which of the following options would be feasible for your child/ren to attend
Moray Music Centre in the future; — d) If the number of rehearsals were reduced to 8 rehearsals
for 5hrs (e.g. 10am-3pm) across the year with 2 concerts and transport were to continue to be
provided would your child/ren still be keen/able to attend? Through this option then the day cost
per person would equate to £25.00 (£200 for 8 rehearsals). Rehearsals would be delivered during
the Sept-March period.
Page 132

Page 133

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 8 of 17 
Question options Avg rank
Option B 1.86
Option C 2.36
Option A 2.56
Option D 3.02 
Optional question · 97 responses · 11 skipped
Question type : Ranking Question 
Q4. In regards to the above 4 options, please rate these in order of preference if you would
consider more than 1 option (A being preferred option to D being least option);
Page 133

Page 134

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 9 of 17 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:40 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:48 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:48 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:52 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:53 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:56 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:57 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:59 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 09:03 AM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 09:06 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 09:29 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 09:46 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 10:06 AM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 10:22 AM
Please introduce music lessons at Hythehill primary 
We feel that 22 rehearsals is very important and provides structure/routine for normal
life 
I have 2 children who attend mmc. it would be cheaper for me take them myself than to
almost triple the weekly cost. the increase would probably mean they couldn’t attend.
free transport is great but it is unfair to those who don’t currently use it to have to drop
out because of the price increase to fund it.
the christmas performance is a highlight of our year so i’d hate to see that go.
I also think 5 hours on a saturday is too much & would put my kids off attending. 
Feel the arts are constantly penalised! There should be a way to find funding for this. It’s
also sad that those locally are having to pay for transport we don’t use? 
Regular sessions is the key to maintaining high standards and attendence. As a former
pupil of the MMC this is a key routine and event for pupils for musical development,
socialisation and continued progression. However this will be a huge impact to families
how have two or more children attending the MMC. What provisions will be in place for
these families?
It would be a great shame if rising costs meant that children could no longer attend the
music centre. I would rather see fewer sessions offered, so that it remains affordable
and accessible to everyone.
Q5. Officers will then use this information to identify potential changes to the model based on the
survey feedback; however, as mentioned above, should participant numbers for this programme
decline substantially based on the feedback gathered, the Service will need to assess its value
and feasibility before making a commitment to proceed.If you have any further feedback
connected to the above we would welcome your thoughts. Please leave any feedback in the box
below.
Page 134

Page 135

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 10 of 17 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 11:09 AM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 12:34 PM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 01:15 PM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 01:50 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 01:56 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 01:58 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 02:27 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 02:40 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 03:43 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 03:48 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 05:06 PM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 06:11 PM 
There is absolutely no way my daughter could continue without the busses we drive her
to Cullen and collect from Cullen . This will be her final year 26/27 and her plan is to
attend Napier to do BA honours in Music this Music centre has been amazing for my
child such a disappointment if she cannot continue for her final year.
Wording/layout of question 3 is very confusing, numbers and letters of the options are
not consistent.
I would prefer for transport to be removed from the costing, as no other clubs sports etc
would be so generous.
Having just 11 sessions and one concert would be ok, but prefer the 22 sessions.
I think 5 hours per session is a lot to expect of some children.
My daughter enjoys MMC and it has helped her progress a lot. I hope my son will join
too, either in 2026 or 2027.
Question 4 of this survey is ambiguous. The options are lettered A to D in Q3, but in Q4,
they are numbered. I have assumed 1=A, 2=B etc. in answering that question. 
Children build a lot of confidence, skills & knowledge in this enjoyable safe
environment 
We are very appreciative for all that you do to promote music to all Moray’s youngsters.
It is a very large increase that is being suggested. As we live in Elgin we don’t require
transport but I understand why this is so important for others in out lying areas allowing
for equity for all young musicians. Is there some way we could fundraise or seek
sponsorship?!
Page 135

Page 136

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 11 of 17 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 06:50 PM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 06:57 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 07:39 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 07:54 PM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 08:30 PM
Really, the only option that I 100% agree with is option B. Remove transport and
increase the cost slightly plus leave the amount of rehearsals/concerts as they are now.
Option A is totally out of our budget. I currently have one child at MMC and hopeful our
second will start in August and we cannot afford £700. We are not on benefits and do
not qualify for any assistance for anything. We budget and prioritise.
Option C rehearsals are planned when children are sitting prelims and studying for
exams. Not ideal.
Option D I fear would make more children would opt out, the older ones possibly get
Saturdays jobs etc. also one rehearsal a month would be dependant on the children
keeping up with and practising their pieces over a much longer period and trying to
remember what their instructor has said is almost impossible.
I would like to add that MMC and all its staff is a truly exceptional group which my son
has thrived in. His musical ability has grown and he is currently compiling a list of band
pieces that he’d love to play in Senior Band! Look out Mr Grant. Moray Council I hope
will be going the extra mile to ensure our music services, staff and pupils are supported
and encouraged.
Always willing to help if needed. 
I like the idea of less rehearsals as it currently is quite a big commitment, too big for us
with siblings also committed to other events. . I don’t think my child would cope with
rehearsals longer than 2 hours maximum. When we did attend, transport was not
available to us. This had no bearing on our attendance. We simply arranged to car
share with other families. Those who can get a bus are entitled to free bus transport
now, perhaps parents could share the load of accompanying them. The music centre is
amazing and a wonderful experience for the children, I think (as with most ‘clubs’)
parents would be happy to arrange transport of their own children. The cost without
transport is much more reasonable. B combined with C would be optimum for us.
Children with additional needs would struggle with less regular schedule of rehearsals.
My son would struggle with a 5 hour rehearsal. Older pupils have more exam pressure
January to March so less beneficial to only do concerts that term. Plus weather poorer
in January and this would limit attendance dur to snow for those in Speyside.
Anonymous
4/16/2026 09:19 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 09:33 PM 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 09:34 PM 
-option A would be higher up the list if banffshire trust assisted funding.
-option A also would be considered if payment could be taken weekly, bi-weekly or
monthly rather than in one payment
- is a lottery grant/funding something that could be looked into to help support this
service ornn or alternative grants
-could sponsorship from local businesses be an option to help provide funding and
reduce costs
-would a larger performance open to members of the public with slightly increased ticket
prices bring in more revenue to help support moray music
Page 136

Page 137

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 12 of 17 
Anonymous
4/16/2026 10:37 PM
Anonymous
4/16/2026 10:45 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 09:28 AM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 09:36 AM 
Anonymous
4/17/2026 10:11 AM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 10:31 AM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 10:48 AM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 11:05 AM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 11:07 AM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 11:23 AM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 12:09 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 12:53 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 01:27 PM 
Anonymous
4/17/2026 01:41 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 01:42 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 01:51 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 02:05 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 03:13 PM 
Anonymous
4/17/2026 03:17 PM 
I don't think that you can ask members who make their own way to subsidise travel
costs for others.
We have 2 children who attend which obviously means double costs. We live outwith
Elgin and arrange our own transport.
Both of our children love music centre and have attended for a number of years; it is
such a valuable provision. 
I prefer to remain unchanged and keep the same policy as now. 
Our child absolutely loves this group 
Clearly none of these options are viable. The council can't expect parents to pay an
increase of over 100% to attend. The while load will fold as parents can't afford to pay
for their child to go and/or the fuel to transport their child. 8 sessions is useless for a
youth orchestra.
Page 137

Page 138

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 13 of 17 
Anonymous
4/17/2026 03:20 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 03:24 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 04:26 PM 
Anonymous
4/17/2026 05:57 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 07:07 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 07:42 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 07:50 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 08:54 PM
Anonymous
4/17/2026 09:34 PM
I have multiple children that attend moray music so I already pay more than everyone
else, so if the cost goes up much then none of them will he going anymore 
Daughter currently does violin and does not attend the music centre, however I would
not be able to afford £15 a week on top of her current activities which include
gymnastics and ballet. So we not be able to join the music centre. We would just
continue with the school lessons. 
The MMC offers so much to these kids, delivered at a cost of just £8,000. This is a
major part of their childhood. It is the crown jewel of Moray. If money cannot be found
could there be a charge for taking the bus of say £1 or £2 per week?
Anonymous
4/18/2026 07:59 AM 
Anonymous
4/18/2026 09:05 AM
Anonymous
4/18/2026 12:59 PM
Anonymous
4/18/2026 01:00 PM
Anonymous
4/18/2026 02:20 PM
Anonymous
4/18/2026 06:05 PM
Anonymous
4/18/2026 08:16 PM 
Anonymous
4/18/2026 11:05 PM
Anonymous
4/19/2026 04:44 AM
We wpuld be happy with option C and D as well but take the transport out of it. Free bus
travel with young scot cards should maximised and perhaps the timings of the start of
sessions could be set to suit bus timetables. This is an excellent service and opportunity
for young people but perhaps we need to consider the cost burden of the provision of
buses? 
Leave the same as 2025/26 
It’s very sad that many children may lose out on the fantastic opportunity to take part in
the Music Centre, by it being too expensive or inaccessible due to lack of transport and
all to save the Council the relatively small sum of money £8000. This is a drop in the
ocean of the Council budget. The skills developed and opportunities provided by the
Music Centre are numerous and valuable to so many children.
Giving parents the ability to pay by direct debit to spread costs will make payment
easier/less painful.
Page 138

Page 139

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 14 of 17 
Anonymous
4/19/2026 05:14 PM
Anonymous
4/20/2026 12:54 PM 
Anonymous
4/20/2026 01:39 PM 
Anonymous
4/20/2026 03:01 PM 
Anonymous
4/20/2026 03:29 PM
Anonymous
4/20/2026 04:47 PM
Anonymous
4/21/2026 10:56 AM
Anonymous
4/21/2026 01:01 PM
Anonymous
4/21/2026 06:31 PM 
Anonymous
4/21/2026 06:47 PM
Anonymous
4/21/2026 09:59 PM
Anonymous
4/22/2026 01:37 AM
Anonymous
4/22/2026 07:53 AM 
My daughter would love to come to orchestra but the time clashes with school football
which is 9-10, maybe a survey on timing would help in recruitment as many things run
on a Sat morning. Even 30 mins later would help us.
Could you explore a further option whereby those who use the transport pay for it and
those who don’t use it don’t pay. Currently you’re asking parents who transport their
own children to foot the bill for those who don’t. While at the same time those parents
are paying their own fuel costs on top.
Not sure about the options voting as these are not clearly labelled but removing
transport would be my preferred option and I think two hours is a long enough rehearsal
time (think of brass/woodwind instruments that require puff to keep going). Increasing
the weekly cost to £15.75 seems very expensive and I would urge Moray Council to
consider all the benefits of having young people from across Moray playing their
instruments together and making music. 
The only viable option for us is option B. It will be too expensive for the other options. 
I think moray music centre is amazing experience and a great service that gives a lot to
the kids. Unfortunately option a is too expensive - we have 2 musicians and that's just a
lot of money. Option d takes out a whole day from the weekend - the Saturday morning
is a good model which means they can spend the afternoon with family/doing sport. 
5hrs at a time is too long for my student and we have other commitments that would
make it difficult for my child to attend such sessions
As my children are not interested in joint mcb I don’t feel able to answer any further
questions
Page 139

Page 140

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 15 of 17 
Anonymous
4/24/2026 10:09 AM 
Anonymous
4/24/2026 01:34 PM
Anonymous
4/24/2026 01:51 PM
Anonymous
4/24/2026 01:56 PM
Anonymous
4/24/2026 02:07 PM
Anonymous
4/24/2026 02:44 PM 
Anonymous
4/24/2026 02:50 PM
Anonymous
4/24/2026 03:38 PM 
Anonymous
4/24/2026 03:54 PM
Anonymous
4/24/2026 04:03 PM 
Anonymous
4/24/2026 04:31 PM
The quality of instruction, the inspirational teaching and the high standards of
musicianship which is fostered in these sessions is priceless - not only for the children's
musical education but for the cross curricular strength it develops in their work ethic,
their problem solving, their detemination to be better, ability to be team players, to be
self reliant and the many benefits to their mental health - all life long benefits that this
investment allows - this is investment in their health and well being, and I'm convinced
saves many pounds to the NHS and other service providers were this vital service
reduced. I cannot thank the tutors enough for their own commitment, care and
enthusiasm - they are role models in leadership and their impact is huge! 
Although we are not a wealthy family by any means, we would always try to find the
money for this, and the more sessions offered the better, in my view! thank you so
much!
I have 4 children and I couldn’t afford this for them all. Cost of living had gone up and
wages haven’t followed suit! 
Given that all young people from the age of 5 can get a NEC / Young Scot card to travel
on public transport for free, it would make sense for the transport cost aspect of running
MMC to be removed and make the cost of rehearsals the same for all pupils regardless
of where they live. 
Could I suggest a short Easter course - 2 yo 3 days and a longer summer course of a
week as an alternative? This was how my County Youth Orchestra was run and
attendance was by audition as it was so popular. Costs were similar to likely charges
today. Happy to discuss further if interested? 
Does transport have to be provided? Parents who transport their children to and from
rehersals appear to be paying for transport they don't ever use?
Children who have young scot cards can travel on buses for free, is this something that
could be considered for those that have cards to use public transport?
While we would be happy to transport our child and could afford the proposed increases
in cost and he was interested in attending, I would hate for cost to be a barrier to
children having such a valuable opportunity
Page 140

Page 141

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 16 of 17 
Anonymous
4/24/2026 04:53 PM 
Anonymous
4/24/2026 08:17 PM
Anonymous
4/25/2026 12:33 AM
Anonymous
4/25/2026 10:18 AM 
Anonymous
4/25/2026 02:49 PM 
Anonymous
4/26/2026 09:22 AM 
Anonymous
4/26/2026 02:29 PM 
Anonymous
4/26/2026 07:58 PM 
Anonymous
4/27/2026 11:53 AM 
Anonymous
4/30/2026 03:21 PM
Anonymous
4/30/2026 08:23 PM
Anonymous
4/30/2026 08:23 PM
I have had 3 children attend MMC in the past and this education / facility has been
invaluable to not only their education but personal and social development. The skills
taught are applicable across all areas of the curriculum. Moray can be proud of its
achievements in Music and the arts. one of my children does music as a professional
career and without MMC this would not be possible. Parental contribution should not be
necessary as we do not ask pupils that are good at sport for example to pay for their
participation as part of their education. All these options are a retrograde step and would
destroy the future of music education in moray. Families that don’t live in Elgin would
be treated unfairly as they cannot access this service without support and music
education should not be a post code lottery. 
Charge the families that use the bus more than people that don’t. Why should I subsidise
their cost just because we live in Elgin so can’t use the transport.
The huge price increase may put people off as it still puts it in the more expensive
bracket in comparison to other clubs/groups that children attend. Is there a provision for
low income families or would it then exclude these families from attending? Having the
transport makes it more inclusive for all children. It would be a shame if this service
would disappear completely
Question three is very difficult to understand! This is my order of preference -most
preferred to least preferred-
option B
option c
option a
Option d
It is an absolute disgrace that Moray Council are even considering this. Moray has a
long tradition with providing an excellent musical education and this should be treasured
and preserved at all costs. The difference this has made to my child in terms of
confidence is immeasurable. Much cheaper than sending to a child psychologist for
social interaction help!
We would be happy for our child to get public transport from keith to elgin bus station.
My concern is the walk from the bus station to elgin academy when she is not used to
the surroundings.
I believe MMC is vital for community music experience. My child can not get lessons
within the school, so this is the only link to other young musicians for them. It would be
sad for this to no longer go ahead in some way. The concerts give a reason and aim for
learning music.
My daughter is currently not taking part in orchestra because of the demand she felt it
was placing on her - amongst other life challenges - she is still playing violin though, and
may wish to return to orchestra
Page 141

Page 142

Moray Music Centre Survey : Survey Report for 19 August 2025 to 05 May 2026
Page 17 of 17 
Anonymous
4/30/2026 10:06 PM
Moray Music Centre is such an amazing opportunity for young musicians to come
together. It would be really sad to see it become less accessible for participants.
Transport and the cost of transporting young people seems to be a persistent barrier for
groups of young people accessing high quality enrichment experiences. It is also a
barrier to accessing formal and informal childcare. We need to fix this. 
Optional question · 48 responses · 60 skipped
Question type : Essay Question
Page 142

Page 143

APPENDIX 2
INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT COVERING
• EQUALITIES & SOCIO ECONOMIC DUTIES
• HUMAN RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF THE CHILD
DATE UPDATES/EXECUTIVE SUMMARY VERSION DETAILS
Insert Date
(e.g.
03/10/2023)
Add brief notes/highlight which section amended (e.g.
first draft of IIA completed and submitted to SFC
25/10/2023 for consideration; noting that further work
on Stage 2 will be required). 
Insert (ShP) Version Info
(when details have been
agreed) (e.g. 5.0
03/10/2023 11:21 AMcL)
19/05/2026 Draft completion of IIA 1.0 19/05/2026 KS
09/06/2026 Further update of IIA – updated sections 6 & 9 2.0 09/06/2026 KS
STAGE 1 - DO I NEED AN INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT?
Name of policy or proposal: 
Moray Music Centre programme model change
Is this a Mark X  below
New activity, programme or policy?
Change to an existing activity, programme or policy? x
Budget proposal?
Duties: tick the boxes you think apply No Maybe  Yes
Equalities: Will your proposal have an impact on groups with
protected characteristics?
Consider the impact of your proposal on people and how they
access your services and information without barriers.
x
Socio-economic
Not every person/family has access to regular income or
savings. Will your proposal have an adverse impact on them
x
Does your proposal impact on the human rights of people? x
Page 143

Page 144

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
Does your proposal impact on the rights of children and
young people 
x  
Reasoning
Briefly describe your reasoning for the responses given above: 
Moray Music Centre offers school aged children and young people from across Moray
who play an orchestral or wind/brass band instrument an opportunity to participate in a
regional ensemble. 
Participation in an ensemble not only develops a young musician’s instrumental playing,
teamwork, and listening skills; but has a positive impact on mental health and develops
personal and social skills. Moray Music Centre gives young musicians an opportunity to
meet other like-minded children and young people from across Moray and to play with
and learn from their peers. 
It is not a statutory requirement of a Local Authority to provide this programme. 
If you have answered “maybe” or “yes” to any of the Stage 1 questions above
then proceed to complete the Stage 2 Integrated Impact Assessment questions
below. 
If you have answered “no” to the Stage 1 questions above then provide the details
below and submit to [email] 
Lead Officer for developing the contract  Kim Slater
Other people involved in the screening
(this may be council staff, partners 
or others i.e. contractor or community) 
Alexander Davidson
Date 20/05/2026 
Page 144

Page 145

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47 
STAGE 2: INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT 
Brief description of the affected service
1. Describe what the service does: 
Moray Music Centre (MMC) offers school aged children and young people from across
Moray who play an orchestral or wind/brass band instrument an opportunity to participate
in a regional ensemble. 
Participation in an ensemble not only develops a young musician’s instrumental playing,
teamwork, and listening skills; but has a positive impact on mental health and develops
personal and social skills. Moray Music Centre gives young musicians an opportunity to
meet other like-minded children and young people from across Moray and to play with
and learn from their peers.
Rehearsals run on Saturday mornings at Elgin Academy from 1000–1200 between
August and March. Return transport is provided for young musicians who live out with
Elgin.
2. Who are your main stakeholders? 
Main stakeholders are children/young people residing in Moray that play an orchestral or
wind/brass band instrument.  
In the wider context of stakeholders this would also include parents/guardians of MMC
participants, Instrumental Music Instructors, School Staff, Community Music Groups such
as Moray Concert Brass, Strathspey Fiddlers, Elgin Strathspey & Reel Society etc. 
3. What changes as a result of the proposals? Is the service reduced or removed? 
Over the past 5yrs (potentially longer) the Moray Music Centre programme has always
been a budget pressure on Moray Council as it has never been fully cost recoverable.  In
recent years this budget pressure has been in the region of £8,000.  Due to the continued
financial pressures that the public sector faces all Council Services that have associated
service charges are required to be fully cost recoverable (unless exceptional
circumstances) as per the Council charging policy. 
Officers within the Service were tasked with undertaking consultation with current and
future users of the programme on proposed changes. 
The engagement was targeted at current and prospective MMC parents/carers and asked
them whether they would consider any of the following options to enable the programme
to be fully cost recoverable;
- Option A - Increase the weekly fee to fully cover the expenditure costs (22
sessions and 2 concerts)
- Option B - Remove the provision of transport and increase the weekly fee as per
the default increase of 4.8% (for 2026/27) (22 sessions and 2 concerts)
Page 145

Page 146

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
- Option C - Reduce the number of sessions by 50% (22 to 11), remain with 2hr
sessions, only deliver 1 concert, continue with transport provision and increase
cost to offset expenditure
- Option D - Reduce the number of sessions by 64% (22 to 8), deliver 5hr sessions,
deliver 2 concerts, continue with transport provision and amend costs to offset
expenditure 
108 individuals either partially or fully completed the survey.
72 respondents (67.3%) had a child/ren currently involved in the MMC.  Of the 35
respondents (32.7%) of those not currently involved 30 respondents (85.7%) had children
that played an orchestral or wind/brass instrument and may be interested in joining MMC
in the future.
4 options were presented for consideration and responses as follows;
Option Yes No
A) If the weekly cost increased to £15.75 (£346.50 for 22
rehearsals) to maintain the status quo (no change),
would you be in a position/or willing to cover this increased cost?
28 77
B) If the transport provision were to be removed from the
programme would your child/ren still be able to
attend the Moray Music Centre for the 22 rehearsals through either
public transport (free bus pass), active
travel, parental transportation or car sharing with other Moray
Music Centre families? Through this option the
weekly cost per person would equate to £6.80 (£149.60 for 22
sessions).
83 23
C) If the number of rehearsals were reduced to 11 rehearsals for
2hrs across the year with 1 concert and
transport were to continue to be provided would your child/ren still
be keen/able to attend? Through this
option then the weekly cost per person would equate to £15.75
(£173.25 for 11 sessions). Through this option
the 11 rehearsals would be delivered during the Jan-Mar period
53 52
D) If the number of rehearsals were reduced to 8 rehearsals for
5hrs (e.g. 10am-3pm) across the year with 2
concerts and transport were to continue to be provided would your
child/ren still be keen/able to attend?
Through this option then the day cost per person would equate to
£25.00 (£200 for 8 rehearsals). Rehearsals
would be delivered during the Sept-March period.
25 79 
Page 146

Page 147

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
In addition to the option preferences we also requested additional feedback of which we
received 48 responses.  The responses have been summarised into the following
themes;
Affordability and impact of fee increases
• Strong concern that the proposed increase (often described as unaffordable/too
large) will lead to children dropping out or being unable to join due to financial
pressures.
• Particular impact highlighted for families with 2+ children and those not eligible for
financial support.
Transport: fairness, access, and who should pay
• Mixed views, but a consistent theme that it feels unfair for families who don’t use
transport to subsidise it.
• Equally strong concern that removing transport could exclude rural/outlying
families and reduce equity of access.
• Suggestions include charging separately for transport, exploring public
transport/Young Scot (NEC) options, aligning times with bus timetables, or small
weekly bus charges.
Value and outcomes of Moray Music Centre
• Overwhelmingly positive about MMC’s benefits: musical development, confidence,
wellbeing, socialisation, skills for learning/life, and high-quality staff/tutors.
• Several respondents frame MMC as an important/unique provision that should be
protected.
Rehearsal frequency, structure, and routine
• Many stress that regular sessions (e.g., 22 rehearsals) are important to maintain
standards, progress, and routine (including for some children with additional
needs).
• Concern that too few sessions would undermine the “youth orchestra” model.
Session length and scheduling pressures
• Repeated concern that 5-hour Saturday sessions are too long and could put
children off.
• Timing clashes with other activities (e.g. Saturday sports) and issues around exam
periods (Jan–Mar) and winter travel/weather affecting attendance.
Ideas for alternative funding / delivery models
• Calls to seek fundraising, sponsorship, grants (e.g. lottery), or different revenue
approaches (e.g. larger public concerts/ticket pricing).
• Suggestions for alternative formats (e.g. Easter/Summer courses) or offering fewer
sessions to keep costs down.
Payment flexibility and support mechanisms
Page 147

Page 148

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
• Requests for instalment options (weekly/monthly/direct debit) to make costs
manageable.
• Questions about what support would exist for low-income families and those with
multiple children. 
Based on the consultation responses, Option B (removal of transport and default increase
to charge) is the only option with clear support.  
4. How will this affect your customers? 
Any change to an existing programme will have an effect on our current customers of the
MMC.  However it is also important to note that the existing programme may have been
restrictive in its current format for some potentially new customers due to the format. 
The existing programme has a current anomaly in provision which is important to note. 
All MMC participants are charged £143 (£6.50 per session) regardless of whether they
use the transport provided or not. 
MMC run by Moray Council with fully trained, PVG checked experienced professionals, is
risk assessed – long standing provision may be considered a safe option by
parents/carers due to the level of quality assurance. 
Depending on what option is progressed this will potentially affect customers differently;
• Option A – negatively impact low income families due to increased costs, continue
to negatively impact Elgin customers as they would continue to pay towards
transport costs that they do not access. 
• Option B – negatively impact low income families due to removal of transport
provision and those customers that reside furthest from Elgin.
• Option C – negatively impact low income families due to increased costs,
negatively impact all the customers as they would not develop/progress to the
same extent as previous cohorts due to the reduced delivery time.  May result in
new interest from prospective customers due to the shorter weekend time
commitment from 22 weeks to 11 weeks.
• Option D – negatively impact low income families due to increased costs from the
current model, negatively impact our younger customers as concentration levels
for a 5hr session compared to a 2hr session may be challenging.  May result in
new interest from prospective customers due to the shorter weekend time
commitment from 22 weeks to 8 weeks but changing to full days so still getting
nearly same volume of learning time just condensed.  We are aware that a number
of young people are currently unable to attend the MMC but would like to due to
the level of Saturday commitment across the year and many of them have part
time jobs.  If it was less Saturday sessions then they may be able to fit this around
part time work. 
5. Impact on staff providing the service 
Page 148

Page 149

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
If the number of sessions were to reduce then this would impact salaries for Instrumental
Music Instructors (IMIs) contracted to deliver a MMC ensemble.  Additional hours
undertaken by IMIs to deliver the MMC programme is submitted via timesheets.  It is not
a statutory requirement or expectation that IMIs deliver the MMC – it is their own choice. 
The instructors do have a concern in regards to the impact that any change may have on
the current level of customers as any of the options for consideration will result in a
negative impact on certain families.  If the impact results in a significant reduction of
customers then the value of delivering this programme will diminish. 
6. Please indicate if these apply to any of the protected characteristics
Protected groups Potential impacts and considerations
Race  N/A – the changes would not negatively impact race
Disability  Low – provision of bus transport may have
supported some disabled customers to safely make
their own way to Elgin Academy.    
Parents/Carers would be required to transport
disabled customers to Elgin Academy as car sharing
opportunities may not be possible.
Another impact that may require consideration
would be if Option 4 was progressed which resulted
in 5hr sessions (may be medical requirements
during this timeframe compared to a 2hr session).
The loss of routine through changing the model may
have an impact on some disabled customers.
Carers (for elderly, disabled or
minors)
Low - one impact may be that if a customer had a
caring responsibility then they may not be able to
opt for Option 4 as they may be unable to commit to
a 5hr session on a Saturday – however the
alternative to this is that due to the fewer Saturday
commitments for Option 4 this would free up other
Saturdays for caring responsibilities. 
Carers would be required to transport disabled
customers to and from Elgin every Saturday which
they currently may not have capacity for.
Sex N/A – the changes would not negatively impact sex
Pregnancy and maternity (including
breastfeeding)
N/A – the changes would not negatively impact
pregnancy and maternity
Sexual orientation N/A – the changes would not negatively impact
sexual orientation
Age (include children, young
people, midlife and older people)
Option 4 – some of the survey feedback has stated
that younger customers may struggle with a 5hr
lesson compared to the 2hr lesson.  Other local
authorities do deliver longer/fewer sessions
compared to the current Moray model.
Page 149

Page 150

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
Religion, and or belief Low – aware that some religions/beliefs may have
commitments on a Saturday so changing the timings
may have an impact of these commitments.
Gender reassignment N/A – the changes would not negatively impact
gender reassignment
Inequalities arising from socio-
economic differences
Medium impact – the majority of options would have
a negative impact on low income families, those that
reside in rural areas and those that may not have
access to a car.  Depending on the option identified
we would look to encourage public transport, car
sharing and identification of any trust schemes that
could help subsidise some of the cost for accessing
this programme. 
Human rights
List of convention rights Describe, where applicable, if and how
specific rights are engaged 
As mentioned above the MMC programme is
not a statutory requirement that a Local
Authority is required to deliver.  It is a
discretionary service that is highly valued by
those involved/connected to it, but it is not
distinctly connected to a human right as this
provision can be provided through other
means.  If the MMC programme was not
delivered there are other community groups
and organisations that young people could
attend in Moray that could enable them to be
involved in an ensemble/orchestra.  This would
depend on the criteria in place for these
community groups re age/ability etc.
Article 5: Right to liberty and
security
N/A
Article 6: Right to a fair trial N/A
Article 8: Right to respect for
private and family life,
correspondence and the home
N/A
Article 10: Freedom of expression N/A
Article 11: Freedom of assembly
and association
N/A
Article 12: Right to marry N/A
Article 14: Prohibition of
discrimination (in relation to the
convention rights)
N/A
Article 1 of Protocol 1: Protection
of property
N/A
Page 150

Page 151

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
List of convention rights Describe, where applicable, if and how
specific rights are engaged
Article 2 of Protocol 1: Right to
education
N/A
Article 3 of Protocol 1: Right to free
elections by secret ballot
N/A 
Children’s Rights and Wellbeing 
Relevant articles – UNCRC 
Article 2 – Non discrimination N/A
Article 12 – Respect of the views of the
child 
Parents/guardians were encouraged to
discuss the options available with their
child/ren in regards to future operating
models prior to completing the survey.   
Instrumental Music Instructors also
discussed the potential changes with their
groups prior to the survey launch.
Article 3.1 – Best interest of the child As per above
Article 6.2 – Right to survival and
development
As per above 
If the MMC programme was not delivered
there are other community groups and
organisations that young people could
attend in Moray that would enable them
to be involved in an ensemble/orchestra
(potentially not all disciplines).  This
would depend on the criteria in place for
these community groups re age/ability
etc.
Article 31 – Leisure, play and culture Every child has the right to relax, play and 
take part in a wide range of cultural and 
artistic activities.  Delivery of the MMC
provides an opportunity in regards to this
right, but appreciate there are other
opportunities to access this right. 
7. Evidence. What information have you used to make your assessment? 
Performance data Yes – numbers of participants over recent years available.  105
in the 2025/26 cohort
Internal
consultation
Yes – with instrumental music instructors, with Service
Management team and at CLT/SLF discussions in recent years.
Consultation with
affected groups
Yes - Officers undertook a survey through Moray Engage
seeking engagement from current and prospective MMC
Page 151

Page 152

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
parents/carers to provide feedback on options to make the
programme fully cost recoverable.  108 individuals either
partially or fully completed the survey.
Option B was most popular option and therefore the one
recommended to progress by Officers.
Local statistics N/A
National
statistics
Reviewed other similar Music Centres that are delivered
elsewhere across the country appreciating there are nuances in
regards to urban/rural challenges, budget variations, other
provision.
Other 
8. Evidence gaps 
Do you need additional information in order to complete the information in the previous
questions? 
No 
9. Mitigating action 
Can the impact of the proposed policy/activity be mitigated?  Please explain 
Depending on the option determined to take forward the Service will work with customers
to mitigate the increased pressures that arise from any change.   
This could be through providing information on public transport options for families that
participate in the MMC to consider.  Encourage car sharing arrangements between
families in localities and encourage active travel. Provide information on trusts that could
support costs for families on low-income to attend MMC. 
Would monitor the impact of any change during the 2026/27 academic year and review
the new model for future years as required. 
10. Justification
If nothing can be done to reduce the negative impact(s) but the proposed policy/activity
must go ahead, what justification is there to continue with the change?   
The Council have a legal obligation to balance its budget given the significant financial
pressure currently facing the local authority.  As per the Council charging policy there is
an expectation that programmes are fully cost recoverable. 
Mitigations are stated above with the aim of reducing any negative impact to our
customers.  
Page 152

Page 153

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
SECTION 3 CONCLUDING THE IIA 
Concluding the IIA 
1. No potential negative impacts on any of the protected groups were
found. 
2. Some potential negative impacts have been identified.
The impacts relate to: 
Reducing discrimination, harassment, victimisation or other conduct
prohibited under the Equality Act 2010 
Promoting equality of opportunity x
Fostering good relations x
3. The proposals interfere with human rights and/or the rights of the
child 
4. Negative impacts can be mitigated the proposals as outlined in
question 9. 
5. The negative impacts cannot be fully mitigated but are justified as
outlined in question 10. 
x
6. Further consultation with affected groups is needed. 
7. It is advised not to go ahead with the proposals. 
Decision
Set out the rationale for deciding whether or not to proceed with the proposed actions: 
The survey in regards to the potential options for consideration strongly identifies a
preferred option in regards to removing transport and maintaining the rest of the status
quo.   
Potential negative impacts have been identified for certain protected and socio-economic
groups which have been fully considered.  Mitigations to support any change have been
identified and will be implemented. 
Page 153

Page 154

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
It is proposed to review the impact that any change will have on the programme at the
end of the 2026/27 programme as we need to ensure future viability and value of the
programme. 
Date of Decision: 
Page 154

Page 155

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:47
Sign off and authorisation: 
Service 
Department  
Policy/activity subject to IIA 
We have completed the integrated impact
assessment for this policy/activity. 
Name: Kim Slater
Position: Service Manager Leisure & Culture
Date: 19/05/2026
Authorisation by head of service  Name: Denise Whitworth
Position: Executive Director
Date: 09/06/2026
Permission to publish on website - 
Please return this form to the Equal Opportunities Officer, Chief Executive’s Office. 
Page 155

Page 156

Page 156

Page 157

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026      
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing & Communities    
Author: Fiona Michie Contact Email: education@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Free School Meal payments for unplanned school closure days and
school transport failure 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to ask Committee to approve a policy position of making
payments in lieu of missed low-income qualifying free school meals during periods of
future extended unplanned school closure days, or future extended school transport
failure, after a minimum of 3 consecutive days, backdated to day 1.  
1.2  This report is submitted to Council in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council's Scheme of
Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education Authority. 
2.  SUMMARY 
2.1  Free school meal (FSM) provision is a school lunch provided free of charge, by Moray
Council’s Catering Service, to eligible children and young people.  
2.2  The duty on the local authority is to provide a meal, but the Council are unable to fulfil this
when there are extended unplanned school closures or provide alternate provision to
school pupils unable to attend due to extended school transport failure.  
2.3  The Council are not legally required to make a payment in lieu of missed FSM but
recognise that extended school closures disproportionately affect those who rely on FSM
provision. It is also acknowledged that poverty in Moray is increasing and many families
live in rural areas. 
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
Item 15.*
Page 157

Page 158

i)  Agree as a policy position to make payments in lieu of missed low-income
qualifying free school meals for future extended unplanned school closure
days, after a minimum of 3 consecutive days, backdated to day 1, at the food
cost rate of £1.65 per meal; and   
ii)  Agree as a policy position to make payments in lieu of missed low-income
qualifying free school meals for school transport pupils who are unable to
attend due to future extended school transport failure, after a minimum of 3
consecutive days, backdated to day 1, at the food cost rate of £1.65 per meal.   
Fiona Michie
Business Support Development Manager (Education) 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  Section 53A (2) of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980, as amended, states an education
authority must take reasonable steps to ensure that every pupil who is entitled to receive
school lunches free of charge, receives those lunches.  
4.2  Children and young people will be eligible to receive free school meals (FSM) if their
parents or carers are in receipt of low-income qualifying benefits. National eligibility
criteria is published on Moray Council's website.  
4.3  Parents or carers in receipt of low-income qualifying benefits receive holiday support
payments at the current FSM rate (excluding public holidays and local occasional days).
Scottish Government funding for holiday support payments has been incorporated into
our Grant Aided Expenditure (GAE).  
4.4  All primary 1 to 5 children are entitled to universal free school meals. Children and young
people in primary 6 and 7, and in secondary 1 to 3 in participating pilot schools, are also
eligible to receive FSM if their parents or carers claim Scottish Child Payment (SCP).  
4.5  Families whose children receive universal FSM as part of these schemes, are not eligible
for holiday support payments.  
4.6  Children at independent schools and home-educated children are not entitled to FSM. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  It is proposed that payments are made in lieu of missed low-income qualifying FSM for
future extended unplanned school closure days, and for school transport pupils who are
unable to attend due to future extended school transport failure, after a minimum of 3
consecutive days. The scope of the proposals relates to ‘extended exceptional
circumstances’, for example, extreme localised weather conditions, blocked roads or
power failures, etc.  
5.2  The proposals do not apply to single closure days, or single school transport failures, and
will only be enacted after a minimum of 3 consecutive days of unplanned school closure
or school transport failure. Payments will be made from day 4, backdated to day 1. 
Page 158

Page 159

5.3  The FSM rate from 1 April 2026 is £2.55 per primary school meal and £2.90 per secondary
school meal. The food cost, less staff and catering costs, is £1.65 per meal. FSM rates are
reviewed annually and are likely to increase in future in line with costs.  
5.4  It is proposed that payments for future extended unplanned school closure days, or future
extended school transport failure, will be made at the food cost rate of £1.65 per meal.
This represents the value of unpurchased food, so there are no additional budget
pressures resulting from this proposal, and payments would be funded from the unspent
education catering budget. 
On the rare occasions of extended unplanned school closure days, food orders pending
delivery will have their delivery dates delayed, and existing stock can be stored or frozen,
so there are very minimal food wastage costs.  
5.5  Making a payment at the food cost rate of £1.65 per missed meal is an officer
recommendation that allows the unspent food value to be passed to low-income
qualifying families, mitigating financial hardship at a time of increased child poverty. 
An alternative option is a flat-rate of £1.50 per missed meal, which allows for a
contribution towards the administrative cost of processing payments. This is also the
value used by both Aberdeen City Council and Aberdeenshire Council. 
However, payments are generally automated and extended unplanned school closure
days, or extended school transport failures are rare. Therefore the administration burden
to process one-off payments is minimal and can be absorbed within existing
administrative staffing budgets.  
5.6  Due to the unpredictability of unplanned extended school closures and extended school
transport failure, the payment values cannot be accurately calculated, however maximum
per day estimates, costed at both £1.65 and £1.50 per missed meal, are detailed in
Appendix 1. 
For context, the number of unplanned extended school closures over 3 days for the last 3
years, and the costs if payments had been made, are detailed in Appendix 2. There were
no extended school transport failures over 3 days during these years. As per 5.3 above, the
costings are calculated at both £1.65 and £1.50 per missed meal.  
5.7  Moray Council has well established and effective arrangements in place to make holiday
support payments directly into the bank account of the parent or carer, and we can utilise
these established arrangements to make payments when meals cannot be provided.  
5.8  Those receiving FSM due to universal or SCP schemes are not eligible for payments. SCP is
an extension of Universal Free School Meal policies rather than an income-based
entitlement.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
Page 159

Page 160

SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) X 
Policy and Legal  X
Financial X 
Risk X 
Staffing  X
Best Value and Transformation  X
Property  X
Information Communications Technology/Digital             X
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact  X 
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  X 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
None.  
6.4  Financial 
The financial implications are set out in the body of the report and accompanying
appendices.  
6.5  Risk 
None, as there are no additional budget pressures resulting from this proposal.  
6.6  Staffing 
None.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
None.  
6.8  Property 
None.  
Page 160

Page 161

6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
Implementation of the guidance supports the Scottish Government’s agenda to eradicate
child poverty by offering alternative access to FSM.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Chief Financial Officer, Head of
Education (Chief Education Officer), Head of Operations and Environment, Catering
Manager, and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer, and any comments made
have been incorporated into the report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  • Estimated implementation costs is attached as Appendix 1
• Unplanned school closures over 3 days for the last 3 years is attached as Appendix 2
Page 161

Page 162

APPENDIX 1 
Estimates for payments in lieu of missed FSM during unplanned
school closures or school transport failure 
Unplanned school closures    
Payment cost per day - all schools closed     
FSM pupils £1.65 per day £1.50 per day
Sector at 07/04/2026 All schools All schools
Primary 846 £1,395.90 £1,269.00
Secondary 588 £970.20 £882.00 
1,434 £2,366.10 £2,151.00    
Payment cost per day per ASG - all schools in ASG closed     
FSM pupils £1.65 per day £1.50 per day
ASG at 07/04/2026 All schools in ASG All schools in ASG
Buckie 227 £374.55 £340.50
Elgin Academy 222 £366.30 £333.00
Elgin High 248 £409.20 £372.00
Forres 257 £424.05 £385.50
Keith 136 £224.40 £204.00
Lossiemouth 146 £240.90 £219.00
Milne's 120 £198.00 £180.00
Speyside 78 £128.70 £117.00 
1,434 £2,366.10 £2,151.00    
School transport failure    
Payment cost per day per ASG - assuming full transport failure     
FSM pupils £1.65 per day £1.50 per day
ASG at 07/04/2026 ASG transport failure ASG transport failure
Buckie 20 £33.00 £30.00
Elgin Academy 3 £4.95 £4.50
Elgin High 7 £11.55 £10.50
Forres 13 £21.45 £19.50
Keith 20 £33.00 £30.00
Lossiemouth 9 £14.85 £13.50
Milne's 24 £39.60 £36.00
Speyside 32 £52.80 £48.00 
128 £211.20 £192.00
Page 162

Page 163

APPENDIX 2 
Unplanned school closures over 3 days for the last 3 years 
Historic number of unplanned school closures
over 3 days (as at 07/04/2026)
ASG 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26
Buckie       27
Elgin Academy       18
Elgin High       12
Forres       27
Keith       28
Lossiemouth       12
Milne's       12
Speyside   3 24 37 
0 3 24 173
Notes
2023/24 - snow closure 18-20 January 2024 (1 school for 3 days)
2024/25 - snow closure 20-22 November 2024 (8 schools for 3 days each)
2025/26 - snow closure 05-10 January 2026 (50 schools for 3 or more days each) 
Costs if payments of £1.65 had been made in lieu of missed
FSM for historic unplanned school closures over 3 days*
ASG 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26
Buckie       £10,112.85
Elgin Academy       £6,593.40
Elgin High       £4,910.40
Forres       £11,449.35
Keith       £6,283.20
Lossiemouth       £2,890.80
Milne's       £2,376.00
Speyside   £386.10 £3,088.80 £4,761.90 
£0.00 £386.10 £3,088.80 £49,377.90
* Calculated at the current food cost rate of £1.65 per day for illustrative purposes only 
Costs if payments of £1.50 had been made in lieu of missed
FSM for historic unplanned school closures over 3 days*
ASG 2022/23 2023/24 2024/25 2025/26
Buckie       £9,193.50
Elgin Academy       £5,994.00
Elgin High       £4,464.00
Forres       £10,408.50
Keith       £5,712.00
Lossiemouth       £2,628.00
Milne's       £2,160.00
Speyside   £351.00 £2,808.00 £4,329.00 
£0.00 £351.00 £2,808.00 £44,889.00 
Page 163

Page 164

Page 164

Page 165

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities      
Author: Sarah Barnes Contact Email: sarah.barnes@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Moray Growth Deal: STEM Starts Business Plan and Expansion of Public
Access Service Offer 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to update the Education, Children’s and Leisure Services
Committee on progress in developing a Business Plan to support the expansion of the
Moray Growth Deal Early Years STEM Project (STEM Starts), with particular emphasis on
widening public access provision in a managed and sustainable manner.  
1.2  The report also asks the Committee approves the service changes as set out in this
report, including the introduction of a short-term charging structure for public access to
the STEM Starts Discovery Centre, to operate as an interim pilot pending completion of
the final Business Plan. 
1.3  The report also asks the Committee to note that long-term arrangements, including
charges and recruitment of additional staff, will be presented to Committee for approval
after recess, following completion of the final STEM Starts Business Plan.  
1.4  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education
Authority.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  The Moray Growth Deal Early Years STEM Project (STEM Starts) has entered its delivery
phase following approval of the project’s Full Business Case in November 2024. The
STEM Starts Discovery Centre, located at Elgin Library, is now operational and has been
welcoming school and Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) settings since February 2026.
Since opening, there has been considerable demand to open the facility to the public;
Item 16.*
Page 165

Page 166

however, project resourcing and staffing capacity are limited and remain focused on
educational outcomes.  
2.2  To respond to this demand in a planned and sustainable way, GC Insight has been
commissioned to develop a comprehensive Business Plan for the future operation and
growth of the STEM Starts Programme. This will consider options for expanding public
access, strengthening delivery across additional sites, identifying staffing requirements
and introducing an appropriate charging structure to support the long-term sustainability
of the service without compromising its core educational purpose.  
2.3  Outputs of the Business Plan will not be available until after Committee recess. Approval
is therefore sought to implement the service changes set out in this report in advance of
the summer holiday period. This includes the introduction of a short-term interim
charging structure for public access, to operate as a pilot pending completion of the final
Business Plan.   
2.4  Costs associated with interim arrangements will be met within the project’s existing
revenue budget, with no cost implications to the Council in the short-term. Long-term
proposals, including any future staffing requirements, will be presented to Committee
after recess following completion of the final Business Plan. Any additional staffing
proposed at that stage would be on a 100% cost recovery basis.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS 
3.1  It is recommended that Committee: 
i)  Notes the significant public demand for access to the STEM Starts
Discovery Centre and that, within existing Moray Growth Deal resources,
any expansion of public access must be carefully managed to avoid an
adverse impact on delivery of the core educational programme. This is
likely to require additional staffing and the introduction of an appropriate
charging structure; 
ii)  Approves the service changes set out in this report, including the
introduction of a short-term interim charge of £7 per child ticket and £4 per
adult ticket, for public access to the STEM Starts Discovery Centre, to
operate as an interim pilot pending completion of the final Business Plan;
and 
iii)  Notes that longer-term arrangements, including charges and any additional
staffing requirements, will be presented in the STEM Starts Business Plan
and brought back to Committee for approval after recess. 
Sarah Barnes
EY STEM Senior Project Officer (Education, Housing and Communities) 
Page 166

Page 167

4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  The delivery of the Moray Growth Deal (MGD) will enable the region to leverage over
£100m of investment to maximise regional economic competitiveness and boost
economic growth with transformational outcomes for the region and its residents.  
4.2  The Early Years STEM Project is one of four Moray Growth Deal projects led by Moray
Council. STEM Starts aims to raise the STEM aspirations of children aged 3 to 8 by
increasing access to high-quality STEM learning experiences, providing opportunities for
family and inter-generational learning, and offering ongoing training and support for staff
in STEM delivery.  
4.3  £4.8 million of capital funding and £1.6 million of revenue funding are committed to the
Early Years STEM Project. The Scottish Government is providing £3.5 million of capital
funding and Moray Council is providing the remaining £1.3 million of capital funding and
£1.6 million of revenue funding. The Full Business Case was approved in 2024, and the
project has now entered the delivery phase.  
4.4  STEM Starts is a 10‑year programme delivered in three phases. Phase 1, now nearing
completion, includes the launch of the new STEM Starts Discovery Centre along with a
mobile and outreach offer. The centre has recently opened and is welcoming school
groups, while outreach activity is expanding across Moray. Phase 2 will see the network
expand to include satellite sites in the east and west of the region, as well as an outdoor
STEM centre operated by a partner organisation. Phase 3 will introduce a STEM Grants
Scheme to support STEM activity across community and educational settings.   
4.5  Moray Growth Deal capital funding is secured until 2031/32 and will support costs
associated with planning and development, construction and fit-out, and the purchase of
STEM equipment and resources. Moray Council will support the associated revenue costs
of the project until 2033/34, including rent and utilities, exhibit maintenance, programme
development, and a limited staffing provision comprising a STEM Engagement Manager
and two part-time STEM Coordinators, whose remit is to support and strengthen STEM
learning across ELC and school settings.  
4.6  Since opening in February 2026, the STEM Starts Discovery Centre has welcomed over
790 adults and 1900 children. This includes ELC visits, primary school visits, home
educator sessions, sessions for uniformed and targeted groups, and public sessions
delivered as resourcing allows. 
281
511
984 921
Education Public
STEM Centre Visit by Type
Adults Children
Page 167

Page 168

Quantitative and qualitative data has been obtained through feedback surveys, with 96%
of responses indicating excellent in relation to overall experience. 
Comments include: 
“The centre is a fantastic place that provides a calm, inclusive and safe environment for
all children. All our children were engaged in all the activities and were immediately
asking us when they could return. Free play is promoted and the children got to explore on
their own terms, whilst advice and educational support is offered as and when the
children approach the leaders.” 
“The centre is lovely and a much-needed space.  Our group was only girls, and it was
great to see them so curious about each area and wanting to get involved and interact
with everything.” 
“Absolutely brilliant, so much to do, I don’t feel like we even touched the sides in the hour
we spent there! Great to see so many parents interacting with their kids (not always a
common sight these days).” 
4.7  Since opening, the STEM Starts Discovery Centre has generated significant interest from
families and communities across Moray. While the current operating model prioritises
school and ELC provision, limited pilot public sessions have been offered to test demand
and inform future delivery. Demand for these sessions has been exceptionally high, and
free bookable sessions released via Eventbrite have consistently reached capacity within
25%
25%
46%
2% 2%
STEM Centre Visits by Age Group
Adults
Nursery
P1 - P4
P5 - P7
Secondary
174
6
Excellent
Good
Average
Poor
STEM Starts Centre Satisfaction Rating
Page 168

Page 169

minutes. Feedback obtained through surveys demonstrates a clear demand to open the
facility for public access and a clear willingness to pay for visits. 
Families were asked how much they would be willing to pay for access to the STEM
Centre, and 47 responses were received. The feedback suggests that families would be
willing to pay between £5 and £7 for a child ticket (ages 3-16), while expecting lower prices
for adults and children under 3.   
4.8  Feedback on social media has highlighted both the strong appetite for access and
frustration from families unable to secure spaces due to limited availability. 
Comments include: 
“Will there be a move to paid sessions or more free sessions Moray Council? I keep
missing out on these and aware others are too. I would be more than happy to pay if it
meant getting a space” 
“I understand the need to develop a sustainable model but surely in the meantime it
wouldn’t harm to test paying sessions given the demand? There is enough understanding
to realise things might change in the future, but it’s been months now and seems counter
intuitive to not respond to levels of engagement. The model doesn’t need to be perfect to
get started…” 
4.9  This feedback highlights a growing gap between public demand for the STEM Starts
Discovery Centre and the Council’s current capacity to meet it within the existing
100
100
LIKELY TO VISIT THE CENTRE IN
THE FUTURE
LIKELY TO RECOMMEND THE
CENTRE TO FAMILY OR
FRIENDS
% OF TOTAL RESPONSES (96)
0
10
20
30
40
£0 £3 £5 £7 £10
Number of Responses Indicating a Fair Price Ticket
Price
Children Under 3 Children 3 - 12 Children 12 - 16 Adults
Page 169

Page 170

operating model. While the focus on school and ELC provision remains aligned with the
project’s core aims, current arrangements are unlikely to meet sustained community
interest over time. This underlines the need to consider how access can be managed
more effectively while protecting delivery of the core educational programme. There is
also a reputational risk to the Council if expectations are raised but access remains too
limited to meet demand. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  As the STEM Starts Programme progresses into Phase 2, options are being explored to
broaden the service offer and increase public access. GC Insight has been commissioned
to prepare a comprehensive Business Plan to guide this work, including future delivery
models, staffing requirements, and income generation. A detailed charging structure is
being developed as part of this work; however, it will not be finalised until after
Committee recess.  
5.2  The summer school holiday period is expected to generate increased demand for family
and community use of the facility. Demand is expected to be further influenced by the
Centre’s location within Cooper Park, and its proximity to activity generated by wider
regeneration projects, including the Cultural Quarter and proposals set out in the Cooper
Park Masterplan. To respond appropriately during this busy period, it is necessary to seek
authority now to implement operational changes, including the introduction of an interim
charging structure for public access, to operate as an interim pilot pending completion of
the final Business Plan and subsequent Committee consideration. 
5.3  It is proposed that a short-term pilot be introduced from the summer holiday period to the
end of the October holiday period, with a charging structure of £4 per adult ticket and £7
per child ticket. The summer programme would operate across 9 days over a 3-week
period, providing a total of 27 sessions of 90 minutes each. The October programme
would operate across 3 days over the 2-week holiday period, providing a total of 9
sessions of 90 minutes each. These sessions would be staffed using existing ELC relief
staff and funded from the ring-fenced project revenue budget. Each session will be
supported by 3 members of relief ELC staff. 
5.4  A total of £20,256 of revenue underspend has been carried forward from 2025/26 into
2026/27 and ring-fenced to support temporary staffing costs associated with service
expansion. Funding was approved in a Change Request presented to the Moray Growth
Deal Programme Board in April. This funding will meet all proposed staffing and
operational costs associated with the temporary operational changes, with no additional
cost implications for the Council. Any income generated during this period is surplus and
will be used to support future operating costs associated with long-term expansion. It is
anticipated that long-term arrangements will be on a 100% cost recovery basis, and this
information will be presented to Committee in the final Business Plan following recess. 
5.5  The proposal for the short-term pilot is as follows: 
Page 170

Page 171

Operating Assumptions
The financial model is based on the following operational parameters over summer
• 9 days opening in July 
• 3 days opening in October
• 3 staff members working 7 hours per day (09:00–16:00, including a 30-minute
break)
• Chargeable sessions: 3 per day (09:30–11:00, 11:15–12:45, 13:30–15:00)
• Staffing grades: 3 x Grade 6 (£18.60/hr + 35% Oncosts) = £25.11 per hour
Staff Costs 
Jul - Oct Pilot - 3 staff members per session 
Staffing model Hourly rate Oncosts (35%) Total hourly Total over 12
days @ 7 hrs
per day
3 x Grade 6 £18.60 £6.51 £25.11 £6327.72     
Benchmarking
To ensure the proposed charging model is both competitive and sustainable, ticket prices
have been benchmarked against other Scottish science discovery centres/local services:
Centre Adult ticket Child ticket Under 3s 
Aberdeen Science
centre 
£12.50-£13.75 £8.25-£9.07 Free
Dundee Science
Centre
£8.75 £6.75 Free
Glasgow Science
Centre
£14-£15.50 £11-£12 Free
PINZ Elgin £1 £4 for under 2
2-4 £6
5 to 10- £7
Adults £2
Under 2s free
Byers Farm £10.58 £10.58 Under 12 months
free 
Projected Income
Income projections are based on ticket sales at £7 per child and £4 per adult, with a
venue capacity of 50, assuming 40 paying attendees per session. Income is modelled at
100%, 80%, 50%, and 25% attendance levels. 
Page 171

Page 172

Jul- Oct Pilot - 36 Sessions (Adults £4, children 2+ £7, under 2s free) 
Option 1A  Option 1B
Attendance level 20 adults paying £4
20 children paying £7
15 adults paying £4 
25 children paying £7 
100% £7920 £8460
80% £6336 £6768
50% £3960 £4230
25% £1980 £2115 
5.6  This report therefore asks the Committee to approve the service changes as set out in this
report, including the introduction of a short-term charging structure for public access to
the STEM Starts Discovery Centre, to operate as a pilot pending completion of the final
Business Plan.  
5.7  The report also asks Committee to note that costs associated with interim arrangements
will be met within existing project revenue budgets, and that long-term arrangements,
including charges and recruitment of additional staff, will be proposed on a 100% cost
recovery basis, and will be presented to Committee for approval following recess. 
5.8  The proposal aligns with the Charges for Services Policy, which states that Service
Committees can approve new charges related to their remit at any stage during the
financial year.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) X 
Policy and Legal X 
Financial X 
Risk X 
Staffing X 
Best Value and Transformation X 
Property  X
Information Communications Technology/Digital             X 
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact             X 
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  X 
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
Page 172

Page 173

a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☐ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☒ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☒ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council has authority to consider these proposals through its functions as Education
Authority and in accordance with the Scheme of Administration. Any charging structure
introduced for public access to the STEM Starts Discovery Centre must also be progressed
in line with the Council’s Charges for Services Policy and within the remit of the relevant
Service Committee.  
6.4  Financial 
The proposal set out in this report is to implement a short-term charging structure for
public access, with expected income generation to be in the region of £6,000 - £8,000.
Costs associated with the short-term service expansion include staffing costs for 3 relief
ELC staff working over 12 days from July to October and valued at £6,327.72. These costs
will be funded from ring-fenced project revenue budget with £20,256 of revenue costs
allocated in 2026/27 to support temporary staffing costs associated with service
expansion. In the short-term there are no cost implications to the Council. Long-term
arrangements will be detailed in the final Business Plan and presented to Committee for
approval following recess. 
6.5  Risk 
There is a risk that, without agreed interim arrangements and delegated authority to act,
the Council may be unable to respond effectively to public demand during the summer
period. There is also a reputational risk if expectations regarding public access cannot be
managed appropriately, alongside an operational risk if increased access adversely
affects delivery of the core educational offer.  
6.6  Staffing
Any expansion of public access is likely to require additional staffing resource.  In the short
term, delivery of any expanded public access offer during the interim period will be
supported through a combination of existing STEM Starts staff and wider service
resources, including ELC relief staff, pending the outcome of the Business Plan.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
The development of a comprehensive Business Plan supports Best Value by helping to
ensure that the STEM Starts Programme is delivered in a sustainable, efficient and
outcome-focused way. Exploring options for public access, staffing, income generation
Page 173

Page 174

and future delivery models will support service transformation and help the Council
maximise the benefit of its Moray Growth Deal investment while protecting delivery of the
core educational offer.  
6.8  Property 
There are no direct property implications arising from the recommendations in this report
beyond the operation of the existing STEM Starts Discovery Centre and associated
facilities.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no direct information communications, technology or digital implications arising
from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
The expansion of public access has the potential to widen participation in high-quality
STEM learning opportunities for children and families across Moray. Any future charging
model will be developed with consideration of equalities and socio-economic impact,
including affordability and measures to ensure inclusive access for low-income families. 
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no direct climate change or biodiversity implications arising from the
recommendations in this report. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Executive Director Education,
Housing and Communities, the Executive Director Economy, Enterprise & Operations,
Head of Education (Chief Education Officer), Service Manager Legal Services, Chief
Financial Officer, Service Manager Early Years, Service Manager Growth Deal, Caroline
O’Connor, Committee Services Officer, and the STEM Manager. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  1. Early Years STEM Full Business Case   
Page 174

Page 175

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing & Communities 
Author: Hazel Sly Contact Email: education@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education (HMIE) Inspection of Drumduan
Kindergarten 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to inform the Committee of the outcomes of a published
report on a Moray Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) setting following inspection by
Education Scotland’s His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education (HMIE)  
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education
Authority. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report summarises the contents of, and evaluations, from an Education Scotland
HMiE visit to Drumduan Kindergarten in December 2025 and a further revisit in March
2026. 
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1 It is recommended that Committee:   
i)  Scrutinise and note the contents of this report and findings of His Majesty’s
Inspectors of Education (HMIE) following their initial and further inspection
visits; and 
ii)  Note that the setting actively engaged with the link Continuous Improvement
Officer (CIO) and followed a clear action plan to achieve the outcome
detailed from the March 2026 visit.   
Item 17.*
Page 175

Page 176

Hazel Sly
Service Manager Early Years 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1 When an ELC setting is inspected by HMIE a report is published which gives commentary
on the setting’s performance. These reports are presented regularly to this Committee,
where possible at the first available opportunity after publication.  
4.2 In December 2025 and March 2026, HMIE inspected Drumduan Kindergarten, Forres using
the Short Inspection Model under the new Shared Quality Framework.  
4.3 The key features of the short inspection model during the initial visit were; 
- The team compromised of 2 inspectors.
- The team spent from Monday afternoon to Thursday morning at the setting,
incorporating scoping and feedback within this timeframe.
- The ELC inspecting team engaged with the School team, namely the lead
inspector. 
4.4 During the initial visit the HMIE Inspection team gathered evidence to evaluate the
kindergarten’s work using three quality indicators from the Quality improvement
framework for the early learning and childcare sectors,  these were evaluated using the six
point scale. The three quality indicators were namely; 
Curriculum
Learning, Teaching and Assessment
Wellbeing, inclusion and equity  
4.5 The inspectors also had a focus on safeguarding, as is the case in every inspection.  
4.6 The initial inspection findings in December 2025 indicated that Drumduan Kindergarten
did not have the capacity to continue to improve and it was agreed a return visit in 
connection with this inspection would be completed with a 6 month period.  
4.7 The summary of the December 2025 inspection report is contained in Appendix 1. The
original inspection report and summary of inspection findings can be viewed at; 
Drumduan (Steiner) School ELC summarised inspection findings 02/12/25  
4.8 Over the 6 month period, from December 2025 to March 2026, Drumduan Kindergarten
worked closely with their Continuous Improvement Officer (CIO), to develop a clear action
plan. Scrutiny and challenge was applied in the key areas of evaluation to prepare for the
future inspection. 
4.9 The focus areas were Curriculum, Learning, Teaching and Assessment, Children
supported to achieve and Safeguarding and child protection.  
4.10 The following areas for improvement were identified; 
Page 176

Page 177

Curriculum – Tracking & monitoring systems to be developed                
-      Identifying next steps
- Transitions for children moving from Steiner Waldorf to Local Authority schools
- Learning, Teaching & Assessment – Observation training delivered by Local
Authority to all staff
- Planning systems to developed
- Creation of individual learning profiles for all children 
Children supported to achieve 
– Develop more robust personal care plans with clear detailed strategies 
Safeguarding and child protection 
– Review/update all risk assessments
-  Review fire protocols/regulations
- Updating all Kindergarten Policies
- Review of medication procedures/policy
- Put in place Quality Assurance processes.  
4.11 The action plan was reviewed regularly throughout the six month period.  
4.12 The HMIE  team notified of a return inspection in March 2026. Initially this was intended for
both School and Kindergarten however the Drumduan School had closed. HMIE confirmed
the inspection would proceed for the Kindergarten focusing on the areas for improvement
from the original inspection in December 2025.  
4.13 HMIE found that the ELC manager had worked closely with the CIO and continued to lead
improvements at pace across the Kindergarten, with a strong sense of leadership for the
whole community. 
4.14 Although it was recognised the closure of the lower, middle and upper schools restricted
the evidence that could be gathered the Kindergarten was still seen to be making
significant progress particularly around monitoring progress that children were making in
their learning.  
4.15 The Kindergarten was deemed as having capacity to improve and no further visits are
required as part of this inspection. 
The summary of the March 2026 inspection report is contained in Appendix 2. The revisit
inspection report can be viewed at; 
Drumduan (Steiner) School further inspection  
4.16 As a private funded setting, Drumduan Kindergarten will continue to inform key
stakeholders, including parents/carers, on the settings progress through standard
channels of communication. The CIO will also maintain the link officer role to ensure, as a
local authority, we are taking a robust approach to providing Quality ELC experiences
across Moray.  
Page 177

Page 178

4.17 For reference, the HM Inspectors of Education visit report published in December 2025
can be found in Appendix 1 and the subsequent report from March 2026 can be found in
Appendix 2. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
4.1  There are no proposals directly linked to this paper.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
5.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan)  X
Policy and Legal X 
Financial  X
Risk  X
Staffing  X
Best Value and Transformation  X
Property  X
Information Communications Technology/Digital            X
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   X
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  X 
5.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☐ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population   
5.3  Policy and Legal 
This report relates to Section 66 of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980, which concerns the
inspection of educational establishments.  
5.4  Financial
Page 178

Page 179

There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. 
5.5  Risk 
There are no risk implications arising directly from this report.  
5.6  Staffing 
There are no staffing implications arising directly from this report.  
5.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no best value and transformation implications arising directly from this report.  
5.8  Property 
There are no property implications arising directly from this report.  
5.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no information communications, technology or digital implications arising
directly from this report.  
5.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
The inspection findings for the quality indicator ‘Wellbeing, inclusion and equality’ were
positive.  There are no equalities, social inclusion or economic implications arising directly
from this report.  
5.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no climate change and biodiversity implications arising directly from this report. 
7.  CONSULTATION  
6.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Head of Education (Chief Education
Officer), Equal Opportunities Officer, C O’Connor, Committee Services Officer, Senior
Officers in ELC and Drumduan Kindergarten Manager and any comments made have been
incorporated into the report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
7.1  Drumduan ELC – Summarised inspection findings (December 2025) 
Drumduan School & ELC – Inspection report (December 2025)
Drumduan ELC – Inspection report (March 2026)   
Page 179

Page 180

No embedded text on this page.

Page 181

for Scotland’s learners with Scotland’s educators
do luchd-ionnsachaidh na h-Alba le luchd-foghlaim Alba
Summarised inspection findings
Drumduan (Steiner) School
Independent
2 December 2025
Education Scotland early learning and childcare inspections (pilot
phase)
HM Inspectors gathered evidence to enable us to evaluate the kindergarten’s work using three
quality indicators from the Quality improvement framework for the early learning and childcare
sectors. As this inspection is part of Education Scotland’s inspection pilot phase using the Quality
improvement framework for early learning and childcare sectors, these quality indicators have not
been graded. This document provides our summarised findings.
APPENDIX 1
Page 181

Page 182

1   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
Key contextual information
Drumduan Kindergarten is situated within Drumduan School. The school is in the town of Forres.
The kindergarten is in partnership with Moray Council to provide funded early learning and
childcare. Children have access to three playrooms and an extensive outdoor environment.
The kindergarten is registered for 38 children from the age of three to those not yet attending
primary school. At the time of the inspection, there were 23 children on the roll. The kindergarten
operates term time from 8.30 am until 1 pm.
At the time of the inspection, the kindergarten manager had been in post for four weeks. She leads
the kindergarten team, who are also new in their roles. There is a kindergarten teacher, an interim
kindergarten teacher, three kindergarten assistants and a parent and child lead. 
The kindergarten follows the philosophy of Steiner Waldorf Education. Children do not use digital
technology in any form. There is no formalised teaching of or overt exposure to, early language
and mathematics. 
Curriculum 
This quality indicator highlights the importance of placing the needs, interests, rights and
progress of children at the centre of curriculum design and implementation. Curriculum is
defined as the totality of all that is planned for children from ELC, through school and beyond.
It emphasises that children are entitled to a curriculum underpinned by the principles of
curriculum design and enriched through meaningful learning experiences indoors, outdoors and
within the community. It recognises the need for all children to experience opportunities to
develop the interests, knowledge, skills, and attributes they will need to adapt, thrive and
achieve in today’s world. This quality indicator also recognises the importance of the curriculum
supporting progress in children’s learning as they enter the setting and at key points of
transition.
The themes are:
• curriculum rationale and design
• continuity and progression in the curriculum
• partnerships
• skills for life and learning
n Practitioners deliver a curriculum which is based firmly on the Steiner Waldorf Education
principles. The curriculum is holistic, and subjects are not considered separately but are woven
into the daily rhythm, thus reinforcing the inter-connection. In this way, the activities and
environment meet the cognitive, emotional, physical and social needs of the children well in a
variety of different ways. The curriculum is also shaped by the rhythm of the seasons in the
year. Practitioners work successfully to develop a sense of coherence for the children,
ensuring that activities are relevant and meaningful. This includes creating links between
different activities with the seasons and festivals. For example, in autumn, children experience
rolling oats, processing apples, raking leaves and making wheat dolls. This helps children to
make appropriate links and connections between their life experiences and their understanding
of the world. An important aspect of this work is the use of processes. Practitioners plan
activities that follow a process from beginning to end over a significant period of time, matching
each activity to the relevant time of year.
Page 182

Page 183

2   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
n Practitioners support children very well to improve their early communication and language
skills through daily singing, rhymes and storytelling. Children experience well-modelled,
extensive vocabulary from the adults around them. They develop fine motor skills very well
through holistic play, work, and craft activities. Practitioners incorporate practical and natural
early mathematical learning into many aspects of children’s daily routines and activities. For
example, setting the table and measuring for woodwork projects. Children’s social skills and
independence are enhanced through a range of activities, including shared mealtimes, working
together and the regular celebration of festivals. Children’s knowledge and understanding of
the world grows through their experiences, both indoors and out. Practitioners are beginning to
plan activities that build progressively on children’s prior learning. 
n Outdoor learning is a key feature of Steiner Waldorf Education. Children enjoy time in the
garden daily or on woodland walks. This is helping them develop an early understanding of the
natural world and learning for sustainability. Children progress their gross motor skills
including, climbing, running, balancing and swinging energetically and with enthusiasm. 
n Practitioners celebrate children’s success, confidence and contributions to the life and work of
the kindergarten very well through praise. Practitioners identify important lifelong skills children
are developing as they play and carry out kindergarten routines. For example, they identify
when children demonstrate effective collaboration and communication with their peers as they
explore in the garden. The nursery manager should now work with practitioners to develop
their monitoring and tracking processes across the Steiner Waldorf Education framework. This
should support them to begin to record children’s progress in learning and plan appropriate
next steps for all children. 
n Practitioners build strong relationships with families through daily interactions, festivals,
storytelling, and shared rituals. Parents enjoy opportunities to learn with their children.
Practitioners keep parents up to date about their child’s progress in learning through planned
meetings across the year. The nursery manager and practitioners recognise there could be
more opportunities to work with parents to help them support their child’s learning and develop
shared rituals at home. 
n Practitioners take care to ensure important pastoral transitions are personalised and well
planned to support children transition into kindergarten. The nursery manager and practitioners
should now consider how to work better with partners to ensure a positive transition into
school. This should include a stronger focus on curricular transitions which support continuity
and progression in learning.
Page 183

Page 184

3   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
Learning, teaching and assessment
This quality indicator focuses on how children benefit from access to high quality spaces and
well-established routines that help them feel secure and ready to engage. It explores how
children are supported to build positive relationships, regulate their emotions, and purposefully
participate in a wide range of motivating learning experiences. It demonstrates the importance
of staff having a high level of skill supported by strong pedagogical leadership. This includes a
clear understanding of pedagogy, the concept of play, how children learn, children’s rights and
children’s behaviour.
It places value on high quality relationships, consistent expectations, and skilled interactions
that enable children to sustain engagement, follow routines, and build independence in their
learning. This indicator highlights the importance of observing and interacting sensitively with
children to plan and assess their learning. It recognises the value of involving children fully in
planning their learning indoors, outdoors and within the local community. This quality indicator
emphasises the importance of robust tracking and monitoring of children’s progress to ensure
practitioners know all children very well as learners. 
The themes are:
• children’s learning and engagement
• interactions to support learning
• planning and assessment
• tracking and monitoring
n Children benefit from secure relationships with practitioners. They thrive within their familiar
routines and embrace all of their learning and play experiences. Practitioners guide children
skilfully in building respectful relationships with each other. They help children to use their
hands, heart and head to regulate their emotions, and respect the needs of others. As a result,
the ethos in the learning spaces is calm and unhurried. This is enabling children to become
increasingly independent and lead their own learning. 
n Children have control over the purpose and direction of their play. They sustain their choice of
task for considerable periods of time and often make connections across different tasks,
incorporating different materials and ideas. Children demonstrate readily and vocalise their
imagination giving a clear insight into their understanding of the world. They enjoy representing
homely scenes and like to revisit and build on the stories shared skilfully with them by
practitioners. 
n Children are flourishing in their outdoor learning environment. They reflect a strong connection
to nature and use all of their space to investigate, create and explore. Children use logs,
swings and opportunities for climbing to challenge themselves in physically demanding ways
which promote achievement and resilience. 
n Practitioners use the very familiar routines and tasks of Steiner Waldorf Education to guide
children as they learn alongside their friends. They demonstrate a deep understanding of child
development as they interact with children, building their capacity to take responsibility for and
value their own learning. Practitioners use consistent learning and teaching approaches across
their playrooms and respond appropriately to children’s differing needs. They pay close
attention to the use of nurturing transitions as children move through the natural rhythm of their
session seamlessly.
Page 184

Page 185

4   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
n Practitioners, in line with the Steiner Waldorf Education approach, allow children’s play to
develop naturally. They interact with children for defined purposes, for example, to overcome
challenges and add play materials. Practitioners do not interrupt children or incorporate
formalised teaching approaches as they play. The learning environment is prepared with
open-ended, natural materials incorporating current seasons and festivals. These are valued
highly by children. 
n Practitioners work closely with families to gather helpful information about children’s
preferences and needs. They use this sensitively to support children’s holistic development
and approach to transitions. Practitioners are beginning to make written observations of
children’s learning. They use this information thoughtfully as they learn to plan together as a
team. Practitioners have experienced interrupted leadership. As a result, the recording of
children’s learning and progress is not systematic or rigorous enough. The manager has begun
to explore with her team how this can be developed. Children do not have individual profiles
about their learning experiences which they access. Practitioners now recognise the value in
gathering appropriate evidence of children’s learning to help them evaluate children’s progress
and achievement over time. 
n Practitioners do not have systems in place to monitor, evaluate and report on children’s
progress and achievements. They share openly and regularly with families through
conversations and emails what they see children learn and their wellbeing. The manager has
made a prompt start in beginning to address the lack of monitoring and tracking processes.
Practitioners must introduce effective systems which reflect all of the learning children engage
in. They need to demonstrate how well children are making progress during their entire time in
kindergarten. Any processes put in place should now be sustained during any changes to the
practitioner team.  
Page 185

Page 186

5   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
Wellbeing, inclusion and equality 
This quality indicator highlights the importance of positive relationships and children’s
wellbeing. It recognises the importance of providing high quality, inclusive, and appropriate
rights-based support.
These approaches result in improved outcomes for children’s learning, wellbeing and
participation. It takes full account of children who may require additional support to access and
benefit fully from their entitlement to high quality ELC. This includes identifying and assessing
their learning and wellbeing needs in a timely manner and providing personalised and targeted
support. 
This quality indicator recognises that strong, collaborative partnership working between those
supporting children is essential. It highlights the importance of meaningful engagement with
children and families to inform decisions about how children’s needs should be met.
This quality indicator emphasises the important role senior leaders play in ensuring all staff
have relevant and worthwhile professional learning to meet the diverse and sometimes
complex needs of children. 
The themes are: 
• positive relationships and wellbeing
• universal support
• Identifying and assessing learning needs and targeted support
• inclusion and equality
n Families and practitioners agree the most appropriate attendance pattern for individual
children. As a result, children attend well. Practitioners have clear processes in place where
children are absent unexpectedly. Most children are excited to come to the kindergarten and
look forward to playing with their friends. A few children who are new to kindergarten are
supported very sensitively to begin to make confident transitions from home. 
n Most children manage their emotions and behaviour respectfully. They are attuned to each
other’s ways of being. A few children are learning the ways of Steiner Waldorf Education.
Practitioners support children very sensitively to embrace the holistic, calm environment. 
n Practitioners use the Steiner Waldorf Education approach consistently to help children and
young people understand how to maintain positive wellbeing. Children demonstrate they feel
safe through their play outdoors and in the ways they separate from their families each
morning. They are active in energetic play every day and understand which foods from nature
bring them health. Children express a sense of achievement as they learn to negotiate physical
challenges outdoors. They readily share their delight with others when they have concluded a
task to their satisfaction. Children are nurtured, respected and included by practitioners and
their friends. Practitioners notice and offer support warmly when children need reassurance.
They have instilled in children a strong sense of shared responsibility for their indoor and
outdoor environments. 
n Staff identify, using observations and their knowledge of how children learn, the individual
needs of children. They work closely with families to agree strategies and approaches to offer
individual support to children. Support plans are in place for individual children. However, more
detailed plans are required. These should include clearer, measurable targets and strategies to
Page 186

Page 187

6   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
support learning and development. The nursery manager should build further rigour into the
process by implementing regular target reviews with parents and partners. This will enable
practitioners to clearly identify the strategies that are successfully supporting children to make
the best possible progress. 
n Practitioners treat children with care and respect and value their individual cultures and needs.
They welcome all children warmly into the setting each day. Children are fully involved in the
rhythms and routines of the kindergarten. This helps all children to feel safe and included.
Practitioners and children celebrate diverse cultures through the resources in the room,
storying telling, songs and community festivals throughout the year. This is helping to increase
children’s awareness of the importance of respecting difference. Practitioners should develop
further their approaches for children to learn about and understand their rights. This will further
enhance children’s growing sense of agency, belonging and identity.  
Page 187

Page 188

7   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
Safeguarding
n The school submitted self-evaluation information related to child protection and safeguarding.
Inspectors discussed this information with relevant staff and, where appropriate, children. In
addition, inspectors examined a sample of safeguarding documentation. Areas for
development have been agreed with the school and the Board of Trustees.  
Page 188

Page 189

8   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
Other relevant evidence
n The expansion of funded hours available has enabled a wider range of families to access the
Steiner Waldorf kindergarten without incurring costs. If families wish their children to continue
their education at the school they will be required to pay fees. There is increasing community
awareness that the kindergarten is in partnership with Moray Council to provide funded early
learning and childcare.
n Families do not use their entire allocation of funding. The kindergarten is open in the mornings
only and no child has a split placement. Families have expressed their preference to have their
child in the family home in the afternoons.
n Practitioners state that the increase to funded hours has enabled a few parents to undertake
further learning or training or enter employment. 
Page 189

Page 190

9   | Summarised inspection findings – ELC pilot phase 
Drumduan (Steiner) School (1070231) 
Independent © Crown Copyright
Explanation of terms of quantity 
The following standard Education Scotland terms of quantity are used in this report: 
All 100%
Almost all 91%-99%
Most 75%-90%
Majority 50%-74%
Minority/less than half 15%-49%
A few less than 15% 
Other quantitative terms used in this report are to be understood as in common English usage
Page 190

Page 191

1   |   Drumduan (Steiner) School, Independent, 1070231 © Crown Copyright
19 May 2026
Dear Parent/Carer
In December 2025, HM Inspectors published a letter on Drumduan (Steiner) School and
Kindergarten. The letter set out a number of areas for improvement which we agreed with
the school and the Board of Trustees. Recently, as you may know, we visited the kindergarten
again. At the time of our visit the lower, middle and upper schools were closed. As a result, we
were unable to evaluate the progress made towards the areas for improvement in relation to
the school age provision. During our visit, we worked closely with the kindergarten manager,
the Board of Trustees and a representative of Moray Council. We heard from them and
other staff about the steps the kindergarten has taken to improve. We looked at particular
areas that had been identified in the original inspection. As a result, we were able to find out
about the progress the kindergarten has made and how well this is supporting children's
learning and achievements. This letter sets out what we found. 
The newly appointed education manager and kindergarten manager should continue to
develop their leadership roles to improve the work of the school. The Board of Trustees
need to take a greater role in supporting them on this improvement journey.
There has been significant progress towards this area for improvement in the kindergarten.
The kindergarten manager was very new in post at the original inspection. She worked at
pace to create a detailed action plan. The plan was informed using the inspection findings
and her own, accurate evaluation of the kindergarten’s strengths and areas where
improvement was needed. The kindergarten manager’s skill in developing highly effective
relationships with the Drumduan community, has supported her to foster a confident and
effective team. The team work well together to deliver effective improvement. 
The Board of Trustees has now appointed a dedicated member of the Board to link directly
with the kindergarten. This is impacting positively on relationships between the kindergarten
team and the Board. Staff now feel valued and are better supported to take forward their
work. The trustee should continue to work with the kindergarten manager to provide
informed support and challenge with a clear focus on ensuring all children flourish.
The Board has worked well with the kindergarten manager and local authority to expand the
kindergarten provision. Children and families now benefit from the option of full days.
Parents value the increased flexibility this offers them. Staff recognise the opportunity this
has given them to explore the flow of the day in line with the Steiner Waldorf principles. The
Board has taken significant steps to secure additional staffing. The team are making
effective use of the additional staffing to accelerate their ongoing development work.
APPENDIX 2
Page 191

Page 192

2   |   Drumduan (Steiner) School, Independent, 1070231 © Crown Copyright
Children and young people in the school require better opportunities to lead and take
responsibility. They should be more involved in decisions about their learning and their
school. The education manager and staff should develop a culture in which all children and
young people’s voices are heard and their opinions are valued. 
Due to the closure of the lower, middle and upper schools, HM Inspectors did not gather
evidence on this area for improvement. 
Staff in the school need to develop a shared understanding of high-quality learning and
teaching in line with Steiner Waldorf approaches. They should improve teaching to ensure
children and young people’s learning is motivating and well matched to their needs and
abilities. 
Due to the closure of the lower, middle and upper schools, HM Inspectors did not gather
evidence on this area for improvement. 
Staff across the school and kindergarten should develop approaches that will allow them to
understand the progress children and young people are making in their learning. They
should use information about children and young people’s progress to plan learning which
supports children and young people to make the best possible progress. 
There has been significant progress towards this area for improvement in the kindergarten.
The kindergarten manager has been proactive in exploring approaches to identifying and
recording the progress children make. She has built highly effective partnerships, including
Steiner kindergartens and Waldorf UK, to ensure that new systems align well with Steiner
Waldorf approaches. 
All staff have participated in effective professional development. This has enhanced their
knowledge and skills in observing children as they play and using the information gathered to
inform next steps in learning. Staff articulate clearly the positive impact this is having on their
practice. They record observations that are deeply personal and focus on children’s
emotional wellbeing, social development, creativity and emerging literacy and numeracy
skills. All staff have a deep understanding of each child as an individual. Their new planning
approaches outline clearly the individual support they put in place to ensure every child
receives the right support at the right time. 
Managers and the Board of Trustees have worked together to take forward areas for
improvement in safeguarding which required urgent action. They should now continue to
address other safeguarding issues and review the impact of this work over time. 
The Board have taken positive steps to improve approaches to safeguarding. 
Page 192

Page 193

3   |   Drumduan (Steiner) School, Independent, 1070231 © Crown Copyright
What happens next? 
The kindergarten has made significant progress since the original inspection. We are
confident that the kindergarten has the capacity to continue to improve and so we will make
no more visits in connection with this inspection. The Board of Trustees will inform parents
about the kindergarten’s progress as part of its arrangements for reporting on the quality of
the school. 
HMIE was informed by the Registrar for Independent Schools that the Board of Trustees
voluntarily requested the school provision be removed from the Register of Independent
Schools on 12 March 2026. HM Inspectors will therefore make no further visits in connection
with the inspection of the school. 
Marion Carlton
HM Inspector 
On behalf of His Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Education in Scotland. 
Page 193

Page 194

Page 194

Page 195

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities 
Author: Stewart McLauchlan Contact Email: education@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education (HMIE) Inspection of Speyside
High School 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to inform the Committee of the outcomes of a recently
published report on a Moray school following inspection by His Majesty’s Inspectors of
Education (HMIE)  
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education
Authority. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report summarises the positive outcome from His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education
(HMIE) inspection in December 2025 for Speyside High School.  The school was subject to
a full model inspection visit where the four Quality Indicators reported upon were graded
as follows:  QI 1.3 (Leadership of Change) – Good; QI 2.3 (Learning, Teaching and
Assessment) – Good; QI 3.1 (Ensuring wellbeing, equality and inclusion) – Satisfactory; QI
3.2 (Raising attainment and achievement) - Good.  Following their inspection visit and
publication of report in February 2026, HMIE have indicated that they are confident that
the school has the capacity to continue to improve and will make no more visits in
connection with this positive inspection. 
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee scrutinise and note the contents of this report
and findings of HM Inspectors of Education (HMIE) following their full model
inspection visit, resulting in positive inspection outcome.   
Item 18.*
Page 195

Page 196

Stewart McLauchlan
Quality Improvement Manager 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  When a school is inspected by HMIE, a report is published which gives commentary on the
school’s performance.  These reports are presented regularly to Committee, where
possible at the first available opportunity after publication. 
4.2  In December 2025, a team of inspectors from HMIE visited Speyside High School.  During
their visit, inspectors talked to parents/carers and children and worked closely with the
Head Teacher and staff.    
4.3  Speyside High School was subject to a full model inspection visit spanning over five days
in total.  
4.4  The HM Inspectors of Education use selected Quality Indicators (QIs) from How good is
our school? 4th edition (HGIOS4), rated using the six-point scale.    
4.5  HM Inspectors of Education focus QIs for the Secondary school (full model inspection)
are: 
QI 1.3 Leadership of change
QI 2.3 Learning, teaching and assessment
QI 3.1 Ensuring wellbeing, equality and inclusion
QI 3.2 Raising attainment and achievement  
4.6  Similar to the short inspection model which cover two QIs (QI 2.3 – Learning, teaching and
assessment and QI 3.2 – Raising attainment and achievement), full model inspection visits
also include focus on Safeguarding and Child Protection processes.  
4.7  Following dialogue between HM Inspectors of Education the school and the local
authority, HMIE published Speyside High School’s Inspection Report on 24 February 2026
with the following gradings: 
QI 1.3 Leadership of change Good
QI 2.3 Learning, teaching and assessment Good
QI 3.1 Ensuring wellbeing, equality and inclusion Satisfactory
QI 3.2 Raising attainment and achievement Good 
4.8  The inspection team found the following strengths in the school’s work: 
• The headteacher and senior leaders work well together to seek positive outcomes for
young people. They demonstrate a strong commitment to ensuring the values of
ambitious, respectful, responsible and creative underpin the work of the school.
• Staff and young people have developed strong, mutually respectful relationships. This
has led to a calm, welcoming and supportive environment where young people are
motivated to learn.
Page 196

Page 197

• Young people feel a strong sense of belonging and pride in their school and
community. They work well with staff and a range of effective partners to develop their
skills and contribute to the wider life of the school.
• Young people who require additional support to access their learning are achieving
well by the time they leave school.  
4.9  The inspection team agreed the following areas for improvement with the Head Teacher
and Moray Education: 
• Staff should continue to raise the attainment of all young people based on increased
aspiration for all.
• Staff across the school should continue to work collaboratively to develop consistently
high-quality learning experiences. They should continue to build on existing good
practice to raise ambition, expectations and outcomes for young people.
• Senior and middle leaders should continue to develop ways to support young people’s
wellbeing consistently across the school. 
4.10  The HMIE inspection report and summary of inspection findings for the school can be
viewed at: 
Inspection Report
Summarised Inspection Findings
Additional Inspection Evidence  
4.11  Following inspection, HMIE have advised that they are confident that the school has the
capacity to continue to improve and will make no more visits in connection with the
inspection.    
4.12  As a local authority we will continue to inform key stakeholders including parents/carers
on the school’s progress through normal arrangements on reporting on quality of schools.  
4.13  In further recognition of this positive inspection outcome, a Press Release was published
on 24 February 2026 (day of HMIE report publication) to recognise the strengths
recognised by the inspection team as well as actions underway to address areas for
improvement identified.  
4.14  For reference, the HMIE visit report published in February 2026 following visit in December
2025 is contained within Appendix 1. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  It is proposed that the Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee scrutinise
and note the contents of this report, following positive full model inspection visit by His
Majesty’s Inspectors of Education as outlined above, to Speyside High School.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
Page 197

Page 198

SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) ✓ 
Policy and Legal  
Financial  
Risk  
Staffing  
Best Value and Transformation  
Property  
Information Communications Technology/Digital  
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact   
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☐ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3  Policy and Legal 
HM Inspectors’ powers to inspect educational establishments and services are set out in
legislation and referred to within section 135(1) of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980.  HM
Inspectors of Education (HMIE) have statutory functions of inspection conferred on them
by Part III of the 1980 Act.  Responsibility for the quality of education delivery rests with the
relevant local authority, as defined in section 1 (1) of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980
and further detailed within the Standards in Scotland’s Schools etc. Act 2000. 
6.4  Financial 
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. 
6.5  Risk 
There are no risk implications arising directly from this report.  
6.6  Staffing 
There are no staffing implications arising directly from this report.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation
Page 198

Page 199

There are no Best Value and Transformation implications where this report is to inform
Committee on school performance following external scrutiny/validation activity.  
6.8  Property 
There are no property implications arising directly from this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no Information Communications/Technology/Digital implications arising directly
from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
An Equality/Socio Economic Impact Assessment is not required as this report is to inform
Committee on school performance following external scrutiny/validation activity.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
No climate change or biodiversity implications have been determined due to the scrutiny
based nature of activities reported and no findings related to such implications contained
herein.     
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Head of Education (Chief Education
Officer), Equal Opportunities Officer, Human Resources Manager, C O’Connor, Committee
Services Officer, Senior Officers in Education and the Head Teacher of Speyside High
School and any comments made have been incorporated into the report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Inspection Report
Summarised Inspection Findings
Additional Inspection Evidence
Press Release
How good is our school? 4th edition
Education Scotland six-point scale   
Page 199

Page 200

No embedded text on this page.

Page 201

1   |   Speyside High School, Moray Council, 5208939 © Crown Copyright
24 February 2026
Dear Parent/Carer
In December 2025, a team of HM Inspectors of Education visited Speyside High School.
During our visit, we talked to parents/carers and young people and worked closely with the
headteacher and staff.  
The inspection team found the following strengths in the school’s work.
• The headteacher and senior leaders work well together to seek positive outcomes for
young people. They demonstrate a strong commitment to ensuring the values of
ambitious, respectful, responsible and creative underpin the work of the school.
• Staff and young people have developed strong, mutually respectful relationships. This has
led to a calm, welcoming and supportive environment where young people are motivated
to learn.
• Young people feel a strong sense of belonging and pride in their school and community.
They work well with staff and a range of effective partners to develop their skills and
contribute to the wider life of the school.
• Young people who require additional support to access their learning are achieving well
by the time they leave school.
The following areas for improvement were identified and discussed with the headteacher
and a representative from Moray Council.
• Staff should continue to raise the attainment of all young people based on increased
aspiration for all.
• Staff across the school should continue to work collaboratively to develop consistently
high-quality learning experiences. They should continue to build on existing good practice
to raise ambition, expectations and outcomes for young people.
• Senior and middle leaders should continue to develop ways to support young people’s
wellbeing consistently across the school.
APPENDIX 1
Page 201

Page 202

2   |   Speyside High School, Moray Council, 5208939 © Crown Copyright
We gathered evidence to enable us to evaluate the school’s work using four quality indicators
from How good is our school (4th edition). Quality indicators help schools, local authorities
and inspectors to judge what is working well and what needs to be improved. Following the
inspection of each school, the Scottish Government gathers details of our evaluations to keep
track of how well Scottish schools are doing. 
Here are HMIE’s evaluations for Speyside High School 
Quality indicators Evaluation
Leadership of change  good
Learning, teaching and assessment good
Ensuring wellbeing, equality and inclusion satisfactory
Raising attainment and achievement good
Descriptions of the evaluations are available from:
How good is our school? (4th edition), Appendix 3: The six-point scale 
A more detailed document called Summarised Inspection Findings (SIF) will be available on
the HMIE website at: 
Speyside High School | Inspection Report | His Majesty’s Inspectorate of Education in Scotland
What happens next? 
We are confident that the school has the capacity to continue to improve and so we will make
no more visits in connection with this inspection. Moray Council will inform parents/carers
about the school’s progress as part of its arrangements for reporting on the quality of its
schools. 
Mike Reid 
HM Inspector
On behalf of His Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Education in Scotland 
Page 202

Page 203

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities
Author: Stewart McLauchlan Contact Email: education@moray.gov.uk
Subject: His Majesty’s Inspectors of Education Further Inspection (Continuing
Engagement) of Mosstowie Primary School
1. PURPOSE
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information
1.1 The purpose of this report is to inform the Committee of the outcomes of a recently
published report on a Moray school following further inspection by His Majesty’s
Inspectors of Education (HMIE)
1.2 This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education
Authority.
2. SUMMARY
2.1 This report summarises the positive outcome from further inspection visit by His Majesty’s
Inspectors of Education (HMIE) to Mosstowie Primary School in January 2026.  The school
was initially subject to a full model inspection visit in November 2024  where gradings of
Good (1), Satisfactory (2) and Weak (1) were achieved across the four core Quality
Indicators forming the basis for inspection.  As a result of inspection and ‘Weak’ grading
received for QI 1.3 (Leadership of Change) HMIE indicated through letter published in
March 2025 that the school needed additional support and more time to make necessary
improvements.  A clear action plan was put in place in order to address areas for
improvement and the school was provided with additional resource and support from the
Quality Improvement Team.   HMIE returned in January 2026 to undertake a further
inspection visit (report published, March 2026).  Following this visit HMIE highlight that the
school has made good progress since the original inspection and are confident that the
school has the capacity to continue to improve.  As a result, HMIE will make no more visits
in connection with this inspection. 
Item 19.*
Page 203

Page 204

3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
i)  scrutinise and note the contents of this report and findings of His Majesty’s
Inspectors of Education (HMIE) following their further inspection visit;   
ii)  note that the school followed a clear action plan and initiated further
changes supported by central Quality Improvement colleagues, realising
improvements required in order to achieve this positive further inspection
outcome; and   
iii)  note that support for the school continues as part of our Moray Quality
Improvement Framework activities and school visit programme   
Stewart McLauchlan
Quality Improvement Manager 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  When HMIE inspects a school, a report is published which gives commentary on the
school’s performance.  These reports are presented regularly to Committee, where
possible at the first available opportunity after publication. 
4.2  In November 2024, a team of inspectors from HMIE visited Mosstowie Primary School. 
During their visit, inspectors talked to parents/carers and children and worked closely with
the Acting Head Teacher and staff.  Mosstowie Primary School was subject to a full model
inspection visit spanning over five days in total.  
4.3  The HMIE team use selected Quality Indicators (QIs) from How good is our school? 4th
edition (HGIOS4), rated using the six-point scale.    
4.4  HMIE focus QIs for the Primary school (full model inspection) are: 
QI 1.3 Leadership of change 
QI 2.3 Learning, teaching and assessment 
QI 3.1 Ensuring wellbeing, equality and inclusion 
QI 3.2 Raising attainment and achievement 
4.5  Full model inspections also include focus on Safeguarding and themes from other QIs to
ensure inspectors continue to capture the evidence needed to promote improvement and
provide evidence to inform national policy development. These are not assigned a rating
and are: 
QI 2.2 Curriculum  (Learning Pathways theme) 
QI 2.7 Partnerships  (Partnerships in evaluating the impact of parental engagement) 
4.6  Following dialogue between HMIE and the local authority, HMIE published Mosstowie
Primary School’s Inspection Report on 4 March 2025 with the following gradings: 
QI 1.3 Leadership of change Weak
Page 204

Page 205

QI 2.3 Learning, teaching and assessment Satisfactory
QI 3.1 Ensuring wellbeing, equality and inclusion Good
QI 3.2 Raising attainment and achievement Satisfactory 
4.7  As a result of inspection findings, HMIE liaised with Moray Education where it was thought
that the school needed additional support and more time to make necessary
improvements.  HMIE intimated that further inspection would be carried out within 12
months of publication of inspection letter, as a result of QI 1.3 grading noted above.    
4.8  Following inspection, the Acting Head Teacher in post for a short time prior to inspection
was further supported by the Quality Improvement team.  An action plan in order to
address key areas for improvement was developed with further discussion taking place
with the substantive Head Teacher at that time.  Actions identified for focus link to
leadership of change, self-evaluation and school improvement as well as ensuring
consistency in high quality learning and teaching experiences across the school.  This
continued to build on the success of work led by the Acting Head Teacher during a short
time in post prior to inspection, subsequently appointed to the role of substantive Head
Teacher.  
4.9  In January 2026, HMIE returned to carry out a further inspection of Mosstowie Primary
School over two days.  Inspection activities were focused on the areas of improvement
agreed with the school and the local authority noted in 4.10 below.  Following review of
these areas, HMIE were then able to find out about the progress the school had made
since original inspection in November 2024 and how well this was supporting children’s
learning and achievements.    
4.10  The three areas for improvement forming the focus of the January 2026 further inspection
as agreed in November 2024, were as follows: 
• The acting headteacher has introduced several new and important approaches to
school improvement in a short period. These developments are very recent and there
has been insufficient time to demonstrate the overall impact of this work. The local
authority need to support the school to ensure that planned improvements are
implemented, effective and sustained over time.
• The acting headteacher and all staff, with the support of the local authority, need to
improve approaches to evaluating the work of the school. Their self-evaluation must
be robust and based on high-quality evidence.
• The acting headteacher and all staff, with the support of the local authority, need to
ensure the overall quality of learning and teaching is consistently high across the
whole school. This will help to support all children to make the best possible progress
in their learning and raise attainment.  
4.11  HMIE found that the Acting Head Teacher in post during full model inspection (now the
substantive head teacher) has continued to lead improvements across the school, with
strong involvement from both children and parents who are more involved in the life of the
school.  All staff now have leadership responsibilities linked to school priorities,
and ongoing professional learning is helping strengthen areas such as outdoor
learning.  The result is the quality and consistency of learning and teaching across the
school has improved significantly.  Children are also benefitting from more opportunities
to take part in activities beyond the classroom, including a school orchestra and football
club, giving pupils a chance to develop new skills and interests. Pupils
are also encouraged to take on leadership roles, with every child now involved in a school
Page 205

Page 206

committee.   
4.12  The school has clear strategic vision and improvement plans, built on strong self-
evaluation for self-improvement at all levels.  It is noted in the inspection report that under
the leadership of the current Head Teacher, the school’s inclusive, nurturing and relational
environment for learning has been further strengthened with more robust approaches to
learning, teaching and assessment, tracking and school improvement in place. 
4.13  As a local authority we will continue to inform key stakeholders including parents/carers
on the school’s progress through normal arrangements on reporting on quality of schools,
guiding school improvement through our Moray Quality Improvement Framework.  
4.14  In further recognition of this positive inspection outcome, a Press Release was published
on 17 March 2026 to recognise the strengths recognised by the inspection team as well as
actions underway to address areas for improvement identified.  
4.15  For reference, the HM Inspectors of Education visit letter published in March 2026
following further inspection visit in January 2026 is contained within Appendix 1. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  It is proposed that the Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee scrutinise
and note the contents of this report, following the positive further inspection visit by His
Majesty’s Inspectors as outlined above, to Mosstowie Primary School in January 2026. 
Further inspection was initiated by HM Inspectors of Education following outcome of a full
inspection model visit in November 2024.   
5.2  This report completes Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee reporting for
Mosstowie Primary School in relation to this inspection, where areas for improvement
have been addressed with improvement journey continuing as noted above.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan)  
Policy and Legal  
Financial  
Risk  
Staffing  
Best Value and Transformation  
Property  
Information Communications Technology/Digital  
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact   
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Page 206

Page 207

Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☐ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population 
6.3  Policy and Legal 
HM Inspectors’ powers to inspect educational establishments and services are set out in
legislation and referred to within section 135(1) of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980.  HM
Inspectors (HMIs) have statutory functions of inspection conferred on them by Part III of
the 1980 Act.  Responsibility for the quality of education delivery rests with the relevant
local authority, as defined in section 1 (1) of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 and further
detailed within the Standards in Scotland’s Schools etc. Act 2000. 
6.4  Financial 
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. 
6.5  Risk 
There are no risk implications arising directly from this report.  
6.6  Staffing 
There are no staffing implications arising directly from this report.  
6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no Best Value and Transformation implications where this report is to inform
Committee on school performance following external scrutiny/validation activity.  
6.8  Property 
There are no property implications arising directly from this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no Information Communications/Technology/Digital implications arising directly
from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
An Equality/Socio Economic Impact Assessment is not required as this report is to inform
Committee on school performance following external scrutiny/validation activity.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
No climate change or biodiversity implications have been determined due to the scrutiny
based nature of activities reported and no findings related to such implications contained
Page 207

Page 208

herein.     
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Head of Education (Chief Education
Officer), Equal Opportunities Officer, Human Resources Manager, C O’Connor,
Committee Services Officer, Senior Officers in Education and the interim Head Teacher of
Mosstowie Primary School and any comments made have been incorporated into the
report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Inspection Report
Summarised Inspection Findings
Additional Inspection Evidence
Press Release
How good is our school? 4th edition
Education Scotland six-point scale   
Page 208

Page 209

1   |   Mosstowie Primary School, Moray Council, 5202426 © Crown Copyright
17 March 2026
Dear Parent/Carer
In March 2025, HM Inspectors published a letter on Mosstowie Primary School. The letter set
out a number of areas for improvement which we agreed with the school and Moray Council.
Recently, as you may know, we visited the school again. During our visit, we talked to children
and worked closely with the headteacher and staff. We heard from the headteacher and
other staff about the steps the school has taken to improve. We looked at particular areas
that had been identified in the original inspection. As a result, we were able to find out about
the progress the school has made and how well this is supporting children's learning and
achievements. This letter sets out what we found. 
The acting headteacher has introduced several new and important approaches to school
improvement in a short period. These developments are very recent and there has been
insufficient time to demonstrate the overall impact of this work. The local authority needs
to support the school to ensure that planned improvements are implemented, effective and
sustained over time.
In August 2025, the acting headteacher at the time of the original inspection was appointed
to the post of permanent headteacher. Since then, she has successfully led increasingly
sustained improvement, with a high level of child and parent involvement. The local authority
provides ongoing, appropriate support to the headteacher to ensure planned improvement is
effective and sustained. This includes the provision of leadership training and development.
Parents welcome the significantly improved approaches to communication now in place.
They feel better informed about their child’s progress and learning and consulted about
improvement priorities. Partnership working with parents has increased and community
members are actively encouraged to support the work of the school. This is enhancing wider
achievement opportunities for children through, for example, the introduction of a school
orchestra and football club. Parents and children particularly welcome the increasingly
strong emphasis on inclusion promoted by the headteacher. This ensures that the
opportunities provided are open to all children.
All staff members have leadership roles linked closely to school improvement. Their
engagement in professional learning is strengthening the effectiveness of areas of
development, such as outdoor learning. In addition to staff leadership roles, every child is a
member of a school committee. Children value the leadership opportunities these provide
and speak confidently about the range of skills they develop through their involvement. They
are proud of the difference they are making to their school and feel that their voice is heard,
for example, through their promotion of sustainability and health and wellbeing. 
APPENDIX 1
Page 209

Page 210

2   |   Mosstowie Primary School, Moray Council, 5202426 © Crown Copyright
The acting headteacher and all staff, with the support of the local authority, need to
improve approaches to evaluating the work of the school. Their self-evaluation must be
robust and based on high-quality evidence. 
The headteacher has made significant progress in engaging all staff, children and parents in
regular, meaningful self-evaluation. Staff now make effective use of a range of appropriate
self-evaluation tools. This is enabling them to engage more regularly in self-evaluation
activities, deepening the quality of their professional discussion. Children’s ability to reflect on
their school experience has also improved. The headteacher’s regular use of child-friendly
self-evaluation tools during whole school assemblies is improving children’s ability to provide
accurate feedback about the quality of their experiences. 
Staff welcome the introduction of a comprehensive quality assurance calendar and the
structure this provides. The headteacher and teachers carry out lesson observations, and this
supports increasingly consistent practice in learning and teaching across the school. The
provision of timely feedback from these observations enables staff, as a team, to focus on
what is working well. As a result, staff are developing an increasingly accurate and robust
understanding of the school’s strengths. This includes the quality and impact of learning and
teaching across the school. 
The headteacher has improved the approaches used to track children’s progress. Staff are
now more aware of the range of data available to them to inform their work. They are now
well placed to apply recent training on using data to monitor children’s progress and the
impact of improvement initiatives more effectively. 
The acting headteacher and all staff, with the support of the local authority, need to ensure
the overall quality of learning and teaching is consistently high across the whole school. This
will help to support all children to make the best possible progress in their learning and raise
attainment. 
The quality and consistency of learning and teaching across the school have increased
significantly. Staff have prioritised improving how well they share the purpose of learning
with children across the school. Together, they have developed the ‘Mosstowie Learning and
Teaching Approach’. Children now have a much clearer understanding of what they are
learning and how they will know that they have been successful. All teachers provide children
with consistently high-quality verbal and written feedback, linked to identified steps to
success. Most children now take greater responsibility for their own learning by identifying
and discussing competently their next steps. Staff’s questioning skills have also improved.
They use questioning increasingly skilfully to encourage children to extend and apply their
learning across a range of activities. 
Teachers have successfully worked together to develop improved approaches to planning
activities that best match the needs of groups and individuals. Teachers provide a range of
appropriate activities and resources that provide children with independence and choice.
This is supporting children to take increasing responsibility for aspects of their own learning. 
Page 210

Page 211

3   |   Mosstowie Primary School, Moray Council, 5202426 © Crown Copyright
A clear rationale for outdoor learning has been introduced. All children now experience
regular opportunities to develop a range of skills through participation in high quality outdoor
learning experiences. Children are highly motivated and engaged when learning outdoors.
They speak regularly and confidently about the skills they are developing. Children’s ability to
identify and discuss the skills they are developing is now a key strength of the school. 
A more robust approach to assessment is now in place, informed by staff’s use of a clear
assessment calendar and digital tracking system. Individual children’s assessment folders
clearly demonstrate the progress children are making. This increasingly well understood
approach to assessment is enabling teachers to make more robust professional judgements
about children’s progress over time. 
Teachers’ approaches to planning learning are becoming more consistent. New planning
formats have been introduced, and assessment is now a more integral part of planning.
Teachers have begun to use a range of effective progression frameworks to inform their
planning across all curricular areas. 
Under the leadership of the headteacher, the inclusive, nurturing environment, underpinned
by strong relationships has been further strengthened. The quality of planning for children
with additional support needs has improved and is leading to better outcomes for children.
Parents and children feel fully involved in the planning and review process. Staff are now
more able to clearly identify the progress children are making. 
What happens next? 
The school has made good progress since the original inspection. We are confident that the
school has the capacity to continue to improve and so we will make no more visits in
connection with this inspection. Moray Council will inform parents about the school’s progress
as part of its arrangements for reporting on the quality of its schools. 
Pamela Adamson
HM Inspector 
On behalf of His Majesty’s Chief Inspector of Education in Scotland. 
Page 211

Page 212

No embedded text on this page.

Page 213

No embedded text on this page.

Page 214

No embedded text on this page.

Page 215

No embedded text on this page.

Page 216

No embedded text on this page.

Page 217

No embedded text on this page.

Page 218

No embedded text on this page.

Page 219

No embedded text on this page.

Page 220

No embedded text on this page.

Page 221

No embedded text on this page.

Page 222

No embedded text on this page.

Page 223

No embedded text on this page.

Page 224

No embedded text on this page.

Page 225

No embedded text on this page.

Page 226

No embedded text on this page.

Page 227

No embedded text on this page.

Page 228

No embedded text on this page.

Page 229

No embedded text on this page.

Page 230

No embedded text on this page.

Page 231

No embedded text on this page.

Page 232

No embedded text on this page.

Page 233

No embedded text on this page.

Page 234

No embedded text on this page.

Page 235

Report to: Education, Children’s
and Leisure Services
Committee
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026      
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities 
Author: Vivienne Cross Contact Email: education@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Review of Mobile Phone Usage in Schools 
1. PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1 The purpose of this report is to update Committee on the implementation of the  Mobile
Phone Usage in Schools guidance produced for Moray schools based on Scottish
Government Guidance as well as to report the results of the survey on mobile phones not
being allowed in school buildings where this was introduced.  
1.2 This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education
Authority. 
2. SUMMARY  
2.1 Scottish Government produced advice and guidance to local authorities on Mobile
phones: Guidance for Scotland’s schools on 15 August 2024.    
2.2 The service created a short life working group to develop Guidance for Moray Schools
based on the national guidance and as a result surveyed all parents/carers, staff and
pupils regarding an option to be adopted in all schools from August 2025. 
3. RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1 It is recommended that Committee:   
i) Notes the results of the survey regarding the current mobile phone ban in
schools; 
Item 20.*
Page 235

Page 236

ii) Notes the challenges faced across the service in terms of digital access
where mitigations are being implemented to provide additional bandwith;
and 
iii) Agrees that the current policy should continue and that a separate paper be
brought to this Committee regarding the Education Digital Strategy and
devices in schools.   
Vivienne Cross
Head of Education (Chief Education Officer) 
4. BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1 Following service consultation with stakeholders, this Committee at its meeting on 13
May 2025 agreed to the following to be introduced in August 2025 (para 9 of the minute
refers). 
Primary
In Primary Schools, there should be no mobile phones or devices present in school
unless to support permitted exceptions. 
Secondary
In Secondary Schools, mobile phones or devices should be switched off and out of
sight, inside the school building over the course of the school day, unless to
support permitted exceptions. 
4.2 It was acknowledged that mobile phones had become intrinsic to the way society
communicates and particularly for young people.  Notwithstanding, there is a growing
body of evidence to suggest that over-exposure to mobile phone use can result in limited
concentration, unhappiness and isolation. There is growing concern regarding the
content that children and young people can access, particularly on smart phones. 
Further, the recently published Programme of International Student Assessment (PISA)
2022 data, published in December 2023, showed that almost a third of 15 year olds in
Scotland and across all Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
(OECD) countries reported being distracted using digital devices in most or every maths
class – and around a quarter reported being distracted by others using digital devices.  
4.3 Scottish Government continue to have the desire to equip the next generation with the
necessary skills and resilience associated with the modern age.  The Moray agreed
position was developed after the release of national Guidance on Mobile Phones in
Scotland’s schools where there was a desire to empower Head Teachers to take the
steps they see fit to limit the use of mobile phones in our schools, up to and including a
full ban on the school estate during the school day.  Committee will be aware that a local
working group preferred a Moray wide approach particularly where senior phase pupils
can and do access learning and teaching in different establishments through consortia
and other arrangements.  Also, geographically Moray has schools very close to each
Page 236

Page 237

other and schools did not want to have different arrangements in place within Associated
Schools Groups or across Moray.  
4.4 In April 2026, the service ran a further survey into the use of phones and asked the
following questions: 
1. Please identify which stakeholder group you belong to:
a. Pupils
b. Parents/carers
c. Staff
2. Do you feel that there have been positive benefits of this policy stance?
3. What are the benefits for you from this policy (e.g. calmer school environment,
happier pupils, less distractions in class, more interactions between pupils,
easier to concentrate, feel safer, less bullying, greater equity and reduced social
pressures to have the latest device)?
4. Are there any challenges following introduction of the policy?
5. If you answered ‘yes’ to question 4 above, please provide further details
6. In your view has the policy been consistently applied?
7. If you answered ‘no’ to question 6 above, please provide further details
8. In your view, what one change would enhance the policy (where applicable)?  
4.5 The number of responses were 1,040, broken down as follows:
Pupils – 307 – 29%
Parents/carers – 488 – 47%
Staff – 245 – 24%  
4.6 With regards to any benefits from the policy – 60% responded yes with 40% saying no. 
There were 1,037 responses provided with the main benefits from being:  less/fewer
distractions in class, calmer schools, pupils more focussed, positive interactions
between pupils, less bullying, feels safer, improved learning environment, improved
behaviour and less pressure to have devices.  Other benefits noted included: less screen
time, reduced social pressure and less use of social media.   Less or fewer distractions
was the most common response with 40% providing this as a benefit.  However, some
responded that there were no benefits and a very small number said they felt unsafe.  A
number of primary school responses clearly stated that there was no change as phones
had not been allowed in schools previously.  
4.7 In terms of challenges following introduction of the policy – 668 said there were
challenges and 372 said there were none.  The number of written responses to this
question were 656 where the main challenges evidenced included:  ICT/WiFi/Device
availability issues (47%), impact on learning i.e. unable to use phones for coursework,
research, access QR codes (10%), inability to contact parents during the day (18%)
admin associated with the policy i.e. maintaining records of those who have had their
phone removed, phoning parents and conflict arising from this.   Where school
information is held on phone, this was a challenge e.g. school food pre-order on Fusion,
being able to use to support learning when ICT not available.     Some pupils are not
switching phones off and leaving on silent, some blatantly ignoring the policy, reluctance
Page 237

Page 238

to hand over phones when found to be switched on and lack of 1:1 devices were also
referenced in the comments received.  
4.8 With regards to whether or not the policy had been consistently applied, 61% (632
responses) said yes and 39% (408 responses) said no.  When asked to provide further
details 393 provided information, 10% of which said that people were still using their
phones which included visitors, pupils, parents/carers and staff.  
4.9 The final question asked respondents to say what one change would enhance the policy. 
There were 749 responses provided with 31% saying that improved ICT in school with
reliable devices and internet access was key.  26% of responses said that phones should
be allowed to be used at breaks or lunch or for senior pupils to study however this would
lead to inconsistencies and requirement for school staff to monitor this closely.   One
suggestion was that locked pouches/storage or central collection would support the
policy with 5% of responses related to this.  Schools could consider this however there is
mixed feedback from other schools across Scotland who have implemented a similar
approach.  It was suggested that there should be different rules for staff where phones
should be allowed with 13%, almost all being staff, put forward this as a proposal.  This
would lead to inequity and inconsistencies in application of the policy. 
4.10 A summary report of the responses is included in Appendix 1. 
5. PROPOSALS  
5.1 It is proposed that given the overall support for the policy to date and benefits achieved
as evidenced, that the policy stance remains in place across all schools.  Head Teachers,
working closely with staff, pupils, parents/carers and wider stakeholders, need to review
current processes and provide timely reminders regarding expectations locally.  They
may wish to consider, over the course of next term, an establishment survey to identify
and mitigate against local challenges where the Moray survey does not provide individual
school responses.  Schools may also consider storage of phones however this must be
options appraised given the cost to implement.  
5.2 Given the challenges presented, ICT is a key issue for schools and the ban on use of
mobile phones has really impacted.  However the ICT service is working closely with BT
to extend the bandwidth and this should make a difference.  In addition, a further paper
will be presented to Committee with an updated Education Digital Strategy and plan for
device rollout for consideration. 
6. SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1 The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) x 
Page 238

Page 239

Policy and Legal x 
Financial  x
Risk x 
Staffing  x
Best Value and Transformation  x
Property  x
Information Communications Technology/Digital  x
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact           x 
Climate Change, Biodiversity and Sustainability  x 
6.2 Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population   
6.3 Policy and Legal 
The legal aspects are contained within the Mobile Phone policy.  
6.4 Financial 
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. 
6.5 Risk 
There are continued risks in terms of any potential impact on learning and teaching
where there are insufficient devices for young people within schools, however ongoing
work by the ICT service and BT should extend bandwidth.  In addition there are risks in
terms of connectivity where personal devices will not be able to be used putting further
pressure on the network.  There are still no 1:1 devices however this is a 
6.6 Staffing 
None  
6.7 Best Value and Transformation
Page 239

Page 240

None  
6.8 Property 
None  
6.9 Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None arising directly from this report however work is ongoing to increase bandwidth in
schools and consideration regarding increase in school devices where separate papers
will be brought to Committee in due course.  
6.10 Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
The policy implementation in May 2025 relied on the Scottish Government’s national
Equality Impact Assessment (EIA) that accompanied the national Guidance on Mobile
Phones in Scotland’s Schools (15 August 2024). No local Integrated Impact Assessment
(IIA) was completed however an IIA has been completed for the update survey to
consider local impacts and their mitigations, attached as Appendix 2.  This report
recommends continuation of the current policy stance given that the benefits clearly
demonstrate that when implemented consistently there is equity across all schools in
Moray.  There are clearly benefits arising from better interactions and less pressure on
children and young people to have certain devices.  
6.11 Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None 
7. CONSULTATION  
7.1 This report has been prepared in consultation with the Head of Customer Experience, ICT
and digital, Quality Improvement Manager, Early Years’ Service Manager, HT Inclusion,
Wellbeing and Adapted Curriculum, ICT Manager (Infrastructure), Quality Improvement
Officers, Equalities Officer and the Education Consultative Group and any comments
made have been incorporated into the report 
8. BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1 Guidance on Mobile Phones in Scotland's Schools
Scottish Government Equality Impact Assessment (EIA) accompanying Guidance on
Mobile Phones in Scotland’s Schools (15 August 2024). 
Page 240

Page 241

APPENDIX 1
📵 Moray No Mobile Phone Policy (Implemented Aug 2025) — Survey Summary
Closed-question results and response distribution. Open-text themes shown below.        
Stakeholder group Responses Share of responses  Question Yes No % Yes
Staff 245 24%  Positive benefits (Q3) 620 420 60%
Pupils 307 30%  Challenges reported (Q5) 668 372 64%
Parents/carers 488 47% 
Policy applied consistently
(Q7) 632 408 61%
Total 1040 100%     
Stakeholder group Benefits %Yes Challenges %Yes
Consistency
%Yes Responses (n)   
Staff 78% 80% 50% 245   
Pupils 30% 80% 60% 307   
Parents/carers 69% 46% 67% 488   
All respondents 60% 64% 61% 1040   
245
307
488
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
Staff Pupils Parents/carers
Number of responses
Stakeholder group
Response count by stakeholder group
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
Positive benefits (Q3)
Challenges reported (Q5)
Policy applied consistently (Q7)
Closed questions —Yes vs No (share of
responses)
Yes
No
Page 241

Page 242

Benefits — theme Mentions (#) Share of respondents  Challenges — theme Mentions (#)
Share of
respondents 
Calmer / fewer distractions /
better focus 419 40% 
ICT / Wi-Fi / device
availability issues 493 47% 
More face-to-face social
interaction 205 20% 
Learning impact (research
/ quizzes / QR /
coursework) 101 10% 
Less bullying / feels safer 155 15% 
Contacting parents / safety
& anxiety 185 18% 
Improved behaviour / learning
environment 258 25% 
Enforcement burden /
conflict / refusals 47 5% 
Equity / fairness (less device
pressure) 20 2% 
Perceived inconsistency
(rules applied unevenly) 55 5% 
Page 242

Page 243

Suggested change — theme Mentions (#) Share of respondents     
Improve ICT / provide reliable
devices & internet 319 31%     
Allow phone use at
breaks/lunch or for
seniors/study 267 26%     
Use locked pouches / storage /
central collection 54 5%     
Stronger consistency /
enforcement / consequences 56 5%     
Different rules for staff (allow
staff phones) 130 13%     
Page 243

Page 244

Page 244

Page 245

APPENDIX 2 
INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT (IIA) 
• EQUALITIES & SOCIO ECONOMIC DUTIES
• HUMAN RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF THE CHILD 
STAGE 1 - DO I NEED A DETAILED IMPACT ASSESSMENT?
Service/department  Education
Name of policy or proposal Mobile Phone Usage in Schools 
Budget template reference 
Is this a  Mark X below
New activity, programme or policy? 
Change to an existing activity, programme or policy?  x
Budget proposal? 
Duties: tick the boxes you think apply No Maybe                                                                                                                                             Yes
Equalities: Will your proposal have an impact on groups with
protected characteristics?
Consider the impact of your proposal on people and how they access
your services and information without barriers. 
x 
Socio-economic 
Not every person/family has access to regular income or savings. Will
your proposal have an adverse impact on them
x  
Does your policy or proposal impact on the human rights of people?   X 
Does your policy proposal impact on the rights of children and young
people 
X  
Reasoning - Briefly describe your reasoning for the responses given above: 
When the policy was implemented, no local IIA was completed but rather a reliance on the Scottish
Government’s national EIA that accompanied the national guidance in May 2024.
The guidance may impact on those with protected characteristics however within the local policy
schools are permitted to consider individual exceptions to allow permitted use and so this should
include for example young carers, those requiring medication and so on.  Individual schools would
need to ensure that any negative impact(s) on those within protected characteristic groups who
require access to their phones are minimised or removed through relevant mitigations. 
If you have answered maybe or yes to any of the Stage 1 questions above then proceed to complete
the Stage 2 Impact Assessment questions below. 
If you have answered no to the Stage 1 questions above then please sign off by providing the details
below and submit to equalities@moray.gov.uk
Lead Officer for developing the policy or
proposal 
Page 245

Page 246

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:08
Other people involved in the screening (this may
be council staff, partners 
or others i.e. contractor or community) 
Date 
STAGE 2: DETAILED IMPACT ASSESSMENT
1. Give a brief description of what the service does: 
The service delivers education to children from 5-18.  . 
Following the Scottish Government’s Guidance on Mobile Phones in Scotland’s Schools, the
Education Service developed and implemented a Mobile Phone Usage in Schools in August 2025,
following Committee approval.  Education staff have been monitoring the policy impacts and a
survey has not been conducted to identify any impacts of the policy implementation. 
2. Who are your main stakeholders? 
The children themselves and their parents and our staff (teachers and support staff).
Moray has 44 primary schools and 8 secondary schools.
As of Census day in September 2025 the total school roll in Moray was 11,925 pupils with 6.551 in
primary education and 5,374 in Secondary.
3. What changes as a result of the proposals? Is the service reduced or removed?
The changes are that from August 2025:
Primary schools -there should be no mobile phones or devices present in school unless to support
permitted exceptions.  Secondary schools mobile phones or devices should be switched off and out
of sight, inside the school building over the course of the school day, unless to support permitted
exceptions.
The recent survey asked stakeholders the following questions:
1 Please identify which stakeholder group you belong to:
a. Pupils
b. Parents/carers
c. Staff
2 Do you feel that there have been positive benefits of this policy stance?
3 What are the benefits for you from this policy (e.g. calmer school environment, happier
pupils, less distractions in class, more interactions between pupils, easier to concentrate,
feel safer, less bullying, greater equity and reduced social pressures to have the latest
device)?
4 Are there any challenges following introduction of the policy?
5 If you answered ‘yes’ to question 4 above, please provide further details
6 In your view has the policy been consistently applied?
7 If you answered ‘no’ to question 6 above, please provide further details
8 In your view, what one change would enhance the policy (where applicable)? 
The results have been analysed and based on this it is recommended that the policy remains in place
however schools should ensure that it is being applied consistently.
4. How will the proposals impact on your customers?
As parents are unable to contact their children directly schools have made changes to contact
arrangements and these are shared with individual parent bodies.  Children and young people,
unless permitted due to meeting exceptional circumstances, are not able to use their phones within
the school building.
Page 246

Page 247

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:08
5. How will this impact staff
Staff are subject to the same policy as pupils with permitted exceptions which include use of phones
to use an authentication app on their phones when accessing sites at work which increasingly
require authentication.  13 % of staff who responded to the recent survey think there should be
different rules for staff where phones should be allowed however inconsistency could lead to
inequality.  Head Teachers have been asked to remind staff of permitted exceptions and include
reminders in regular updates particularly when new staff join the school. 
6. How will your proposals impact on people with these protected groups?
(consider the impact on both customers and staff providing the service)
Protected groups  X Potential impacts and considerations – give
details
Race   No direct negative impact.  Potential for indirect
impact where pupils rely on phones to
communicate with support networks / for safety.
Disability  x Potential negative impact – children with a
disability, medical conditions, ASN may be
impacted due to enhanced reliance on phone for
multiple reasons.  
Carers (for elderly, disabled or minors) x Potential negative impact – children and or staff
may be a  carer and need to be able to contact the
person  they care for. 
Sex  No direct negative impact.  Potential for indirect
impact where pupils rely on phones to
communicate with support networks / for safety.
Pregnancy and maternity (including
breastfeeding) 
No direct negative impact.  Potential for indirect
impact where pupils rely on phones to
communicate with support networks / for safety.
Sexual orientation  No direct negative impact.  Potential for indirect
impact where pupils rely on phones to
communicate with support networks / for safety.
Age (include children, young people,
midlife and older people)  
Religion, and or belief  No direct negative impact.  Potential for indirect
impact where pupils rely on phones to
communicate with support networks / for safety.
Gender reassignment  No direct negative impact.  Potential for indirect
impact where pupils rely on phones to
communicate with support networks / for safety.
Inequalities arising from socio-
economic differences 
Positive Impact(s) – Policy reduces reliance on
personal devices, reduces pressure for this group
to provide phones.   
Potential negative impact(s)
Sanctions / enforcement - punitive approaches
could disproportionately affect pupils experiencing
poverty or additional needs.
Page 247

Page 248

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:08 
Potential for indirect impact where pupils rely on
phones to communicate with support networks /
for safety. 
Human rights
Potentially relevant convention rights X Describe, where applicable, if and how specific
rights are affected.
Article 5: Right to liberty and security x Some feedback from the survey was around some
pupils not feeling safe without their mobile phones.  
Article 6: Right to a fair trial  
Article 8: Right to respect for private
and family life, correspondence and
the home 
Restricting device use can support privacy of pupils
and staff by reducing filming/photography and
online harassment, but policies must be clear and
proportionate.
Article 10: Freedom of expression  Those affected have the right to have their voice
heard through consultation and survey. Staff,
parents and carers have been consulted and
surveyed.
Article 11: Freedom of assembly and
association  
Article 12: Right to marry  
Article 14: Prohibition of discrimination
(in relation to the convention rights) 
Policy supports this right through exceptions to
avoid unequal treatment.
Article 1 of Protocol 1: Protection of
property  
Article 2 of Protocol 1: Right to
education 
Supports this right
Article 3 of Protocol 1: Right to free
elections by secret ballot   
Children’s Rights and Wellbeing 
Relevant articles – UNCRC X Describe, where applicable, if and how specific
rights are affected.
Article 2 – Non discrimination  Policy supports this right through policy exceptions.
Article 12 – Respect of the views of the
child 
x Views of the child have been taken into account at
the policy development stage l and for the follow up
survey.
Article 3.1 – Best interest of the child x Policy aims to improve learning and wellbeing while
reducing bullying/harassment and online harm. 
Article 17 – Right to access appropriate
information 
Policy supports reduced device use which can
lower exposure to harmful content during school
time and support safeguarding.
Articles 19 & 34 Protection from Harm  Policy supports reduced device use which can
lower exposure to harmful content during school
time and support safeguarding.
Page 248

Page 249

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:08
Articles 24, 28 & 29 – Right to Health &
Education 
Policy supports an environment more conducive to
learning and positive relationships.
Potential Impact – Education should not rely on
personal devices for access.   
7. Evidence. What information have you used to make your assessment?
Performance data 
Internal
consultation 
An anonymised survey was shared with staff.  
Due to the survey being anonymous, schools are encouraged to
undertake their own surveys or focus groups.
Engagement or
consultation with
affected groups
Pupils, parents/ carers were also surveyed.  
Survey Feedback
Policy benefits:
• 60% responded yes with 40% saying no.
Main benefits:
• less/fewer distractions in class
• calmer schools
• pupils more focussed
• positive interactions between pupils
• less bullying
• feels safer
• improved learning environment
• improved behaviour and 
• less pressure to have devices. 
Other benefits noted included: 
• less screen time
• reduced social pressure and
• less use of social media.   
Some responded that there were no benefits.  
Small number said they felt unsafe (No detail on reason or whether
protected / disadvantaged group(s)).   
Policy applied consistently
61% (632 responses) said yes and 39% (408 responses) said no.  393
provided information, 10% of which said that visitors, pupils,
parents/carers and staff were still using their phones. 
Main challenges evidenced included:
• ICT/WiFi/Device availability issues (47%), 
• Impact on learning i.e. unable to use phones for coursework,
research, access QR codes (10%),
• Inability to contact parents during the day (18%) 
• Admin associated with the policy i.e. maintaining records of
those who have had their phone removed, phoning parents and
conflict arising from this.   
Page 249

Page 250

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:08
• Where school information is held on phone e.g. school food pre-
order on Fusion, being able to use to support learning when ICT
not available.     
• Some pupils are not switching phones off and leaving on silent,
ignoring the policy, reluctance to hand over phones when found
to be switched on and lack of 1:1 devices were also referenced in
the comments received. 
Policy enhancements for consideration:
• 31% say improved ICT in school with reliable devices and
internet access was key.  
• 26% said phones should be allowed at breaks / lunch or for
senior pupils to study. May lead to inconsistencies and need for
school staff to monitor this closely.  
• Locked pouches/storage or central collection would support the
policy with 5% of responses related to this.  
Local statistics 
National statistics 
Other 
8. Evidence gaps 
Do you need additional information in order to complete the information in the previous
questions?
The survey could have identified school name and also year group of pupils etc. Also could have
asked to provide more detail around why people felt how they did. 
9. Mitigating action 
Can any negative impacts of the proposals be mitigated?  
The Policy is intended to improve learning, relationships and wellbeing by reducing distraction and
the risk of harassment or bullying associated with personal mobile device use. However, there are
potential impacts for some groups and circumstances. Each school will mitigate these through local
permitted policy exceptions and communication based on local knowledge of the pupils. . 
Communication – Ensure clear parent-school contact / communication protocols are
communicated clearly to all affected so parents/carers know they can contact the school in a
number of ways to get a message / information to their children quickly without reliance on a mobile
phone.  
Safety Mitigations - 
• Ensure pupils have and know the clear in-school arrangements to contact home if they feel
unwell, worried or arrangements change. 
• Ensure pupils know their school policy and how/when it applies i.e. can turn phones on when
they leave the building (for secondary) so travel safety is supported. 
• Policy exceptions for specific safety circumstances - allow case-by-case exceptions via
child’s planning/reasonable adjustments (e.g. young carers, pupils with significant anxiety,
specific safeguarding needs, medical monitoring). 
Page 250

Page 251

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:08
• Safe storage/handling of pupils phones to reduce risks (cost of replacement etc.). 
Disability (includes health conditions and ASN) – Policy sets out exceptions for staff/ children,
parents / carers.  Children’s exceptions can be agreed through child’s planning as a reasonable
adjustment if required; Staff to apply agreed adjustments consistently and discreetly. Explicit
medical exceptions with clear protocol, storage/handling arrangements, and named staff awareness
on a need-to-know basis.
Carer(s) – Policy has exceptions that will apply. Both staff and child cases will be assessed
individually by the school they attend.  
Religion/belief, race, sex, sexual orientation, gender reassignment, pregnancy/maternity – Clear
contact processes within schools, proportionate responses, anti-bullying policy / pathways
reinforced, including reporting routes not dependent on personal devices. 
Socio-economic 
• Digital exclusion / access – Education service to ensure learning does not rely on pupil-
owned phones.  Continue to provide equitable access to school digital devices and
connectivity for learning, including supported access arrangements where required.
• Sanctions / enforcement - use proportionate approach focusing on education and support.
Ensure any confiscation/return processes are fair and do not create financial or practical
barriers.
Human Rights – Parents / staff / carers can raise concerns / seek support through in-person routes. 
Set clear guidance on any staff handling of cases / personal devices
UNCRC - The policy is wellbeing-led and will be reviewed periodically in light of pupil experience and
ensure ongoing pupil voice throughout.  Ensure access to learning resources via school systems /
devices without reliance on personal devices, teach digital citizenship and online safety, 
10. Justification
If nothing can be done to reduce the negative impact(s) but the proposed proposal must go
ahead: 
The policy is justified on the basis that:
• it supports a safer and more focused learning environment by reducing distraction,
bullying/harassment and inappropriate use of personal devices during the school day. Any
potential adverse impacts for particular pupils (including those with disabilities, medical
needs, caring responsibilities or safeguarding concerns) can be addressed through clear,
proportionate school-level mitigations and permitted exceptions as reasonable adjustments.
• It reduces reliance on pupil-owned devices and associated financial pressure on low-income
households to provide phones / devices minimising any disadvantage.
CONCLUSIONS: Mark X
1. The impact of the proposals were found to be positive in:   
Page 251

Page 252

SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 12:08
• Reducing discrimination, harassment, victimisation or other conduct
prohibited under the Equality Act 2010
• Promoting equality of opportunity and fostering good relations
X
X
2. No negative impacts were identified in the proposals/ any negative impacts were
considered to be negligible 
3. Some potential negative impacts have been identified as outlined in Q6 
• Protected characteristics under the Equalities Act
• Socio Economic impact
• Human rights/rights of the Child 
X
X
X
4. Negative impacts can be mitigated with the mitigations outlined in Q9 X
5. The negative impacts cannot be fully mitigated but can be justified as Q10 
6. It is advised not to go ahead with the proposals. 
Sign off and authorisation: 
We have completed the integrated impact
assessment for this policy/activity. 
Name:  Stewart McLauchlan
Position: Quality Improvement Manager
Date:  30 April 2026
Authorisation by head of service  Name: Vivienne Cross
Position: Head of Education (Chief Education
Officer)
Date: 30 April 2026
Permission to publish on website - yes
Please return this form to the Equal Opportunities Officer, Chief Executive’s Office. 
Page 252

Page 253

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities 
Author: Stewart McLauchlan
Susanne Campbell 
Contact Email: education@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Moray Attendance Policy – Attend to Achieve 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to request that the Committee consider and approve the draft
Education Attendance policy – ‘Attend to Achieve’ - for pupils in Primary and Secondary
Schools, with further non-statutory supporting guidance for early learning contained
within and provide consent to commence consultation with children and young people,
their parents/carers and staff.    
1.2 This draft policy refreshes and replaces the previous ‘Strategy for Supporting Pupil
Attendance and Absence including Children Missing from Education and EMA Procedures’
(June 2016, original publication November 1998) and is further updated in line with
Scottish Government Guidance ‘Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  A Positive
Approach to the Promotion and Management of Attendance in Scottish Schools’ (March
2026).    
1.3 This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education
Authority. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  The refreshed and updated draft Moray Attendance policy and toolkits (‘Attend to Achieve’)
have been developed in order to strengthen consistency across Moray schools and
settings in supporting positive pupil attendance and providing supportive guidance in the
event that attendance is decreasing or of concern.  A policy toolkit (appendix) has been
developed for schools to use when undertaking ongoing monitoring of school attendance
and address where attendance levels for individual pupils, groups and cohorts are cause
for concern through single agency approaches and when to seek multi-agency
intervention.  The committee is asked to consider the recommendations as set out below.  
Item 21.*
Page 253

Page 254

3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
i)  Consider and approve the refreshed and updated draft Moray Attendance
Policy (Appendix 1) for consultation with children and young people,
parents/carers and staff; 
ii)  Consider and have due regard to the draft Integrated Impact Assessment
(Appendix 2); 
iii)  Agree to a period of consultation with children and young people,
parents/carers and staff from 29 June 2026 to 28 September 2026; and 
iv)  Note that the final Moray ‘Attend to Achieve’ Attendance Policy will be
presented to this Committee on 1 December 2026 for agreement, prior to full
implementation.   
Stewart McLauchlan   Susanne Campbell
Quality Improvement Manager  Quality Improvement Officer 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  Attendance is defined by Scottish Government as participation in a programme of
educational activities arranged and agreed by the school.  As outlined by Scottish
Government guidance to education authorities on promotion of good attendance and the
management of attendance – Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  promoting and
managing school attendance (2026) – this may include: 
• Attendance at school
• Learning outwith the school provided by a College or other learning provider while still
on the school roll
• Educational visits, day and residential visits to outdoor centres
• Interviews and visits relating to further and higher education or career events
• Debates, sports, musical or drama activities in conjunction with a school
• Study leave for pupils participating in national exams, if arranged by the school during
the period of the national examination timetable
• Receiving tuition via hospital or outreach teaching services  
4.2  Moray Council has statutory duties within the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 to ensure
that all children and young people within compulsory school age receive regular and
appropriate education.  The law states under the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 that
parents/carers must provide their child with an ‘efficient’ education that is suited to their
age, ability and aptitude while they are ‘school’ age from 5 years old until 16 years old. 
This may be achieved by parents/carers: 
• sending their child(ren) to a school run by the local authority
• arranging for their child(ren) to attend an independent school
• education of their child(ren) at home (Home Education)  
4.3  For most children and young people, engagement will be achieved through attendance at
their local school, for some it may be through flexible programmes involving the wider
Page 254

Page 255

community and organisations. This policy sets out the positive approaches, partnerships,
and expectations to promote engagement and attendance in Moray. It details the
procedures in responding to concerns around attendance and where needed, the flexible
attendance arrangements available to ensure we are Getting it Right for Every Child in
Moray.  This includes accurate recording of authorised and unauthorised absence.  
4.4  The impact of absence from school on pupil attainment and achievement is extensive.  A
child with 90% attendance for example, equates to half a day off per week or 19 days per
year.  When averaging 90% attendance over the course of their school career, by the time a
young person has reached their third year (S3) of secondary education, they will have
missed the equivalent of an entire year of school.  Evidence suggests that where
attendance falls below 90%, this impacts adversely on progress where there is no safe
threshold for non-attendance (Education Scotland, Improving Attendance:  Understanding
the Issues, November 2023).    
4.5  Schools should also seek to ensure that children and young people attend school or other
learning environment for the recommended 25 hours in primary schools and 27.5 hours
for secondary schools.  
4.6  Causes and impact of poor attendance at school are known to be complex and
multifaceted and research indicates the impact of poor attendance on lower levels of
attainment, relationships, emotional/behavioural difficulties and future employment
opportunities.  A range of reasons for non-attendance are noted as schools implement
interventions and seek multi-agency support to address low attendance: 
• Individual factors : such as health (physical/mental) ASN, social factors, self-belief,
lack of interest 
• School factors: such as relationship with teacher/peers, quality of learning/relevance,
curriculum, transitions 
• Family factors: such as low interest/belief, parent mental health, loss and
bereavement, worry about parents, financial concerns 
• Peer factors: peer pressure, social isolation, poor social skills, peer conflict, bullying,
feeling of not belonging 
4.7  As noted in section 1.1, the Moray ‘Attend to Achieve’ policy aims are to: 
• Support schools to build an inclusive and nurturing environment that encourages
children and young people to attend school willingly
• Ensure that all children and young people attend school regularly
• Reduce the number of children and young people who are persistently absent from
school 
• Ensure a commitment to maintaining open communication between schools,
parents/carers, and children and young people regarding attendance matters
• Provide support to children and young people and their families to improve and
maintain good attendance and returning to school after a period of absence
• Identify and address the reasons why children and young people are absent from
school
• Address the potential impact of external factors on attendance, such as transportation
issues, health concerns, or socio-economic challenges
• Ensure clarity and consistency for all stakeholders in matters related to school
attendance  
Page 255

Page 256

4.8  This policy and toolkit were refreshed and developed following consultation and
discussion with a cross-sector group of central and school colleagues as well as further
development sessions involving the Education Scotland Attainment Advisor for Moray. 
This work has been led by the Quality Improvement Manager and Quality Improvement
Officer (Wellbeing, Inclusion and GIRFEC).  This policy has also been further refined
following discussions with key practitioners at the Head Teacher/Nursery Manager
Consultative Group and Depute Head Teacher (Pupil Support Forum) as well as central
Education teams including the Education Senior Leadership Team, Virtual School Head
Teacher (Care Experienced Children and Young People) and Principal Educational
Psychologist.  
4.9  In Moray, we continuously monitor attendance across all Moray Primary and Secondary
Schools as part of Moray Quality Improvement Framework (MQIF) activities.  Attendance
visits, scrutiny and support activities also form part of MQIF visit programme by the central
Quality Improvement team.  In the context of the Scottish Attainment Challenge (SAC) and
common with all local authorities in Scotland, attendance is monitored closely as a core
Stretch Aim for Health and Wellbeing.  Stretch Aims were first reported to Committee
following finalisation with Scottish Government for a 3-year 2023-2026 trajectory
(Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee, 19 September 2023, Education
National Improvement Framework Appendix 2) and progress is reported annually through
the National Improvement Framework self-evaluation, last reported to this Committee in
September 2026 (Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee, Background
Paper – Education NIF – Progress Report and Self-evaluation 2024-2025).   
4.10  Scottish Government produce national school attendance and absence statistics
annually, published in December each year and pertaining to the previous session (School
attendance, absence and exclusions statistics 2024-25).  National statistics highlight that
average overall attendance for all Scottish Schools was 91.0%.  National Primary School
average attendance for session 2024-25 was noted as 93.1% and average national
Secondary School attendance was 88.4%.  
4.11  In monitoring our Moray attendance levels as part of MQIF scrutiny and support, the
following graphs are presented for comparison of Moray trends against national averages
noted in para 4.9 above and aligned to Stretch Aims set (please see para 4.8 above): 
Page 256

Page 257

4.12  Primary School attendance continues to improve, noting impact of Covid-19 as reported
nationally on attendance levels.  Caution is expressed regarding Scottish Index of Multiple
Deprivation (SIMD) Quintile 1 and Quintile 5 comparators (for further information regarding
SIMD, please see Scottish Government:  Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation 2020) due
to low pupil numbers for Moray within these data zones, particularly Quintile 1.  In Primary
schools during session 2024-25, 2.8% of Primary 1-7 pupils resided within Quintile 1 data
zones and 11.7% resided within Quintile 5 data zones.  Overall Moray Primary School age
(P1-P7) attendance was 93.3%, slightly above National Primary School average of 93.1%. 
At mid-year (end of term 2, December 2025) and based on mid-session internal
monitoring, Primary School attendance was comparable to session 2024-25 at 93.3% and
93.4% in mid-May 2026.   
4.13  Work to improve Secondary School attendance is ongoing across individual schools with
further data analysis highlighting specific year groups and cohorts within individual
schools, impacting on overall attendance figures and pupil attainment.  In Secondary
schools during session 2024-25, 3.4% of Secondary 1-6 pupils resided within Quintile 1
data zones and 11.6% resided within Quintile 5 data zones.  Overall Moray Secondary
School age (S1-S6) attendance was 88.1%, slightly below National Secondary School
average of 88.4%.  At mid-year (end of term 2, December 2025) and based on mid-session
internal monitoring, Secondary School attendance was 87.8% and 88.4% in mid-May
2026.   
4.14  Parental engagement and the importance of reinforcing positive school attendance for
maximum learner attainment, achievement and post-school opportunities continues to
be ongoing across schools.  Supported by the Moray ‘Attend to Achieve’ attendance policy
and toolkits/appendix, a consistent approach to following up on pupil non-attendance is
provided as schools continue to seek multi-agency and 3rd sector supports to help them
work with children, young people and their families in recognising the importance of
attending at school.  This can be challenging at times due to partner thresholds and
capacity as well as services available to support with this in Moray.  Further update to
Scottish Government Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  promoting and managing
school attendance (2026) guidance was also published in March 2026, where this policy
and supporting appendix/toolkit is reflective of this updated guidance.  
4.15  The policy within Appendix 1 cover key areas for attendance as outlined on the table of
contents on page 2-3 of the policy, with overarching aims, legislative context, promoting
good attendance, school attendance procedures and alternative attendance
Page 257

Page 258

arrangements and guidance provided within.  A toolkit with supporting resources has also
been developed for schools as further outlined on the table of contents. 
4.16  A draft Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA) has been prepared and is available within
Appendix 2. 
4.17  Following committee approval, the consultative policy draft and associated
appendix/toolkit will be available on www.moray.gov.uk.  A period of consultation with
children and young people, parents/carers and staff is proposed from 29 June 2026 to 28
September 2026 (cognisant of time for meaningful consultation vis a vis school summer
holiday period).  It is proposed the use of online survey and engagement directly with
schools through normal communication channels including MS Teams briefings and other
media.  It is also proposed that the survey takes the form of a series of questions seeking
approval of policy content and direction, with the facility to add text/comments.  Schools
will be asked to promote this with children and young people, parents/carers and staff. 
5.  PROPOSALS  
5.1  It is proposed that the Committee consider and approve the updated draft Education
Attendance policy for pupils (Attend to Achieve) in Primary and Secondary Schools. 
Following initial practitioner review and development, the draft policy provides a
framework and toolkit for supporting positive attendance at school for Head Teachers and
senior leaders.  Consistency in approach is offered through toolkit resources including
flow charts, templates and other supporting materials.  Schools will then be able to
reference this policy as attendance is monitored and supportive actions are required in
the event of reducing attendance of individual pupils, cohorts or groups within schools. 
The final draft of the ‘Attend to Achieve’ Policy will be presented to this Committee on 1
December 2026 for approval prior to formal launch.  The report in December will also
present results of the consultation undertaken in order to support Committee in future
decision making.  
6.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
6.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan)  
Policy and Legal  
Financial  
Risk  
Staffing  
Best Value and Transformation  
Property  
Information Communications Technology/Digital  
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact   
6.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Page 258

Page 259

Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population 
6.3  Policy and Legal 
Moray Council has statutory duties within the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 to ensure
that all children and young people within compulsory school age receive regular and
appropriate education.  Responsibility for the quality of education delivery rests with the
relevant local authority, as defined in section 1 (1) of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980
and further detailed within the Standards in Scotland’s Schools etc. Act 2000. 
6.4  Financial 
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. 
6.5  Risk 
This policy has been developed in line with practice reviewed from across Scotland for
consistency in Moray approach to supporting positive school attendance, with approval
sought for this policy.  All local authorities have agreed Attendance policies in place in line
with national guidance.  This policy refreshes and replaces the previous ‘Strategy for
Supporting Pupil Attendance and Absence including Children Missing from Education and
EMA Procedures’ (June 2016).  Existing policy in place is now dated and is not reflective of
updated Scottish Government guidance for local authorities and schools (Included,
Engaged and Involved Part 1:  promoting and managing school attendance (2026) and as
noted through the revised Moray ‘Attend to Achieve’ Attendance policy and
appendix/toolkits.  Some schools continue to use Scottish Attainment Challenge monies
in order to support identified young people achieve positive attendance in education with
uncertainty in regard to future funding continuing.  This also includes work in reaching
young people and families who may not attend at school for a range of reasons as noted
above.  Schools continue to seek multi-agency support in order to help identified young
people engage and participate in school. 
6.6  Staffing 
It is noted that secondary schools continue to experience challenges in recruiting to
various subject specific posts impacting on curriculum breadth and possible engagement
of some young people in secondary education as a result.  This also results in discrete
pressures for some schools in covering specific vacancies where in-year issues arise,
impacting on capacity due to lack of available specialist supply teacher cover.  As a result,
pupil disengagement in learning and non-attendance may result.  
Page 259

Page 260

6.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no Best Value and Transformation implications where this report is to inform
Committee on school performance following external scrutiny/validation activity.  
6.8  Property 
There are no property implications arising directly from this report.  
6.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no Information Communications/Technology/Digital implications arising directly
from this report.  
6.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
An Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA) has been developed and is available within
Appendix 2.  While some potential indirect or unintended impacts have been identified,
mitigations to reduce these potential impacts have also been identified.  The consultation
feedback will be used to further inform the IIA and final draft policy.  This policy and
supporting appendix/toolkits are developed in line with national guidance and good
practice and aims to maximise pupil attendance at school, reducing disadvantage and
supporting early intervention to strengthen inclusion for all.  
6.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
No climate change or biodiversity implications have been determined due to the nature of
this policy.  However, impacts of climate change and learning for sustainability remain
central to education priorities and planning.     
7.  CONSULTATION  
7.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Head of Education (Chief Education
Officer), Equal Opportunities Officer, Human Resources Manager, C O’Connor,
Committee Services Officer, Senior Officers in Education, Head Teacher/Nursery Manager
Consultative Group and Depute Head Teacher (Pupil Support) forum and any comments
made have been incorporated into the report. 
8.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
8.1  Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  promoting and managing school attendance
(2026)
Education Scotland, Improving Attendance:  Understanding the Issues, November 2023
Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee, 19 September 2023, Education
National Improvement Framework Appendix 2
Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee, Background Paper – Education NIF
– Progress Report and Self-evaluation 2024-2025
School attendance, absence and exclusions statistics 2024-25
Scottish Government:  Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation 2020
Appendix 1 – Attendance Policy – Attend to Achieve
Appendix 2 – Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA) 
Page 260

Page 261

1
Our Moray Attendance Policy
Attend to Achieve
Version control:
Date of Creation: 28 May 2026
Owner (Service): Quality Improvement Manager/Officer
Reviewer Head of Service: Head of Education (Chief Education Officer)
Approver Executive Director: Executive Director 
(Education, Housing & Communities)
Date Approved: 28 May 2026
Approver (Committee): Education, Children’s and Leisure Services
Date Approved:
Next Review Date:
Version History:
Version Date Author Changes Made Approved By
1.0 28 May 2026 QIM/QIO - Education Initial document
1.1
1.2
Education, Housing and Communities
APPENDIX 1
Page 261

Page 262

2 
Our Moray Attendance Policy | Attend to Achieve
Table of Contents 
Section  Contents  Page
1  Introduction  4
1.1  Policy Aims 5
1.2  Defining attendance and absence 5
1.3  Groups more vulnerable to low attendance 6
1.4  Guiding principles 6
1.5  Key rights and duties 7
1.6  Legislative and National Policy Context 7
1.7  Local authority supporting guidance  10
1.8  Initiating support for school non-attendance 10
1.9 Tracking and Monitoring attendance and using data to support positive attendance   11
1.10 The views of children,  young people and parents  12  
2  Promoting good attendance 13
2.1  Key stakeholders, their roles and responsibilities 13
2.1.1  Roles and Responsibilities of wider stakeholders including multi-agency partners 15
2.1.2  Partnership and multi-agency working 17
2.2  Approaches to supporting good attendance 18
2.2.1  Whole School Ethos and Culture 19
2.2.2  Nurturing Schools 19
2.2.3  Meeting Learner Needs  20
2.2.4  Additional Support Needs/Support for Learning  21
2.2.5  Children and Young People from Gypsy Traveller communities 21
2.2.6  Parental Engagement 21
2.2.7  Pupil Support  23
2.2.8  Education Maintenance Allowance (EMA)  23
2.2.9  Curriculum Design  24
2.2.10 School self-evaluation, systems and processes  24  
3  School Attendance Procedures 26
3.1  Recording attendance, absence and lateness (including follow up) - schools 26
3.2  Recording attendance, absence and lateness (including follow up) – ELC settings  28
3.3  Authorised absence  29
3.4  Unauthorised absence 29
3.5  Absence linked to individual, home, community and school related factors 31
3.6  Medical and dental appointments  32
3.7  Supporting children and young people with prolonged ill health  32
3.8  Supporting children and young people with specific religious or cultural
practices/Diverse School Communities  34
3.9  Supporting young people with absence relating to substance and alcohol use 34
3.10  Children and young people in school but not attending classes (internal truanting) 35
3.11 Providing for children and young people during long term illness 35
Page 262

Page 263

3 
3.12 Measures for Compulsory Compliance/internal processes for attendance concerns 35
3.13 Children or young people missing from education  38
3.14 Attendance beyond statutory school leaving age 39
3.15 Staged Intervention – attendance processes 40 
4  Alternative Attendance Arrangements 48
4.1  Home Education  48
4.2  Reduction in learning hours 49
4.3  Flexi-schooling 50
4.4  Adapted Curriculum  52
4.5  Adapted Timetables (Phased return) 53
4.6 Hosting arrangements  55
4.7 Family Separation 56
4.8 Exceptional Entry to Further Education 56
4.9 Extended work placements 57
4.10 Monitoring and Review 57   
Appendix/Toolkits
Appendix: Description:
1 Links to National Guidance and Resources including guidance on developing a context
specific school attendance policy
2 School Attendance Procedure Flow Chart
3 School Leaving Process Flow Chart (all pupils leaving before minimum school leaving age)
Entering School Leaver Destinations and 16+ tab updating – process for Secondary Schools
4 SEEMiS Attendance and Absence codes
5 Absence letter templates, text message pro-forma/template
6 Scottish Children’s Reporter Administration (SCRA) referral template
7 Attendance Self-evaluation Toolkits
8 Parent/Carer Attend to Achieve leaflet
9 Child and Young Person Attend to Achieve leaflets (versions for younger and older C&YP)
10 Attendance PR Materials
11 Lateness to School Support Pack:  Process, Posters and Letters
12 Examples of approaches to support attendance and engagement
13 Reduction in learning hours – key considerations checklist  
Page 263

Page 264

4 
1 INTRODUCTION 
Regular attendance is essential for children and young people’s academic attainment, achievement, social
development, safety, and wellbeing. Moray Council is committed to ensuring that all children and young
people attend school regularly. Every child has the right to go to school and education systems must be fair,
accessible and respectful (United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, Article 28 – Right to
Education, Article 29 – Aims of Education).  Moray Council has statutory duties within the Education
(Scotland) Act 1980 to ensure that all children and young people within compulsory school age receive
regular and appropriate education.  The law states under the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 that
parents/carers must provide their child with an ‘efficient’ education that is suited to their age, ability and
aptitude while they are ‘school’ age from 5 years old until 16 years old.  This may be achieved by
parents/carers: 
• sending their child(ren) to a school run by the local authority
• arranging for their child(ren) to attend an independent school
• educating their child(ren) at home (Home Education)  
For most children and young people, engagement will be achieved through attendance at their local school,
for some it may be through flexible programmes involving the wider community and organisations. This
policy sets out the positive approaches, partnerships, and expectations to promote engagement and
attendance in Moray. It details the procedures in responding to concerns around attendance and where
needed, the flexible attendance arrangements available to ensure we are Getting it Right for Every Child in
Moray.    
Good school attendance is the foundation of our ambition for our children and young people to reach their
full potential and is fundamental to Getting it Right for Every Child and raising attainment. We recognise that
promoting good school attendance can be a complex and multifaceted issue and, in the production of this
policy and associated procedures, a multi-agency approach has been adopted with input from colleagues
across Moray.  The impact of absence from school on pupil attainment and achievement is extensive as
shown in the table below: 
Percentage Number of days missed Impact
100% 0 Gives a learner the best chance of success
95% 9 days Early indicator that attendance may start to be impacting
on attainment
>90% 19 days Less chance of success due to poor attendance.  Learners
could drop a whole grade in secondary school as a result
>85% 27 days Serious implications on learning and progress
>80% More than 36 days Very serious implications on learning and progress 
A child with 90% attendance for example, equates to half a day off per week or 19 days per year.  When
averaging 90% attendance over the course of their school career, by the time a young person has reached
their third year (S3) of secondary education, they will have missed the equivalent of an entire year of school. 
Evidence suggests that where attendance falls below 90%, this impacts adversely on progress where there is
no safe threshold for non-attendance.   
Schools should seek to ensure that children and young people attend school or another learning
environment for the nationally recommended 25 hours in primary schools and 27.5 hours for secondary
schools.  This will require support of parents/carers as well as initiation of interventions and appropriate
further action where necessary, in the event that support from home is not forthcoming.  In order to ensure
our children and young people thrive during their time in school and post-school as they progress to positive
post-school destinations, maximised attendance is non-negotiable in order to secure their success.
Page 264

Page 265

5 
1.1 Policy Aims  
The purpose of this policy document is to provide guidance to schools about positive approaches to
promoting school attendance, school attendance procedures and alternative attendance arrangements.
This policy and associated guidelines apply to all learning environments in Moray and are relevant to all
children and young people and is reflective of Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  Improving Attendance
in Scotland’s Schools (updated:  2026).  Whilst this guidance is non-statutory and is designed to assist
public school and education authorities in their consideration of policies related to attendance and
absence.  The guidance is not prescriptive and each situation should be assessed on a case-by-case basis. 
Staff, stakeholders, and partner agencies are included within the scope of this policy. Colleagues within
Early Learning and Childcare (ELCC) settings may find this policy useful as an indicator of good practice in
the promotion of attendance and the prevention and reduction of absence.  
The aims of this attendance policy are to:   
• Support schools to build an inclusive and nurturing environment that encourages children and young
people to attend school willingly
• Ensure that all children and young people attend school regularly
• Reduce the number of children and young people who are persistently absent from school 
• Ensure a commitment to maintaining open communication between schools, parents/carers, and
children and young people regarding attendance matters
• Provide support to children and young people and their families to improve and maintain good
attendance and returning to school after a period of absence
• Identify and address the reasons why children and young people are absent from school
• Address the potential impact of external factors on attendance, such as transportation issues, health
concerns, or socio-economic challenges
• Ensure clarity and consistency for all stakeholders in matters related to school attendance 
1.2 Defining attendance and absence  
The Scottish Government (2026) defines attendance as participation in a programme of educational
activities arranged and agreed by the school (or setting), including:   
• Attendance at school  
• Learning out with the school provided by a college or other learning provider while still on the roll of the
school
• Educational visits, day, and residential visits to outdoor centres
• Activities connected to Psychological Services
• Interviews and visits relating to Further and Higher Education or Careers Events
• Debates, sports, musical or drama activities in conjunction with the school
• Study leave for pupils participating in national exams, if arranged by the school during the period of the
national examination timetable
• Sickness where special arrangements have been made to receive education elsewhere e.g. receiving
tuition via hospital or outreach teaching services
• Work experience and work-based learning 
Causes of absence from school may be multi-faceted and should be considered as part of a bigger picture
of an individual child or young person, where children and young people may have absences which relate to
more than one factor at the same time.  Reasons for non-attendance (absence) may include: 
• Individual factors : such as health (physical/mental), ASN, social factors, self-belief, lack of interest
• School factors: such as relationship with teacher/peers, quality of learning/relevance, curriculum,
transitions
Page 265

Page 266

6 
• Family factors: such as low interest/belief, parent mental health, loss and bereavement, worry about
parents, financial concerns
• Peer factors: peer pressure, social isolation, poor social skills, peer conflict, bullying, feeling of not
belonging 
Assessing the reasons for absence will support removal of any barriers and allow for targeted supports to be
put in place to address root causes for non-attendance. 
1.3 Groups more vulnerable to low attendance 
Certain groups are more vulnerable to low attendance.  There is also strong association between children
and young people’s socio-economic backgrounds and school attendance where children and young people
living in areas of higher economic and social disadvantage have been found through research to have higher
absence rates.  Attendance is also noted to diminish as pupils move through school.  The following groups
are identified as being more vulnerable to low attendance: 
• children and young people impacted by poverty
• secondary-aged pupils
• young people from Gypsy and Traveller communities
• pupils with additional support needs including:
o children and young people who have experienced care
o young carers
o children and young people who have experienced exclusion
o children and young people with social and emotional needs linked to mental health 
1.4 Guiding Principles 
The Moray Attendance policy is based on the following guiding principles:   
• All children and young people have the right to a quality education that meets their individual needs and
the right to attend school regularly. Education authorities have a duty to provide this. These are key
components of The United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) and The Promise
Scotland
• Parents/carers have a legal responsibility to provide efficient education to their child until they reach
school leaving age
• All children and young people need to be included, engaged, and involved in their learning. Children and
young people should be given opportunities to fully engage and participate in the life of their school to
encourage good attendance and have their views heard and taken into account
• Attendance is a shared responsibility between children and young people, parents/carers, schools,
partners, and the local authority who should all work collaboratively to promote and support good
attendance
• Open and transparent communication between all stakeholders is essential to promote good
attendance
• Schools and settings should actively engage with parents/carers to try to ensure that any barriers to good
attendance are understood and addressed
• Children and young people who are absent from school should be supported to return to school as soon
as possible
• There should be a clear and consistent approach to attendance management. The foundation for
schools, learning establishments and education authorities is a focus on positive relationships and an
inclusive ethos and culture that promotes good attendance. Attendance should not be considered in
isolation  
Page 266

Page 267

7 
1.5 Key rights and duties 
A number of key rights, duties and principles that underpin this policy:    
• Every child and young person has a right to be provided with an education and this should enable
them to develop their personalities, talents and abilities
• Parents have a duty to provide education for their child either by ensuring they attend a local
authority school, or by making alternative arrangements such as home education or sending their
child to an independent school
• Local Authorities and schools have a duty to provide adequate and efficient education provision in
their area. They are also responsible for making special arrangements for a child or young person to
receive education elsewhere if this is not possible
• Children and young people normally engage in the weekly recommended 25 hours for primary and
27.5 hours for secondary
• Getting it Right for Every Child advocates preventative work and early intervention to support
children, young people and their families through the provision of strong universal services, and
partnership working with other services when needed. This approach supports children and young
people’s rights and involves children and young people in any decision that affect them in line with
the core principles of UNCRC  
• The National Child Protection Guidance 2023 indicates that all agencies that work with children and
their families have a shared responsibility for protecting children and promoting, supporting and
safeguarding their wellbeing. The importance of promoting good attendance at school is highlighted
by concerns about the safety and wellbeing of children who are not at school. Child protection is of
paramount importance and absence from school may indicate a child is at risk
• All children and young people are entitled to support with their learning, where a need is identified,
whatever their circumstances. Curriculum for Excellence entitles all children and young people to
experience a broad general education during the period from the early years to the end of S3; to
experience a senior phase from S4 where they can achieve qualifications; and support to enable
them to gain as much as possible from the provision provided  
1.6 Legislative and National Policy Context 
The legislation and policies in Scotland which underpin our approach to promoting engagement and
attendance in Moray include, but are not limited to the following: 
Getting It Right for Every Child (GIRFEC) (2008, 2022)  
Our national commitment to provide all children, young
people, and their families with the right support at the
right time so that they can reach their full potential.
Provides Scotland with a consistent framework and
shared language for promoting, supporting, and
safeguarding the wellbeing of children and young
people.   
United Nations Convention on the Rights of the
Child (1992)  
Recognises education as a key social and cultural
right and has a crucial part in the alleviation of
poverty and inequality: • Article 28 (Access to
Education) states that every child has the right to an
education. • Article 29 (Aims of Education) states
that children’s education should help them develop
their personalities, talents, and abilities.   
Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1: A Positive
Approach to the Promotion and Management of
Attendance in Scottish Schools (2019; 2026)  
Promotes a relational approach to consider what
schools and local authorities can do to promote good
attendance and manage absence to ensure all children
and young people are included, engaged, and involved
in their education.  Launched in 2019, revised in 2026. 
Included, Engaged and Involved Part 2: A Positive
Approach to Preventing and Managing School
Exclusions (2017)  
Provides guidance on approaches that can be used to
prevent the need for exclusion, ensuring all children
and young people are included, engaged, and involved
in their education and summaries the legislative duties
placed on Local Authorities regarding exclusion from
school.  
The Education (Disability Strategies and Pupil Records)
(Scotland) Act 2002  
Schools must make reasonable adjustments for the
needs of disabled children and schools must not
Education Scotland Act (1980)  
States that it is the duty of parents to provide an
education for their child. They can provide that
education by sending the child to school or by other
Page 267

Page 268

8 
discriminate against disabled children. The Education
Authority must prepare and implement an accessibility
strategy to increase access to the curriculum, extra-
curricular activities, to school buildings and to
information. 
means (section 301). Local authorities have duties
placed on them which say: “pupils are to be educated
in accordance with the wishes of their parents.” It is
incumbent on local authorities to listen to and act
upon the decisions that parents make about where
they wish their child to be educated.  
Standards in Scotland’s Schools etc. Act (2000)  
States that it is the “right of every child to be provided
with school education by, or by virtue or arrangements
made, or entered into, by, an education authority.” The
act underlines the importance of considering the views
of children and young people stating that the local
authority shall “have due regard…to the views of the
child or young person in decisions that significantly
affect that child or young person.”  
The National Guidance for Child Protection in Scotland
(2021, 2023)  
This document explains what people need to do to
keep children safe in Scotland. It covers the various
levels of support that all children should get, from the
basic support everyone gets to the extra support
needed to protect children from serious harm. The
document makes it clear that children's wellbeing and
safety are closely linked. It also emphasises how
important the Getting It Right for Every Child (GIRFEC)
approach is for protecting children.  
Education (Additional Support for Learning) (Scotland)
Act (2004, 2009, 2018) Outlines the concept of
Additional Support Needs and places duties on local
authorities to identify, meet and keep under review the
needs of pupils for whom they are responsible.   
The Promise Scotland (2021)  
Outlines Scotland’s promise to care-experienced
children and young people – that they will grow up safe,
loved, and respected so they can reach their full
potential. The guidance is built on the five foundations
of family, voice, care, people, and scaffolding.   
Curriculum for Excellence (2004)  
Aims to provide a coherent, flexible curriculum for all
children and young people aged 3-18 years. The
curriculum comprises the totality of experiences which
are planned for children and young people wherever
they are being educated. Entitlement includes: a
coherent curriculum from 3-18 years; a broad general
education until S3; a senior phase after S3 and personal
support to enable them to gain as much as possible
from the curriculum and support in moving into a
positive and sustained destination beyond school.   
The Children and Young People (Scotland) Act (2014)  
Has wide reaching powers to promote the Scottish
Government’s aims to encourage effective and
targeted services for children and families as well as
the promotion of children’s rights. Through the GIRFEC
National Practice Model, the Act promotes cross-
boundary models of service delivery to make best use
of expertise and resources in an integrated way with the
wellbeing of children and young people being
paramount. The wellbeing indicators (safe, healthy,
achieving, nurtured, active, respected, responsible,
and included) promotes an integrated approach to
ensure the wellbeing of all children and young people.
Introduced increased provision of early learning and
childcare and a range of corporate parenting
responsibilities to promote the wellbeing of children
and young people in care.   
The National Improvement Framework for Scottish
Education
Sets out the Scottish Government’s vision and
priorities for children’s progress in learning. The
Framework, updated annually, is key in driving work to
continually improve Scottish education and address
the poverty related attainment gap, delivering both
excellence and equity.  
Equality Act (2010)  
Simplified and strengthened previous protections for
children and young people with ‘protected
characteristics’ (e.g. age, race, gender, disability, and
sexual orientation) from discrimination. This
strengthened inclusion in education for all children and
young people regardless of their additional support
needs or disability.  
European Convention on Human Rights (1953)  
Article 2 of Protocol 1 in the convention stresses a child
or young person’s right to an education: “No person
shall be denied the right to an education.”   
Improving Attendance: Understanding the Issues
(2023) 
This report is the result of 'deep dive' analysis led by
Education Scotland. It describes the issues affecting
attendance and outlines the support available to local
authorities. 2 Improving attendance:   
The Education Scotland infographic on page 9 provides useful overview of national and local supporting
structures as well as signposting to key legislation and guidance in support of strengthening school
attendance.
Page 268

Page 269

9 
Page 269

Page 270

10 
1.7 Local Authority supporting guidance 
Our Moray Standard for Supporting all Learners and Our Moray Standard for Learning and Teaching
emphasise the importance of positive relationships and nurturing approaches in order to support all
children and young people to thrive and succeed, both within and outside of the classroom.  In order to
ensure a ‘pull to school’, it is essential that relational approaches are embedded within our schools in order
to ensure children and young people feel safe and that their voices are heard.  In pursuit of improved
attendance, a range of factors can be identified as essential including: 
• A strategic focus from senior leaders and staff on improving attendance as a key improvement priority
• Planned approaches to using available resources well and in a targeted way
• Attendance procedures being clearly understood and followed by all
• Regular reviewing of data and tracking the impact of individualised support packages
• Working in partnership with other multi-agency partners and third sector providers
• Ongoing communication and explanation of the impact of non-attendance shared regularly
• Development of trusted relationships with families, children and young people
• Provision of bespoke and universal measures to support attendance and reduce late coming including
breakfast clubs, adapted timetables and planning for children (Child Planning) where attendance is of
concern 
This policy is supported by and should be used in conjunction with other relevant policies and frameworks
including: 
• Moray’s Child Protection Guidance and Procedures
• Moray Child’s Planning Guidance and Toolkits
• Moray’s Mandatory Training – GIRFEC, Solution-Orientated Training
• Moray’s CIRCLE training and approaches/resources
• Moray’s approach to Trauma Informed Practice
• Moray Educational Psychology Emotionally Based Non-School Attendance
• Realising the Ambition
• Health and Social Care Standards 
1.8 Initiating support for school non-attendance 
The diagram below highlights the spectrum of school attendance and its problems.  Over time, early
warning signs can move to school attendance mixed with absenteeism in some way including arriving late to
school, missing some classes/times of the day and not others, periodic absences and possible early
departures from school.  More lengthy cases of absenteeism will require extended interventions with multi-
agency support.  Early intervention is easier to deal with compared to chronic absence and any support is
best initiated at the early stages of the spectrum once identified. 
(Forth Valley and West Lothian Toolkit)  
0% 100%
Page 270

Page 271

11 
1.9 Tracking and Monitoring attendance and using data to support positive attendance 
Systems and processes are a key aspect of effective tracking and monitoring in support of positive
attendance.   Understanding the data presented and using this effectively in order to identify early warning
signs and implement well-planned support is essential to improve attendance for our children and young
people.   
Systems and processes in place in schools should ensure that data is collected and analysed at both a
whole school and individual level where analysis of whole school level data is key to identifying universal
supports for improvement.   
Systems for tracking and monitoring in order to improve attendance should: 
• Ensure all stakeholders (pupils, parents, partners and the wider community) have  a shared
understanding of the importance of attendance in easy to read and meaningful guidance (e.g. leaflets,
update flyers)
• Support effective use of data to identify early warning signs and absence triggers at an early stage
• Ensure recording at least twice a day (in secondary schools, period by period)
• Include consistent use of absence codes within SEEMiS
• Include rigorous tracking and monitoring of all absences, clearly set out in policy and procedures
• Ensure all absences and late coming are accurately recorded by everyone concerned
• Support analysis of data that is actionable at whole school, cohort, group and individual levels
• Consider attendance data along with wider attainment and wellbeing tracking data
• Support professional dialogue and high level reporting throughout the year, informing reflection on ways
to improve attendance and effectiveness of interventions (universal and targeted)
• Ensure all absences are followed up in line with Child Protection processes
• Be supported by agreed thresholds as triggers for further intervention as required, including transitions
• Ensure data is monitored for all children and young people and also those more likely to have barriers to
attendance as noted above (young carers, care experienced children and young people, children with
additional support needs, children living in more deprived contexts)
• Strongly encourage full attendance in the first two weeks of the school year – those who do not attend
are noted through research to be five times more likely to have ‘chronic absence’
• Support identification of patterns and trends, informing where improvement efforts should be focussed 
Possible outline of analysis of data at different points in the academic session is set out as below:
Annual Termly Monthly/Weekly Daily
• Review of trends
• Primary Transition
• Previous year
attendance for
identified
children/young
people
• Review of trends
• Data that informs
interventions and
their effectiveness
• Data that measures
impact
• School level data
• Cohort level data
• Individual pupil level
data
• Review of data for
identified pupils
with targeted
supports
• Review ‘tbc’s’
• Review reasons for
absence
• Pupil ‘watch list’ –
early intervention 
Trends that schools and relevant responsible colleagues may wish to explore include: 
• Patterns in days of the week
• SEEMiS codes
• Year groups and cohorts
• Particular times of the year
• Before/after holiday periods
• Thresholds (e.g. 90%, 85%, 70%...)
• Key points in the year
Page 271

Page 272

12 
1.10 The views of children,  young people and parents 
The views of children, young people and parents/carers have been key to policy development.  In reviewing
this policy, they have provided us with a range of experiences and insights about school attendance. 
In summary, children, young people and parents/carers made the following comments: 
Feeling welcomed and
supported makes a
difference
They value being welcomed by staff, spending time with friends, being
able to access nurture, or other spaces, and supportive teachers who
listen to them and understand their needs.
Barriers to attendance are
complex and individual
These could include mental and physical health challenges. Young people
also talked about experiences of feeling judged or misunderstood, being
bullied, or not receiving the support they need. Young people highlighted
that there is a difference between absence due to illness or disability and
absence linked to behaviour.
Some things helped when
returning to school and
some things didn’t
Young people spoke about their motivations for attending school,
mentioning things like wanting to get qualifications and employment in the
future. Positive and supportive relationships with teachers, flexible
timetables and access to external services were seen as key supports,
while pressure to return full-time and lack of safe spaces made things
harder.
How attendance is spoken
about matters
Some young people spoke about feeling anxious, demotivated or judged
by their school’s attendance messaging. They also spoke about the impact
this could have on their confidence and motivation. They want messaging
to avoid ‘ableist’7 assumptions.
Young people want to be
heard
They want decision-makers to spend time in schools, listen to their
experiences, and recognise the impact of poverty, pressure, and peer
dynamics on attendance.
A number of factors
support attendance 
Parents highlighted that strong relationships with school staff, access to
subjects that interest their children, friendships and feeling safe and
supported are key motivators for attendance.
Parents and pupils are
partners 
Parents value consistent, kind and compassionate communication with
schools. They value staff who listen and work with them to understand
concerns and support their child.
Support during absence
matters 
Parents highlighted the importance of ongoing support during and after
long-term absences. This included things like regular contact with trusted
staff and being involved in planning for their child’s return to school.
Tailored approaches are
key 
Parents highlighted the importance of individualised support that reflects
their child’s needs, especially for those with additional support needs
and/or mental health challenges. They felt that ensuring appropriate
resources, providing support such as flexible timetables or access to quiet
spaces and having a strong anti-bullying approach were all things that
could support their child’s attendance and help them to achieve. 
Individual schools are encouraged to undertake further consultation to support meeting the needs of their
children and young people in partnership with their Parent Council.  They can play an important role in
engagement with the wider parent body on attendance related issues and design and delivery of
interventions to promote and encourage regular school attendance.   
Education Scotland guidance is provided through learner participation in educational settings and their
Youth Voice toolkit.  
Page 272

Page 273

13 
2 PROMOTING GOOD ATTENDANCE:   
2.1 Key Stakeholders, their roles and responsibilities 
Encouraging good attendance and addressing absence is a collective responsibility involving children and
young people, parents or carers, schools, partners, and the local authority. As noted within Included,
Engaged and Involved Part 1:  Improving Attendance in Scotland’s Schools (2026, p5) “relevant staff in
appropriate agencies such as health and social work should consider this guidance in the context of fulfilling
their responsibilities as part of a multi-agency approach”.   Culture, systems and good practice are essential
for building positive and inclusive relationships with parents/carers and wider stakeholders. 
Each of these stakeholders plays a vital role in ensuring that all children and young people attend school
consistently and receive the necessary support to overcome any barriers to attendance. This section
outlines the specific responsibilities of each group in promoting good attendance and managing absences.
By collaborating and fulfilling these roles and responsibilities, we can foster a supportive environment that
promotes regular attendance and enables all children and young people to achieve their full potential. 
Children and Young People 
• Attend school regularly and on time 
• Communicate with their parents/carers, who in turn should notify the school if they are going to be
absent or late 
• Catch up on any missed work as soon as they can  
• Participate in school activities and events and encourage peers to attend 
• Respect the rights of other children and young people and staff 
Parent/Carer 
• Ensure their child understands the importance of education and attendance 
• Ensure their child attends school regularly and on time
• Notify the school office if their child is going to be absent from school or late
• Support their child to make up any missed work
• Attend school events and meetings when invited
• Partner with the school to help improve or maintain their child’s attendance  
• Keep the school up to date with telephone numbers and emergency contacts    
Classroom Teachers
• Proactively and regularly promote good attendance through lessons, assemblies, school events, and
informal and formal conversations with learners, parents/carers and partners  
• Accurately record and monitor attendance which is a legal responsibility 
• Partner with children and young people and their parents/carers to identify and address the reasons why
children and young people are absent from or late to school as appropriate
• Provide appropriate strategies to support children and young people to improve 
• attendance 
• Report any concerns about attendance to the Head teacher and/or the Senior Leadership Team (and/or
the PT Guidance in secondary schools)  
PT Subject, PTGs, PT ASN  and Pastoral DHTs (as appropriate)
• Provide or seek support for children and young people who are absent from school or late to school
• Partner with children and young people and their parents/carers to develop a plan to improve attendance
when necessary
• Monitor attendance and act, in line with school and local authority guidance when necessary
• Liaise with other professionals such as Educational Psychology, health colleagues, Children and
Families Social Work and other partners to provide additional support to children and young people and
parents/carers when necessary 
• Ensure attendance records are accurate and advise business support colleagues on appropriate use of
SEEMiS absence code 
Page 273

Page 274

14 
• Should attend Emotionally Based Non-attendance awareness training, and should regularly revisit this
when supporting Children and Young People in school
• Should be creative in developing positive relationships with third sector partners to support positive
attendance 
Headteachers 
• Ensure the school has an effective school level attendance procedure and that staff comply with all legal
requirements 
• Monitor learner attendance and act, in line with school, local authority and national guidance 
• Improve overall attendance and reduce lateness through data analysis and supportive interventions  
• Ensure effective communication through text, phone, letter, email and face to face meetings  
• Ensure consistency in supporting attendance and challenging barriers to attendance  
• Keep a chronology of repeated and regular absences and associated follow up actions  
• Treat learners and parents/carers as partners when exploring appropriate supports to improve
attendance when necessary
• Liaise with other schools, local authority to share good practice on attendance 
• Enable staff and partner agencies to support all children and young people to attend and engage in
learning  
• Ensure accurate attendance records and advise business support colleagues on appropriate use of
SEEMiS absence codes 
Admin/Business Support 
• Maintain accurate attendance records and ensure compliance with data protection
• Maintain open communication with parents/carers, including phone calls, emails etc
• Liaise with school staff and other stakeholders to ensure accurate records 
• Liaise with Senior Leaders and Pastoral Care/Guidance staff to ensure that timely interventions are put
in place to all children and young people 
Local Authority Officers 
• Provide support and challenge to schools to improve attendance 
• Collaborate with school leaders to set whole school cultures  
• Partner with school leaders to identify and address the reasons why children and young people are
absent from or late to school 
• Ensure schools meet statutory entitlements and quality assurance procedures are in place to monitor
this 
• Ensure the accurate recording of learner attendance and absence in accordance with Included, Engaged
and Involved Part 1 (2019)  
• Liaise with other agencies, such as the Children and Families Social Work team and the NHS, to ensure
that additional support is provided to children and young people when necessary 
• Support schools to provide training which enhances staff understanding and implementation of policy
and procedures for the promotion and management of attendance  
• Offer opportunities to share effective practice    
Partners will:  
• Work with learners, parents/carers and staff to maximise learner participation in education  
• Contribute to attendance support planning  
• Where possible, attend meetings and catch-ups relating to attendance and prioritise these  
• Be clear on what the offer is from the organisation/setting  
• Communicate when things are not going well and be solution focussed to mitigate issues  
• Ensure that records and or recordings are accurate and are shared timely with appropriate colleagues  
• Provide local knowledge to establishments to help them better understand circumstances affecting
attendance  
• Build capacity of other staff to utilise different approaches to improve attendance  
• Support community-based planning to improving attendance through alternative curriculum offer  
Page 274

Page 275

15 
2.1.1 Roles and responsibilities of wider stakeholders including multi-agency partners 
In Moray, building strong partnerships with key stakeholders is essential for improving school attendance
among children and young people, including their families. Schools should assess the partnerships they
have with local authority staff, the Community Learning and Development (CLD) team, third-sector
organisations, health services, the police, and others, as these partnerships form the foundation for
effective and meaningful practices. Parents and families should also be involved in these partnerships and,
where possible, included in the strategies that are developed. 
In Moray, various partners collaborate with educational establishments to help children and young people
maintain regular school attendance: 
Educational Psychologist 
In Moray, the Educational Psychology Service provides support, and guidance should there be any concerns
with regard to family difficulties, challenging behaviour, learning difficulties and developing emotional
wellbeing.  The Educational Psychology Service offer specific training in Emotion Based Non-Attendance
Awareness. This training supports schools in understanding what may be the underlying contributing factors
being faced by a child or young person who is struggling to attend school, as well as looking at ideas and
strategies that can support the child, young person, their family and the school in making positive steps for
reengaging with school and education. 
Schools should consult with their allocated Educational Psychologist through the link SLT member in  
the format of a no named discussion and followed up with an invite to a Child’s Planning Meeting, where
appropriate. The support of the Educational Psychologist may be provided through consultation, direct
working with children or young people, their families, or staff training. This should be facilitated through
negotiation at Child’s Planning Meeting (CPM) or through Senior Leadership Team/Head Teacher. 
Family Support/Home School Link Workers 
Family Support/Home School Link Workers work with children and young people and their families who are
experiencing difficulties, to reduce barriers and increase access to a range of services including learning.
This can be on a 1:1 basis, small groups or as part of an identified intervention programme. 
Family Support Workers are part of the Social Work Team and a referral would be to be made to Social Work
as part of the multi-agency Child’s Planning Meetings. Involvement with Family Support Workers is on a
voluntary basis and referrals can be either self-referred, through the Child’s Planning Meetings or other
agencies. If concerns are ongoing, the Family Support  Workers can undertake work with the child or young
person and their families and can make home visits. 
Family Support and Home-School Link Workers have a key role in linking between home and school. They
assist in re-engaging children and young people and parents/carers with the school and other learning
opportunities within the community. Family Support/Home School Link Workers may attend the Child’s
Planning Meetings where appropriate supports are identified and referrals made.    
Child’s Planning Meetings are held in variety of different ways, to meet the needs of the child or young
person, the family and professionals. These can be virtual, face to face or a hybrid of both at a single agency
and/or multiagency level (https://girfecinmoray.co.uk/).   
Page 275

Page 276

16 
School Nursing Team 
The School Nursing team consists of a Team Leader, Specialist Community Public Health Nurses, Qualified
Nurses, and Health Care Support Workers. The service uses a single generic email address for all referrals:
gram.morayschoolnursingservice@nhs.scot   
Referrals can be submitted using either the School Nursing referral form or the Moray Request for Assistance
form.  If a child’s attendance falls to 80% and there is a health-related reason for non-attendance that is not
being addressed by the appropriate health professionals (e.g., CAMHS, Paediatrics), please refer the child to
the School Nursing team. They will assess and provide support if required. 
Social Worker 
Social Workers are partners to a multi-agency child’s plan where the child is considered a child in need.  The
child’s Social Worker will be invited to Child’s Planning Meetings and attend and/or provide an update of their
assessment and support for the family.  Where there are concerns for a child’s wellbeing a Request for
Assistance should be made to the Access Team on the agreed Child’s Planning paperwork.   
Referrals to the Children’s Reporter that relate to attendance for children should be made in discussion with
the Social Work Access Team or the child’s allocated social worker and their being invited to join the Team
Around a Child.  There will be times where social workers are the lead professional for a child in need, this
will be through the agreement of the Team Around a Child, where appropriate to the Social Work role. 
Social Workers are lead professionals for all children and young people who are looked after or where they
are included on the North East Scotland Child Protection Register and subject to a protection plan.  Regular
looked after or child protection planning meetings will be arranged by the social work reviewing team.  Social
work will take the lead in organising and chairing child planning meetings or core group meetings between
the regular reviews. 
Practitioners use the ‘My World Triangle’ as a framework to explore and understand the various factors that
may influence a child’s attendance: 
Youth Workers 
Youth Workers work with children and young people (12-25 years) in a variety of settings including school
groups, community-based youth clubs, issue-based groups and drop-ins. Youth Workers are part of the CLD
Communities Team.  Programmes reflect issues that are relevant to children and young people and relate to
wider achievement, active citizenship and personal development. Some of these can lead to children and
young people undertaking an award. Participation is voluntary. Some of those participating may have been
referred because of attendance issues within school. 
Page 276

Page 277

17 
Youth Workers may support around attendance and engagement of young people at school and in particular: 
• Poor or declining school attendance (early engagement 90%-85% attendance)
• Disengagement from learning or lack of motivation
• At risk of exclusion or already excluded (fixed-term or permanent) 
Wider support can be access through Child Planning and these include: 
• Third Sector Providers (Let’s Work Together – A Child’s Plan - GIRFEC)
• CAMHS
• Paediatrics 
2.1.2 Partnership and multi-agency working 
The following principles are the first part how schools and partners may work together to improve
attendance for children and young people. 
Enhancing understanding of the factors that contribute to attendance challenges 
• Recognise the various obstacles that can affect attendance
• Focus on issues like poverty, family dynamics, mental health, equality, relationships, trauma, and
neurodiversity
• Are mindful of the communities in which children and young people reside, and the challenges they may
face
• Tailor support since there is no one-size-fits-all solution for improving attendance
• Try to understand a family’s background, their unique characteristics, the context of their environment,
their goals, and emotions
• Know who is already involved with the family and be aware of any previous efforts made
• Ensure that children and young people’s rights, as outlined in the UNCRC, are central to strategies for
addressing attendance issues, particularly giving importance to their voices   
Developing skills and qualities for working with children, young people and their families 
Practitioners working to improve attendance should:  
• Be good listeners, balanced communicators and able to coach others  
• Be caring and have empathy for others while being non-judgemental and undertaking a person-centred
approach  
• Develop trusting and real relationships that are consistent and sustainable  
• Be patient, encouraging, flexible and approachable  
• Have or be willing to gain experience of implementing interventions and developing parental
engagement skills  
• Know how to create meaningful partnerships that have parity  
• Understand children, young people and/or their families may be cautious of professionals from some
sectors 
Identifying ways to develop your communication   
• Communicate with ALL the key individuals/partners that are in a child or parent’s life  
• Present safe, welcoming, informal and neutral spaces to have face to face engagements  
• Show interest while being inquisitive and transparent  
• Explore the use of different communication methods and tools that are preferred by families  
• Be willing to communicate in collaboration with partners, avoiding insular approaches  
• Agree consistent approaches in messaging language  
Page 277

Page 278

18 
Promoting Early Intervention and Prevention 
• Support must be introduced as early as possible to be the most effective  
• Have the aspirations and reasons for non-attendance at the core of interventions while being willing to
explore these in depth  
• Co-design approaches that work at the families pace, take stock of the family’s world and involve the
whole family  
• Consider the community as a place for interventions to take place  
• Empower and build the capacity of families while giving support to them  
• Create equitable partnership interventions while being clear on their strengths and weaknesses  
• Create and ensure pathways are available for any intervention  
• Know key trusted relationships are necessary for success  
• Understand that interventions must be consistent, stable and sustainable    
Identifying what needs to change 
• Punitive approaches do not improve attendance and impact negatively on the most vulnerable children
and young people  
• Frustrations, deadlines, unrealistic expectations and negativity do not improve attendance  
• Avoid forcing a child or young person back into the mainstream school curriculum when they are not
ready  
• Attendance in a classroom cannot be seen as the only measure of success  
• Alternative and tailored curriculums based on the needs required must be developed  
• Avoid applying a hierarchy and being inflexible in approaches utilised    
Developing and maintaining strong partnerships   
• Partners must be invited and be a respected part of school communities  
• Parity of esteem must exist between partners, all being equal in the process  
• Strategy, outcomes, objectives, knowledge, data and evaluations are a shared responsibility  
• Sustainability and commitment are necessary, partnership working should not be seen as a temporary
solution  
• Communication between partners and schools must be strong and consistent  
• Explore alternative opportunities for learning and nominate consistent staff that will build relationships
in school and the community  
• Create clear understanding of what partners can and cannot do, with roles and purposes being agreed      
2.2 Approaches to supporting good attendance 
Children and young people are more likely to be motivated to attend school when they feel fully integrated
and involved in the school and its community. Families are more likely to support regular attendance when
they feel connected to the school community and when schools work with them as equal partners. 
Encouraging good attendance requires schools to foster positive relationships within an inclusive ethos and
culture. Schools should actively engage with parents and carers to ensure effective learning, teaching, and
assessment, with a particular emphasis on supporting additional needs. They should also collaborate with
community partners to ensure both children and their families receive the support they need. By promoting
good attendance and addressing concerns early, we can help provide every child with the best possible start
in life. 
The following key principles promote effective whole school approaches to ensuring good attendance: 
Page 278

Page 279

19 
• Welcoming educational establishments which prioritise positive and nurturing relationships
underpinned by high expectations and core values
• Children and young people are fully included and engaged in the life of the school and understand 
that school absence affects attainment, achievement, wellbeing, and wider outcomes
• Schools understand what barriers can be in place for children and young people’s attendance, and 
work to understand and address these
• Schools have supports and strategies in place for children and young people who have additional 
support needs
• Promoting attendance is part of regular conversations with parents/carers and children and 
young people and there is a mutual understanding that school absence affects
attainment, achievement, wellbeing, and wider outcomes
• Schools work collaboratively with families and partners to understand and address any barriers to 
attendance for individual children and young people and intervene at the earliest stage to address 
any emerging patterns of non-attendance
• Schools have in place clear and consistent procedures for monitoring the attendance of all children 
and young people
• Schools have clear and consistently applied procedures for following up on unexplained absence. Staff
understand absence from school is a potential safeguarding risk and recognise their role in keeping
children and young people safe   
2.2.1  Whole school Ethos and Culture 
Creating a positive whole school ethos and culture is essential for good attendance. This means ensuring
every child feels included, respected, safe, valued and celebrated for their achievements. To create this
positive environment, everyone in the school community should understand wellbeing, focus on building
good relationships and respect children's rights. 
Attendance issues are closely linked to relationships, behaviour, and wellbeing in school. To improve 
attendance, schools should focus on building good relationships, finding solutions together, restorative
approaches and teaching about children’s rights. When children and young people know their rights and are
included in decisions about their learning, they are more likely to want to attend school. 
Nurturing approaches and nurture groups can help children and young people feel more connected 
to their school. Some may have had difficult experiences that affect them at school. By understanding this
and providing extra support, schools can help these children and young people feel safer and more
included. 
Preventing bullying is important for maintaining good attendance, as some children and young people miss
school because of bullying. Schools anti-bullying approaches should be based on the national framework
for Anti-bullying Respect for All and Moray’s Building Better Relationships Anti-bullying guidance (Building
better relationships). 
2.2.2  Nurturing Schools   
Whole school nurture is a broad approach that can be used to support any child or young person facing 
a barrier to learning. The Education (Additional Support for Learning) (Scotland) Act 2004 (as amended)
states that additional support needs may arise from a range of factors and may be short-term or long
lasting. 
Schools that take a nurturing approach create positive environments with a focus on warmth, empathy, and
attuned interactions between staff and pupils. They provide structure and have high expectations for all
learners, recognising that all children and young people can reach their full potential with the right balance
of care and challenge. 
Page 279

Page 280

20 
2.2.3  Meeting Learner Needs 
Schools should understand and work to address the specific challenges faced by certain groups of 
children and young people. These challenges can make it harder for them to attend school regularly. 
The Scottish Government report, Achieving Excellence and Equity 2021 National Improvement Framework
and Improvement Plan shows the differences in attendance rates for different groups of learners. In
2024/2025 (national figures published in December each year, for the previous year): 
• The overall attendance rate for Scotland was 91.0%, Moray 91.2%
• Primary schools had a higher attendance rate in Moray of 93.3% (National:  93.1%) than secondary
schools in Moray of 88.3% (National:  88.4%) 
• Children living in the 20% most deprived areas had an attendance rate of 6.6% lower than those living in
the 20% least deprived areas (National:  6.5%). 
The Scottish Government report, Support for Learning: All Our Children and All Their Potential 2020 
highlights the barriers to attendance for children and young people with additional support needs. 
When looking at barriers to attendance, schools should be aware of the challenges faced by groups of 
children, young people, and families and those with protected characteristics, including: 
• Care experienced children and young people. 
• Those with additional support needs. 
• Young carers or impacted by the care of a family member. 
• Those from Gypsy/Traveller communities. 
• Children receiving support from Children's Services, including those on the Child Protection Register. 
• Those with health care needs. 
• Those experiencing socioeconomic deprivation. 
• Children and families from Black and Minority Ethic backgrounds. 
• Those who identify as LGBTQI+ 
Page 280

Page 281

21 
Moray schools recognise that low attendance can often be related to, or a sign of, an additional support
need. They will use the Moray Child’s Planning guidance and process to identify any barriers to learning and
provide appropriate support to agree and maintain a suitable attendance pattern. 
2.2.4  Additional Support Needs/Support for Learning 
The Education (Additional Support for Learning) (Scotland) Act 2004 requires education authorities and
other agencies to make provisions for all children and young people who need extra support to overcome
barriers to their learning. Additional support may be needed to overcome needs arising from their learning
environment, disability or health, family circumstances, or social and emotional factors, including mental
health concerns.  Gifted and talented children and young people may also have alternative attendance
patterns where their attendance may result in being different or included within flexi-timetabling
arrangements due to wider external tutors/experiences in place. Under the Act, every looked after child is
assumed to have an additional support need, unless the team around an individual child or young person
agree otherwise. 
Providing additional support can help children and young people engage more fully with school and promote
good attendance. Schools should recognise that poor attendance can often be related to, or be a sign of, an
additional support need. They should use the Moray’s Staged Intervention Model and the Child’s Planning
Guidance and process to ensure any barriers to learning are identified and appropriate support is provided. 
A Coordinated Support Plan (CSP) may be required when a child or young person needs significant long-term
additional support from Moray as well as from another agency, such as health or social work services. The
CSP outlines the educational objectives to be achieved and the additional support that needs to be
coordinated to help the child or young person achieve these objectives. Guidance on planning to meet
additional support needs is available in the Supporting Children's Learning Statutory Guidance. 
2.2.5  Children and young people from Gypsy Traveller communities 
Children and young people from Gypsy Traveller communities can face barriers that make it harder to attend
school regularly. These may include discrimination or bullying, limited trust, frequent travel, and a feeling
that learning is not always inclusive or relevant. Missing school can reduce opportunities to learn
consistently and may affect attainment, qualifications and future options. 
Attendance can also reduce towards the end of primary school, and fewer children and young people may
move on to secondary school. Schools should work with partners to support families to make informed
choices and provide clear information about personalised supports, such as flexible arrangements and
adapted timetables. Building strong relationships and communication from early years onwards is key to
developing trust and confidence. 
Education Scotland signpost to resources through Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  Improving
Attendance in Scotland’s Schools (2026, page 16).  Resources designed to help schools and education
authorities support flexible learning for children and young people from Gypsy Traveller communities are
available from the Scottish Traveller Education Programme (STEP) and the Traveller Education Network
Scotland (TENET). Guidance on recording absence of children and young people due to family mobility can
be found within the authorised absence section of the guidance.   
2.2.6  Parental Engagement 
When a parent/carer enrols their child at a school it is important to build positive relationships and
encourage parental engagement to support promoting good attendance. Moray’s approach to fostering
positive school-parent relationships is outlined in the Parental Involvement and Engagement Strategy.
Page 281

Page 282

22 
Building strong connections begins in the early years through regular, informal interactions during drop-off
and pick-up times. Nurturing these relationships early can establish a foundation of trust and mutual
respect that supports attendance throughout a child’s education. To maintain positive engagement, clear
and proactive transition plans should be in place at all stages of a child or young person’s school journey.
These plans should involve families from the outset and include all necessary support to ensure a smooth
transition, reinforcing the importance of regular attendance and engagement in learning. 
Schools should maintain regular communication with parents using a variety of methods to ensure strong
engagement. As key partners in their child’s education, parents must be well-informed about their
responsibilities and supported in encouraging regular school attendance. Under The Education (Scotland)
Act 1980, Section 30, parents have a legal duty to provide efficient education for their child until school
leaving age, which includes ensuring their regular attendance at school. Building positive and trusting
relationships with parents is essential to reinforcing the value of consistent attendance and addressing any
potential barriers. By working collaboratively, schools and families can create a supportive environment that
promotes engagement and success for every learner. 
When discussing attendance with parents, it is important to take a practical and empathetic approach,
acknowledging the challenges that family life can bring, such as balancing work commitments or managing
financial difficulties. Schools should collaborate with partners to identify and address these barriers as early
as possible, ensuring families receive the support they need. Effective strategies include breakfast clubs,
which help establish consistent morning routines and improve attendance; additionally, supporting parents
with their own literacy or numeracy skills can boost their confidence in engaging with their child’s learning,
leading to better attendance. By working together, schools and families can create solutions that promote
regular attendance and student success. 
The Cost of the School Day initiative has raised awareness of the financial challenges that may affect school
attendance. It should be clear to parents and children/young people that consequences for lateness will be
respectful and considerate of any family circumstances. When school staff become aware of difficulties
affecting attendance, they should work in partnership with other services to provide appropriate support.
Schools can refer to the Cost of the School Day guidance for further information on reducing financial
barriers and promoting inclusive attendance.
(please see: http://www.moray.gov.uk/downloads/file149019.pdf) 
Poverty can reduce school attendance and engagement by limiting access to essentials and adding
emotional and family pressures, which can disrupt learning and lower attainment. Children affected by
poverty are also more likely to have additional support needs, care experience, or caring responsibilities.
Schools should respond sensitively through a multi-agency approach, help families access financial
supports, and use Pupil Equity Funding (PEF) for targeted measures such as attendance/family engagement
staff, nurture provision, personalised pathways, and improved tracking/monitoring. 
When care experienced children and young people move placements, they may face challenges such as
longer travel distances or adjusting to new routes. The designated senior leader for care experienced pupils
should ensure that appropriate support is in place as early as possible to maintain continuity in their
education and attendance. Proactive planning and collaboration with relevant services can help reduce
disruptions and support a smooth transition.  Supports include:  Scottish Child Payment, Free School Meals
and School Clothing Grant.  
Parents should be given clear information, updated regularly, about their responsibility to inform the school
if their child will be absent and to provide current emergency contact information. It is helpful for schools to
have an answering machine to receive communications from parents outside school hours.    
To support good attendance, schools should actively engage with their wider parent community to
understand and address any local barriers. This should include engagement with families from a wide range
of backgrounds. The Parent Council can support engagement with the wider parent body around attendance
issues and be involved in developing and implementing initiatives to encourage regular school attendance. A
Page 282

Page 283

23 
collaborative approach helps create a school culture where attendance is valued and supported by the
whole community. Information for parents on school attendance and absence is available on Parentzone
Scotland (Parentzone Scotland | Education Scotland).     
2.2.7  Pupil Support  
All school staff have a role in promoting good attendance and helping to reduce absence. Pupil Support
staff, in particular, play a key role in providing early intervention and support by: 
• Identifying early concerns that may lead to absence, allowing for timely support plans and
adaptations 
• Preventing patterns of absence from developing after a specific issue 
• Building positive, trusting relationships with pupils and parents to address challenges and find
solutions collaboratively 
• Responding quickly to absences to ensure the safety and wellbeing of children and young people 
• Following up on absences so that schools and partner agencies can provide appropriate
interventions 
• Supporting reintegration into learning after a period of absence, ensuring a smooth transition back
to school 
Pupil Support staff should establish links with partner agencies to strengthen support for children, young
people, and parents. Education authorities can support school-based teams by having appropriate
structures for centralised support to schools. 
Pupil Support staff play a vital role in monitoring, assessing, and supporting absence. They should
proactively identify patterns and causes of absence, ensuring that appropriate support is put in place
promptly. Other school staff and partner agencies can also contribute to this assessment, fostering a
collaborative approach to improving attendance. 
Career Long Professional Learning (CLPL) for all staff can strengthen school practices that promote good
attendance. Training in areas such as positive relationships, parental engagement, and learner participation
helps create an inclusive and supportive school environment. Additionally, CLPL focused on systems and
processes for monitoring and improving attendance can enhance staff effectiveness in this area. A key focus
should be understanding the underlying reasons for absence, including factors such as mental health
challenges. This is particularly important for those working directly with families, such as home-school link
workers and family support workers.      
2.2.8  Education Maintenance Allowance (EMA) 
Pupils aged 16-19 who are attending school or college may be eligible for financial assistance through the
Education Maintenance Allowance (EMA). 
EMA provides a weekly allowance of £30 to eligible young people who remain in full-time education after
their 16th birthday or participate in an Pathways Agreement. 
Eligibility is based on household income and the number of dependent children in the family. 
If a parent/carer does not currently claim Free School Meals, Clothing Grant, Housing Benefit, or Council
Tax Reduction, they will need to complete a benefits claim form to apply for EMA. 
Page 283

Page 284

24 
2.2.9  Curriculum Design 
Curriculum for Excellence (CfE) encourages flexibility, creativity, and innovation, enabling schools to
personalise learning to meet the diverse needs of all children and young people, while also reducing
pressure on students in the Senior Phase. To support engagement and attendance, schools must offer a
coherent curriculum that builds essential skills in literacy, numeracy, and health and wellbeing. This should
include a wide range of work-based learning, wider achievement opportunities, and qualifications beyond
the standard SQA menu. Collaboration with partners within and outside the school, including Moray
Council, is crucial. These partners can assist schools in providing comprehensive support packages
designed to engage and support children and young people, ensuring their continued participation and
success. While children and young people may be physically present, they can be disengaged from learning.  
Throughout the Broad General Education (BGE) and when making subject choices in the Senior Phase,
children and young people should be encouraged to actively engage in their learning as well as the wider life
of the school. To assess and improve the effectiveness of their approaches, schools can use self-evaluation
tools such as 'How Good is Our School? 4' (HGIOS 4). This framework allows schools to evaluate their
school improvement strategies across various quality indicators, helping to foster a strong culture of learner
participation and engagement.    
Building on the foundations of Curriculum for Excellence (CfE), Developing the Young Workforce and
Scotland's Youth Employment Strategy encourage schools to offer flexible programmes that focus on skills
development and vocational experiences tailored to meet the individual needs of young people. 
In collaboration with agencies such as Skills Development Scotland, UHI, DYW, and local businesses,
schools can develop learning programmes that incorporate both vocational training and work experience
elements. These programmes help ensure that young people remain fully engaged in their learning while
developing the necessary skills for the world of work, including the importance of regular school attendance.
By providing real-world opportunities, schools can better prepare students for their future careers and
encourage sustained participation in education. 
To promote good attendance, schools can offer a variety of wider achievement programmes, including
opportunities for apprenticeships or work-based learning. Based on thorough assessments, schools may
also implement individualised, planned support packages tailored to the needs of each child or young
person to further support their attendance. When educational provision is delivered by partners outside the
school, it should be carefully overseen by school staff and included in the student's attendance records,
ensuring consistency with the school’s overall attendance policy. This approach ensures a comprehensive
support system that encourages both engagement and regular attendance. Please see Appendix 12.   
2.2.10  School self-evaluation, systems and processes   
Moray schools should have a clear vision and strategic plan to promote and manage attendance. This should
include: 
• Identified staff to support tracking and monitoring attendance 
• Robust systems for tracking and monitoring attendance 
• Clear procedures for responding to absence 
Schools and settings should use self-evaluation to ensure they meet the needs of all children and young
people and promote good attendance for everyone. This is especially important for children and young
people who face barriers as outlined above the Attendance Self-Evaluation Tool developed by Forth
Valley and West Lothian can be used by schools to review and develop their strategic approach to
promoting good attendance. Education Scotland has produced Guidance to support the use of the tool.  The
tool uses level five illustrations, features of highly effective practice, and challenge questions from various
quality indicators in HGIOS 4 related to promoting and supporting attendance. This allows schools to: 
Page 284

Page 285

25 
• Reflect on their work 
• Evaluate their work 
• Use evidence from these activities to plan future improvements 
Education Scotland’s Promoting Attendance: Self-reflection Questions for Educational Settings have
been developed for use alongside Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1. They have also produced a series
of Supporting Attendance Workshops to support the ideas discussed in their ‘Improving Attendance:
Understanding the Issues’ report 35 (please see:  Improving attendance: Understanding the issues)  
In addition to co-producing policies and procedures, schools can encourage good attendance by raising 
the profile of attendance and absence within school communities and in school documents like the School
Handbook or using social media. 
Many schools implement incentive schemes to encourage good attendance. Involving Children and Young
People in the process can help determine whether these schemes are effective and what types of
incentives, if any, are suitable. 
Schools should approach the use of incentive schemes with sensitivity, understanding that low attendance
is often beyond a child or young person’s control. If not used carefully, incentive schemes can demotivate or
even distress children and young people who face complex reasons for being unable to attend school. 
Promoting good school attendance can occur authority wide. Key figures such as elected members, 
senior managers from the wider local authority, and community groups should be involved in raising the
profile of the benefits of good attendance. Promoting good attendance and recognising improvements can
help convey positive messages about Children and Young People to the wider community. Moray Council’s
quality assurance processes allow senior managers to gain an overview of attendance across schools and
help schools implement effective practices for promoting attendance and addressing absences
appropriately. 
Links to National Guidance and resources including guidance eon developing a context specific school
attendance policy are contained within Appendix 1. 
Page 285

Page 286

26 
SECTION 3 – SCHOOL ATTENDANCE PROCEDURES 
3.1 Recording attendance, absence and lateness (including follow up) – schools 
All schools are required to keep an attendance register of every pupil (Schools General (Scotland)
Regulations 1975). Schools should use SEEMiS to record attendance, lateness and absence. Accurate
records are vital in ensuring that learners are safe and protected. Every absence is categorised as either
authorised or unauthorised (as shown in Appendix 3).   
Monitoring absence records ensures emerging patterns can be identified and supported as soon as possible
and avoid non-attendance becoming chronic. Vulnerable learners should be known to named persons; pupil
support leads; and office staff. In some circumstances, or settings, class teachers may also need to know
that a learner is vulnerable so that they know to respond quickly in the event of lateness or absence.    
Registering attendance is the responsibility of the teacher or other designated staff. Attendance is recorded: 
• At the beginning of each session in ELC settings (see link to ELC absence procedures below); 
• Attendance is recorded twice per day in primary school, at the start of the day and after lunch; 
• Period by period in secondary school  
In Primary Schools, registration should be completed within 15 minutes of the session start time, and in
Secondary School at the beginning of each class (period).    
Where learning is provided out with school by other providers (for example, work experience, college, other
alternative programmes) the provider must contact the school when the pupil is absent or late. Schools
must establish an agreement with the provider that:    
• absence should be reported to the school within 20 minutes of the agreed start time  
• if a learner goes missing at any other time, even if they reappear, the school must be informed    
Lateness    
Schools should have a method of recording the attendance of children and young people who are late.
Accurate recording of lateness is just as important as attendance. Lateness should be recorded on SEEMiS
Click &Go in the following way:    
Primary: If a child arrives late to either morning or afternoon opening, this should be marked using LAT.    
Secondary: 
For secondary schools who record attendance in every period, the following should be considered as per
National Guidance contained within Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  Improving Attendance in
Scotland’s Schools (page 40): 
• if a child or young person is late but registers in any period that starts in the first half of the session, this
should be converted to an overall L1 code for the opening 
• if a child or young person’s first registration is in the second half of the session, this should be recorded
as an overall L2 code for the opening 
This is the case even if a later period is subsequently missed. Schools should monitor persistent lateness
and seek to identify any patterns. This should be considered alongside other relevant information and be
used to inform appropriate intervention and support. 
Page 286

Page 287

27 
As with absences, codes should be updated at the end of the day once a reason for absence/lateness has
been established. If a reason cannot be sought, this should be marked as unexplained (UNA).  Schools
should monitor persistent late coming and seek to identify any patterns. This should be linked to other
relevant information and be used to inform appropriate intervention. Appendix 11 contains lateness to
school process, posters and example letters for use by schools are required in tackling lateness.   
Shared Placements    
Children and young people who are on shared placements with Moray MAC and FLR Provisions or Pinefield
Campus may have copied records on Seemis. These children and young people remain on the record of their
base school and the Seemis records may be shared with the relevant additional provision.    
It is the responsibility of the base school to update Seemis attendance and absence records accurately.
Pinefield Campus/MAC and FLR Provisions are responsible for reporting on pupil non-attendance to the
base school in a timely manner (within 20 minutes of agreed session start times).    
Over-16 learners 
Over 16-year-old learners can self-certify however, if they are considered vulnerable the school should
carefully consider risks and their capacity to self-certify. If appropriate discuss with a parent or carer or seek
advice from legal services. Schools should record all communications and actions. 
Protocols should be established for signing learners in and out of school to ensure school staff know who is
present in the building at any one time. 
If no reasonable explanation is provided on the first day of absence and if the learner is vulnerable or there
are wellbeing concerns about them, further attempts should be made to contact the parent or carer via a
phone call or home visit. Child Protection procedures should be followed for any known safeguarding and
child protections concerns.  
School Exclusions    
Children and young people who are excluded are more likely to have low attendance afterwards, and
exclusion is linked to poorer long-term outcomes. It should only be used as a last resort, with safeguarding,
wellbeing, and the views of the child/young person and parents prioritised.  Exclusions are imposed by the
school or by the authority and therefore there is a requirement to record and report these separately from
other types of absence.  Further information on exclusion can be found on:  Included, Engaged and Involved
Part 2: A Positive Approach to Preventing and Managing Exclusions.  
Exclusions have an attendance mark of EXC but these are not entered via attendance screen and instead are
created by the school when an exclusion is recorded in the Exclusions menu on SEEMiS.      
Planned Holidays and In-Service Days 
All planned Holidays HOL and In-Service days INS are pre-populated on SEEMiS and the school does not
need to input these. The floating occasional holiday will require to be populated manually.  
Unplanned Holidays or School closures 
Any unplanned Holidays HOL or Closures CLO should be created by the school in the Applications –
Management – Calendar – School - Enter Holidays menu path on SEEMiS.   
Should not attend 
Should Not Attend SNA is for instances where pupils are not expected to attend the setting. 
Page 287

Page 288

28 
3.2 Recording attendance, absence and lateness (including follow up) – ELC settings 
There is no statutory requirement for parents/carers to send their children to an early learning and childcare
(ELC) setting. However, local authorities are required to provide early learning and childcare, and schools are
required to keep an attendance register of every pupil to record if children are present. This applies to early
learning and childcare where it is delivered as part of the entitlement for eligible young children. In addition,
all ELC providers registered with the Care Inspectorate are required to maintain a record of children’s
attendance to show the total number of children in ‘daycare of children’ premises at any one time.    
This has implications for practice in providers in the private, third or childminding sectors delivering funded
early learning and childcare, and where there are blended placements, whereby education authorities
should establish systems and procedures, e.g. links and communication between blended placements and
clear responsibilities on settings delivering funded early learning and childcare to record, monitor and report
changes in attendance. Providers in the private, third or childminding sectors delivering funded early
learning and childcare need to work in an integrated way to ensure that a child’s attendance is monitored,
and any concerns shared and acted upon.    
SEEMiS Early Years will provide the functionality for settings to record and monitor the attendance of
children registered for funded early learning and childcare and is currently under development.    
Section 3.2 is adapted from: Early Learning and Childcare Statutory Guidance (Scottish Government, 2021) 
Children in Early Learning and Childcare (ELC) settings across Scotland attend a variety of types of settings
that offer different attendance patterns. This includes settings who offer term time or full year attendance
patterns. Children may access their entitlement across a week in more than one setting. This is known as a
blended placement. This blended placement may take place in more than one nursery, or with a childminder
for part of the week. The guidance within this document focuses on the statutory nature of attendance for
children attending school. Although attendance in ELC is not statutory, there are still steps that can be taken
to support children and families to maximise their attendance.  This can help them benefit from high-quality
ELC that supports their progress and helps to close the poverty related gap in children’s outcomes. 
Leaders and practitioners working in ELC will be aware of the variety of allocated attendance patterns that
children have within their setting.  As practitioners or teams reflect on children’s attendance, recognition
should be given to the impact different attendance patterns can have on children’s overall attendance. For
example, a child who attends a year round setting, full time, may have more instances of absence than those
attending term time. This could be for family holidays or spending time with grandparents, for example.
Recognition should be given to the positive impact on children’s wellbeing and first hand life experiences
that some instances of absence can give, especially for children who attend settings for full year or extended
hours. It is important to work with families to identify the reasons for absence, which will allow the
appropriate supports to be put in place, if this is required. 
Some additional points to consider when reflecting on attendance in ELC: 
Working with parents and families to understand their needs at the point of registration will help ensure that
the attendance pattern they are allocated is most likely to meet their needs. For example, where available,
offering a pattern that supports the parent while they are working 
• Although attendance is not statutory in ELC, from a wellbeing and child protection point of view,
processes for recording attendance must be aligned to child protection and safeguarding guidance.
This will allow practitioners to identify children who are regularly not attending or have an
unexpected instance of absence. Appropriate steps can then be taken to understand why this is the
case and action taken to support the child and family in a way that meets their needs. Settings
should be guided by their local child protection and safeguarding guidance 
• Reviewing attendance records and data can help you to check if you are meeting the needs of
families. For example, a child has been offered two and half days at the end of the week but
Page 288

Page 289

29 
consistently only attends on one of these days. This could be because the parent only works at the
beginning of the week and would rather spend the time at the end of the week with their child. 
• ELC settings work extremely hard to build positive relationships with children and their families
throughout their time in ELC. It is important that at points of transition that ELC leaders and
practitioners are able to work together with primary colleagues. This is a key opportunity to share
what has worked in supporting those children and families who do not attend on a regular basis, or
who may have been identified as being at risk of not attending school regularly 
3.3 Authorised absence  
The school’s Senior Leadership Team can authorise absence when they are satisfied by a legitimate reason
for the request, usually by the parent/carer (via note, email, or phone call).  Reasons for authorised absence
can include:    
• Illness 
• Medical and dental appointments 
• Meetings prior to, and during court appearances and other legal processes 
• Attendance at, or in connection with, a Children’s Hearing or Care Review, or appointment with
another service provider, e.g. Social Worker 
• Religious observance 
• Bereavement 
• Weddings or funerals of close friends and family 
• Arranged absence in relation to children in Gypsy/Traveller families
• Participation in non-school debates, sports, musical or drama activities agreed by the school.  
• Lack of transport including due to severe weather 
• Family recovery from exceptional domestic circumstances or trauma  
• Period of exclusion to be recorded in a separate category
• Extended leave with parental consent including some young carer activities  
Requests for children or young people who are care experienced or on the Child Protection register should
be considered carefully. Multi-agency discussion should take place to consider any risks to the children’s
wellbeing and safety with the TAC (Team Around the Child).  This may also involve discussion with the Virtual
School Head Teacher (CECYP).  
3.4 Unauthorised absence 
If a parent has not advised the school that the pupil will be absent then it must be assumed that the parents
are unaware of the absence and that the child is missing or truanting. If the school has been unable to
establish contact with the parents, action must be taken to satisfy the school and the education authority
that the child or young person is safe and well. (Included, Engaged and Involved, 2019) 
Schools should record an absence as unauthorised when no satisfactory reason has been provided. The
SEEMiS code TBC (to be confirmed) should only be used temporarily until the actual reason for absence is
known, as it will count as UNA (unexplained or truancy) if not updated. Unauthorised absence can include: 
Family Holidays During
Term Time 
Family holidays during term time should not be recorded as authorised
unless in exceptional circumstances. Exceptional circumstances include
where a parent's employment, such as armed forces, emergency services,
or professions requiring extended periods away from home, prevents them
from taking leave during school holidays 
Absence with Parental
Awareness in Specific
Circumstances 
Sometimes parents allow absence because they believe their child will
benefit from an alternative activity or because they are in dispute with the
school. In these cases, clear school policies, regular communication of
expectations, and early contact with parents to build relationships and
restore trust are important 
Page 289

Page 290

30 
Occasional Absence
without Parental
Awareness 
Schools should give clear messages that occasional absence is
unacceptable and respond quickly by contacting parents. Effective
supervision, monitoring of attendance, and providing a welcoming
environment can help minimise this type of absence 
Longer Term Absence:
School Related Issues 
Children/young people may be absent due to unhappiness with school life,
such as struggling with learning, conflict with teachers or peers, feeling
distressed by the school environment, bullying, or feeling stigmatised.
Identifying and addressing the underlying causes is essential 
Longer Term Absence:
Home and Wider
Community Issues 
Absence may be linked to challenging family circumstances, anxiety, mental
health issues, substance misuse, or community issues. Schools should
work with the child/young person, family, and other agencies to provide
appropriate support 
Absence Relating to
Substance and Alcohol Use 
Substance use may affect attendance through intoxication, addiction, or
avoidance of others involved in supply. Staff should be aware of signs for
concern and collaborate with other agencies to support affected children
and young people 
Schools should be aware of the impact that early adversity and trauma can have on children and young
people. Any approach to promoting and supporting attendance should be sensitive to the child or young
person’s needs and background. Care experienced children and young people are more likely to have
experienced early adversity and trauma at some stage in their life and this may be ongoing. 
Moray Decision Making overview:  Unexplained Absence
Parents contacted using automated call systems/text message/phone call 
If parental contact is unsuccessful by 9.30, then emergency contacts including any other contact listed on
SEEMiS pupil record should be called (please note any restrictions on any specific contacts listed) 
…please miss this step if risk is considered very high and imminent 
No existing concerns
Not on Child Protection Register
but worried about vulnerable risk
factors or LAC at home… by the
end of day 1
On Child Protection Register
Immediate Action Required
Sibling check and joint response to a
family absence agreed including
home visit where appropriate.  All
actions above repeated if absence
continues on day 2
Sibling check and joint response to
a family absence agreed including
home visit, if appropriate.
Immediate response required to
determine risk:  contact Social Work
(lead professional) and Police
Liaison.  A multi-agency approach
should be decided upon.   
At the latest by the end of day 2: 
Possible approaches to determine
risks:  Social Work History check,
contact Police Scotland liaison 
Possible approaches to determine
risks:  Social Work History check,
contact Police Scotland liaison
Sibling check and joint response to a
family absence agreed including
home visit, if appropriate   
A home visit should take place by an
appropriate person.  Education
Officers should be informed if this is
not possible
A home visit should take place by
an appropriate person after
consultation with Social Work
Professionals should be reassured
in respect of the safety and
wellbeing of the child by the end of
day one, a home visit should take
place and the child should be seen
by an appropriate person if required 
If contact is still not made, collaborate with Social Work to formulate a plan of action including Police/partners 
By the end of day 5, absence reported to Missing in Education per procedure 
(complete Missing in Education Form from Child Protection Guidance and contact QIO Child Protection) 
Record all actions/decisions in pastoral notes – professional judgement should inform decision making and
should be proportionate and led by knowledge of a child’s wellbeing
Page 290

Page 291

31 
3.5 Absence linked to individual, home, community and school related factors 
Long-term or persistent absence, or low levels of engagement, may reflect complex and interconnected
difficulties associated with a child or young person individual circumstances and experiences at school, at
home or within their community, as recognised in Included, Engaged and Involved – Part 1.   
Children and young people may be absent from school for a number of reasons:
  
Individual Factors    Home/community related   School related factors  
• Illness  
• Mental Health
related issues e.g.
anxiety or
depression  
• Poor wellbeing  
• Experiencing social
anxiety  
• Experiencing
difficulties with
separation  
• Being at a transition
point  
• Experiencing
difficulties with
learning  
  
• Ill health within the
family  
• Changes in the family
setting  
• Loss and change 
• Bereavement  
• Being a young carer  
• Having concerns about
the wellbeing of family
members  
• Coping with
adversity/trauma  
• Experience of abuse or
neglect  
• Substance misuse  
• Availability of other
peers  
• Opportunities to engage
in preferred activities
out with school   
• The curriculum offer  
• Difficulties with aspects of
learning or specific classes 
• Limited connectedness or
lack of positive
relationships  
• Conflict with, or fear of,
teacher(s) 
• Conflict with or fear of,
peer(s) 
• Bullying  
• Issues relating to social
media 
• Issues relating to transport  
• Difficulty with transitions   
  
.  
  
  
It is important to consider the wide range of factors which both give rise to the difficulties in the first place
but also those which maintain the behaviour over time. For example, a young person may start avoiding
school due to worries about social situations. Over time other factors such as, preferring to be at home with
family and feeling more comfortable to learn in their own space may maintain the behaviour.  
  
As previously stated, it is essential to understand underlying causes, and the functions of non-attendance,
and work together to explore possible solutions that meet the needs of the individual. The Child’s Planning
framework is key to supporting interventions and agreeing adaptations. At all stages, the child’s views must
be recorded.    
  
Addressing these barriers requires early identification, strong relationships and staged intervention,
grounded in GIRFEC. Schools should work collaboratively with children and young people, families and
relevant partners to foster a supportive, inclusive and equitable culture, putting in place individualised and
proactive supports. This may include ensuring access to trusted adults, promoting positive peer
relationships through mentoring approaches such as Mentors in Violence Prevention (MVP) – Education
Scotland, encouraging participation in extracurricular activities, and working with partner agencies where
community issues affect school safety. Robust child protection procedures must always underpin this work.
The overarching focus remains on understanding underlying need, strengthening relationships, safeguarding
wellbeing and supporting sustained engagement with learning. 
The list below is not exhaustive and should be considered in context with staged support planning, to
support maintaining attendance and timely re-engagement with school and learning.    
   
Page 291

Page 292

32 
Possible approaches/supports/interventions 
• Universal approaches to supporting
inclusive ethos e.g. breakfast club  
• School nurture and trauma informed 
approaches  
• Restorative practice   
• Identified support for learning   
• Regular effective communication with
parents/carers identifying and
addressing barriers to attendance   
• Alternative break or lunch times   
• Time out cards  
• Safe spaces   
• Adapted timetable  
• Phased return   
• Return to school/class checklists and
regular checking in  
• Supported starts or gentle entry to
school to support re-engagement
• Peer support   
• Mentor/identified trusted adult and
supportive discussions  
• Individualised/group support for
missed/interrupted learning  
• Strengths based creative timetabling e.g.
wider achievement,  work experience,
physical activity opportunities 
• School based pastoral  and learning
support  
• Support services based within schools
such as Youth and Employability Service;
Early Action;  School Nursing service,  
• School Counselling Service  
• Educational Psychology Service  
• Education Outreach Services  
• Discuss with parent referral to health
services, including CAMHS  via GP  
• Discuss family support interventions with
parent/carers via family services or
Social Work  
• 3rd sector supports for wellbeing and
social opportunities e.g. befriending,
volunteering   
3.6 Medical and dental appointments  
Parents, children and young people should be encouraged to arrange appointments wherever possible
outside of the school day; such expectations can be shared in school handbooks, websites etc.    
Where appointments happen during the school day but last less than half a day, this counts as attendance
which schools should record within a Medical and Dental category in ‘authorised absence.’   
Where appointments last longer than half a day, this counts as an authorised absence also.  
3.7 Supporting children and young people with prolonged ill health  
For some children and young people, their learning is interrupted due to prolonged ill health. This can be for
a single block of time or for a number of episodes. Although not an exhaustive list, this can be as a result of:
accidents or trauma, chronic, long term, life limiting or terminal conditions, mental health issues, and
conditions which require repeated medical intervention, such as dialysis.   
  
Long term illness can be a stressful time for a child and their family however, children and young people can
still engage with learning. Ongoing communication, contact and support from school can make a positive
difference. The school retains overall management for providing appropriate learning and resources and
liaising with specialist staff. Maintaining relationships with the school over the period of absence is
evidenced to have a significant positive impact on return.   
  
A child or young person absent from school through ill health may receive treatment in a variety of settings,
such as a paediatric hospital, an adult hospital, a mental health facility, their own home or in a different
school. In some cases, this may mean that the child or young person travels to a hospital which is located a
distance away. Education may be provided in any and all of these settings and the responsibility for doing so
remains with the child or young person’s home authority.  
  
Page 292

Page 293

33 
Where a child or young person’s illness is known, or reasonably thought, to be likely to extend beyond 5 days,
then education should proceed immediately, if medical assessment permits. This is of particular
importance for children and young people who require recurrent admission to hospital, even for relatively
short periods.   
  
Where there is less certainty over the possible length of any absence, education out with school should
commence at the earliest opportunity and certainly no more than 15 working days of continuous or 20
working days of intermittent absence.  
  
Further information on supporting children and young people impacted by prolonged ill health can be found
at: Education of children unable to attend school due to ill health: guidance  - the Scottish Government’s
‘Guidance on Education of Children Absent from School Through Ill Health.’ 
  
Where the school, parents/carers and any other relevant professionals work together to develop a learning
programme for the child or young person, this is recorded as Sick with Education Provision (SEP) which
counts as an attendance. It is important that schools are in regular communication with the pupil providing
feedback via appropriate means.   
  
Where the child/young person with prolonged ill health’s learning plan is not yet in place, the absence is
recorded as authorised but every effort to develop and provide an appropriate learning programme should
be made without delay, and certainly by 15 working days of continuous or 20 working days or intermittent
absence.  
Section 40 of the Standards in Scotland’s School Act 2000 requires that special arrangements be made for
sick children and young people to receive education out with an educational establishment. In the initial
period of absence the main emphasis for children and young people with ill-health will be on their recovery,
and the time for this will vary. 
In circumstances where it is evidenced that a child or young person cannot attend mainstream school on a
full-time basis due to their medical needs, an Adapted Timetable (Medical) will be established. A named
contact in the school should be agreed as a main contact for the family and also as the direct liaison person
with relevant teachers. If reduced educational hours are identified as appropriate to the child or young
person’s health needs then a clear, evidenced and documented rationale will be required to ensure accurate
planning for educational input. The plan must be reviewed if the circumstances change. Adapted Timetables
(Medical) should be planned and managed through Child’s Planning Meetings. 
• The Adapted Timetable (Medical) will be subject to agreed timescales and regularly reviewed through
Child’s Planning to ensure positive impact for the child or young person 
• Children and young people on an Adapted Timetable (Medical) remain on the school roll and as such
have the right to access wider school and extra-curricular activities 
• Where Adapted Timetable (Medical) arrangements require additional resources, for example transport,
these would be the responsibility of the school to seek support
• All Adapted Timetables (Medical) are monitored by the Head Teacher and the Head Teacher (Wellbeing,
Inclusion and Adapted Curriculum)
• A central record of all Adapted Timetables (Medical) will be maintained by the school administrative
support and stored in SEEMIS. Numbers of Adapted Timetables (Medical) will be reported termly to the
Education Team
• At no point should Home Education or Flexible Learning be proposed by a school as an alternative to an
Adapted Timetable (Medical) 
Page 293

Page 294

34 
3.8 Supporting children and young people with specific religious or cultural practices/Diverse 
School Communities  
School staff, who know learners and their families, are best placed to judge the most appropriate response
to requests for these absences to be authorised or not. For learners from Gypsy Traveller families who are
mobile refer to guidance and procedures (see: https://www.gov.scot/publications/improving-educational-
outcomes-children-young-people-travelling-cultures/). 
Some groups of children and young people may need authorised absence due to their religious or cultural
practices or their family's mobility. 
Children and young people of all faiths may take authorised absence to participate in religious
observances.    
In some cultures, family weddings or funerals are significant events that may require children or young
people to travel (e.g., overseas) or participate in extended preparations. If this lasts for more than four
weeks, the school will normally have the right to remove the child or young person from the roll to avoid
being penalised in terms of its attendance record. However, in these circumstances, children or young
people should be considered as ‘Z (EXL) - Extended Leave with Parental Consent’ which allows them to
remain on the school register ready for their return, without the school being penalised.    
Some families may travel as part of their tradition, for family connections, or work commitments. The
Scottish Government guidance 'Improving educational outcomes for children and young people from
travelling cultures' provides further information on supporting inclusive educational approaches for children
and young people from travelling cultures, including culturally sensitive approaches to managing
attendance. 
The correct SEEMiS code to use when a pupil is travelling for cultural reasons is [ABS] – Other Authorised
Absence.    
When children are travelling and families plan for them to attend another school, the parent/carer should
enrol the child at the new school. The new school will then request the SEEMiS record from the former
school. Schools should work with travelling families to ensure they are aware of their responsibilities in
these circumstances. 
Please note that this guidance differs from the national guidance to simplify approaches, reduce
administration for schools and ensure accurate SEEMiS records are kept by the base school.    
If the school has not been notified that children or young people from travelling cultures are leaving to travel,
the school should record their absence as ‘TBC – To be Confirmed’ until school have confirmed that they are
travelling. 
3.9 Supporting young people with absence relating to substance and alcohol use 
Short and long-term absence can be linked to drug or alcohol use (by the young person or within the family)
and may show up as intoxication, leaving school to use substances, being hungover, dependence, or
avoiding people involved in supply; schools should respond through education, prevention and early
intervention with multi-agency partner support. 
To support children and young people, schools should consider the following actions: 
• Embed substance and alcohol education in the curriculum
• Be alert to signs/early indicators and respond proportionately and non-stigmatising, in line with guidance
Page 294

Page 295

35 
• Work with partner agencies (e.g. police, drug and youth services) to share information and strengthen
prevention
• Involve the school nursing team for early identification, health education and referrals
• Provide access to counselling and third-sector/community supports
• Identify and support children affected by family substance use, using GIRFEC/ASN duties to plan and
review support
• Manage wider school safety where avoidance relates to supply-related risks, involving police as
appropriate
• Provide staff training/CLPL to help identify concerns early and respond in a trauma-informed way 
Schools should respond through education, prevention and early intervention, embedding substance use
education within the curriculum and in line with the Scottish Government’s Approach to tackling the harm
from drug and alcohol use and national guidance on responding to substance use in schools  whilst
remaining alert to early indicators, and ensuring responses are proportionate, non-stigmatising and
trauma-informed. 
3.10 Children and young people in school but not attending classes (internal truanting) 
In-school absence (missing classes while on site) is increasing and can stem from wellbeing/ASN needs or
behavioural issues; schools should combine clear expectations and supervision with supportive,
individualised strategies and multi-agency working to keep pupils safe, engaged and attending lessons. 
To respond effectively to children and young people who do not attend class, schools may also consider a
combination of the following strategies: 
• Reinforce clear expectations about attending lessons (assemblies/tutor time/consistent messages to
pupils and parents)
• Increase staff presence in corridors at lesson changeovers
• Reduce opportunities to opt out (supervised routes after break/lunch; clear procedures for leaving class)
• Improve social spaces/activities to strengthen positive peer relationships
• Follow up every missed class promptly (same-day contact where patterns emerge)
• Use supportive/restorative conversations about the impact of missed learning
• Re-engage pupils by linking learning to interests, skills and future goals
• If it’s subject-specific, review curriculum fit and make adjustments (options/pathways guidance)
• Use appropriate consequences/incentives aligned to a positive, inclusive relationships approach 
Where in-school absence persists, schools should escalate through staged intervention, working in
partnership with parents and relevant multi-agency partners. 
3.11 Providing for children and young people during long term illness 
Education authorities must provide suitable education away from school for pupils who can’t attend due to
prolonged ill health, without delay. If education is being provided elsewhere, it should be recorded as
attendance; if not (or the pupil is medically unable), it should be recorded as authorised absence. Schools
should stay in contact and plan a supported return, including liaising with hospital education teams where
relevant.  Please see:  Education of children unable to attend school due to ill health: guidance 
3.12 Measures for Compulsory Compliance/internal processes for attendance concerns 
Moray Council is committed to ensuring that efforts to improve outcomes for children and young people
involve an appropriate and proportionate level of intervention. Measures for compulsion are expensive
processes which are time consuming and can lead to further unnecessary interventions into family life.
Page 295

Page 296

36 
Compulsory measures can be used when multi-agency efforts through the Child’s Planning process to
improve attendance have been exhausted.    
In addition to the universal activities a school can implement to improve and maintain overall attendance
(see section 2), targeted activities to increase attendance and engagement prior to implementing
compulsory measures can include:    
• Attendance letters to a young person (aged 12 and over) and parent/carer and ongoing monitoring of
attendance patterns
• Use of the Attendance Support Plan (found in drop-down box on Child’s Plan)
• Team Around the Child (TAC) and Child’s Planning
• Nurture Groups
• Involvement of relevant partner agencies such as Health, Children and Families Social Work,
commissioned services, Educational Psychology, or Home School Link Worker
• Curriculum adaptations to improve engagement such as short-term wellbeing focussed work or work
based learning
• Adapted Timetables
• Hosting arrangement, in agreement with all parties
• Referral to Social Work as required  
Under Section 35 of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980, non-attendance at school without reasonable
excuse is an offence. ‘Where the child is of school age… On one or more occasions fails without reasonable
excuse to attend regularly then his parents shall be guilty of an offence against this section.’ Under the Act
‘reasonable excuse’ is defined as:    
• ‘There is no school within walking distance of the child’s home and the education authority has not
provided transport or other appropriate arrangements to enable the child to attend school regularly.’  
• ‘The child has been ill and therefore unable to attend school.’  
• ‘There are other circumstances which in the opinion of the education authority or the court afford a
reasonable excuse.’     
Moray’s approach to school attendance is grounded in early intervention, positive relational approaches,
partnership working and the GIRFEC principles. Formal compliance measures are used only when
supportive, voluntary approaches through Attendance and/or Child’s Planning meetings have not led to
improvement, and where escalation is necessary to safeguard a child or young person’s wellbeing and
educational rights. 
Attendance Orders 
Where Moray Council considers that a child or young person’s absence from school is not supported by a
reasonable excuse, section 36 of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 places a duty on the authority to require
the parent or carer to attend a meeting to provide an explanation for the non-attendance. 
• The meeting must be held no earlier than two days and no later than seven days following notification.
• If the parent or carer is unable to demonstrate that the absence was reasonable, Moray Council may: 
o Proceed with prosecution through the Sheriff Court
o Report the circumstances to the Procurator Fiscal
o Issue a formal warning and postpone a decision on referral to the Procurator Fiscal for a period
of up to six weeks 
Where a decision is postponed and the child or young person remains of school age, Moray Council may
issue an attendance order, requiring the parent or carer to ensure the child attends the school named in the
order. 
Page 296

Page 297

37 
In line with GIRFEC, consideration will also be given to whether a referral to the Children’s Reporter is
required to support the child through compulsory measures. 
Parenting Orders 
Moray Council may apply to the court for a parenting order under the Antisocial Behaviour etc. (Scotland) Act
2004 in circumstances where it is considered that additional statutory support is required to address
ongoing concerns. 
Parenting orders:
• Specify requirements with which named individuals must comply
• Are time-limited (up to one year, unless extended)
• Are monitored by a named officer 
Before seeking a parenting order, Moray Council will:
• Ensure that supportive and voluntary measures have been explored
• Consult the Children’s Reporter
• Consider the request through appropriate legal and managerial governance 
While parenting orders are civil in nature, failure to comply without reasonable excuse is a criminal offence. 
Referral to the Children’s Reporter (Scottish Children’s Reporting Authority) 
Where a child or young person fails to attend school regularly without a reasonable excuse, a referral to the
Reporter can be made under section 67(o)/199 of the Children’s Hearing (Scotland) Act 2011 39. This option
may be appropriate where there are a range of other concerns which together with non-attendance, form
grounds for referral where it is considered that: 
• The child is in need of protection, guidance, treatment or control, and
• It may be necessary for a Compulsory Supervision Order (CSO) to be made  
Before reaching a decision to proceed to an initial referral to the Children’s Reporter, schools will work
together with Children and Families Social Work (Access Team) and other partners to complete a thorough
assessment, through the Child Planning process, to ensure that all other options (such as those above) have
been exhausted. Attending a Children’s Hearing can be a stressful experience for a child or young person,
and there is little evidence that imposition of legal sanctions improve attendance. It should therefore be
seen as last resort. 
In Moray, concerns about school attendance may contribute to a referral where they form part of wider
wellbeing concerns, such as unmet additional support needs, vulnerability, or risk. To complete a referral to
the Children’s Report the Request for Assistance form is to be completed. An example can be found in
Appendix 6. 
In line with GIRFEC:
• Decisions to refer are normally made following multi-agency discussion
• Evidence of staged intervention, early help and family engagement is considered
• Referrals may take place alongside other strategies, or where local, voluntary supports have not
been effective or are unlikely to be sufficient 
The Children’s Reporter will:
• Investigate the referral
• Request information from Moray Council schools and partner agencies
• Decide whether statutory intervention is required 
Page 297

Page 298

38 
Where a case proceeds to a Children’s Hearing, the Hearing will determine the most appropriate support
and intervention, which may include compulsory measures relating to school attendance.
Moray Council and schools are responsible for:
• Providing full and accurate information to support decision-making
• Evidencing the range of strategies already used to support attendance
• Working collaboratively with partners where a CSO is made, including planning for reintegration and
sustained engagement in learning 
Across all stages, Moray Council’s practice emphasises that statutory measures are:
• A last resort
• Used only when necessary and proportionate
• Intended to support improved outcomes 
The focus remains on Getting It Right For Every Child through early intervention and positive relational
approaches with Children, Young People and their families, listening to the child’s voice, and supporting
families wherever possible.   
3.13 Children or young people missing from education  
There may be occasions where a child or young person goes missing from education for an extended period
and the education authority has made extensive unsuccessful attempts to contact a family. In these
circumstances, school staff should refer to sections 4.315 and 4.316 of the National Guidance for Child
Protection Scotland (2021, updated 2023)    
There are many complex reasons why a family cannot be contacted. Often, staff in schools are aware of
individual circumstances and family connections which will enable them to find children or young people
quickly. Children or young people may simply have moved schools or have moved homes, and when the new
school is contacted, information can be transferred to help the child or young person settle quickly.    
Advice for Schools:  
If a child is absent from school, and the school has not been notified of this absence, it should be assumed
the child is either missing or absent without parental awareness: 
• Make efforts to contact parents, and failing this, other emergency contacts 
• If unable to establish contact with the parents, action must be taken to satisfy the school and the
education authority that the child or young person is safe and well
• Pass the record of absence to a member of staff with responsibility for attendance (e.g. senior
manager, pastoral care staff, home-school link worker) to consider next steps
This staff member should determine further action needed, considering: 
• The age of the pupil and any additional support needs  
• Any current concerns about the child/young person  
• Whether to contact the school's child protection coordinator   
For looked after or vulnerable children, follow up should be undertaken immediately if they do not attend
school. Contact with the Social Worker should be made if the child is looked after at home and the school
should ensure it has the most up-to-date contact information for parents and Social Workers.    
Advice for Local Authority Officers:   
• Maintain clear guidance on attendance policy and procedures for when children go missing from
education
Page 298

Page 299

39 
• Ensure schools are aware of the role of the Children Missing from Education (CME) Coordinator – in
Moray this is our Child Protection Local Authority Lead Officer (QIO Safeguarding/Child Protection)
• Work in line with the Children Missing from Education Service Guidance (2022)
• The CME Coordinator can request a SEEMiS search within the local authority area for an alternative
enrolment
• For children believed to have moved elsewhere in Scotland, contact the CME Scotland service to
request an all-Scotland local authority school search
• Cooperate with other local authorities across Scotland to prevent and reduce numbers of children
missing from education 
Sensitivity should be given to children or young people in Gypsy/Traveller families. There are other
circumstances which might lead to children or young people being missing from education for an extended
period. 
These might include female genital mutilation, forced marriage and child sexual exploitation, in cases where
awareness has been raised of factors that might lead schools to believe this could be a concern for children
and young people. 
3.14 Attendance beyond statutory school leaving age  
School leaving dates are set by the Education (Scotland) Act 1980. There are two dates: 31 May and the first
day of the Christmas holiday period (or 21 December, if earlier).    
Summer Leaving Dates  
• Young people who turn 16 between 1 March and 31 May can leave school on 31 May
• Young people who turn 16 between 31 May and 1 October can also leave on 31 May  
Winter Leaving Dates 
• Young people who turn 16 between 1 October and the first day of the Christmas holiday period can
leave school on the first day of the Christmas holidays (or 21 December if earlier)
• Young people who turn 16 after the winter leaving date but before 1 March can also leave school on
the first day of the Christmas holidays (or 21 December if earlier) 
Young people who choose to stay in school beyond the leaving age, and their parents, should be encouraged
to commit to full attendance, defined as "participation in a programme of educational activities arranged
and agreed by the school."    
Moray schools will use the flexibilities of Curriculum for Excellence and the support provided by Developing
the Young Workforce programmes to work with young people and their parents/carers to plan a learning
programme that best suits the individual's personal development and encourages them to work towards
their next step beyond school. Ongoing support and encouragement should be provided to ensure sustained
commitment and engagement.  Pathway Planning may support with this.
For young people in their sixth year, there is a balance between continued achievement and the desire for
increased independence in preparation for post-school destinations. It is recommended that a sixth-year
student's timetable should provide a minimum of two-thirds of the full-time timetable, including National
Qualification classes and opportunities for wider achievement.    
Attendance must also be monitored to ensure proper entitlement to the Education Maintenance Allowance
(EMA), a means-tested weekly payment designed to help overcome financial barriers that may prevent young
people from staying in school. For more information and to apply for EMA please see Moray EMA
Guidance/Application process: Education Maintenance Allowance (EMA) - Moray Council 
Page 299

Page 300

40 
3.15 Staged Intervention – attendance processes  
It is important to support families when attendance becomes a concern.  A staged intervention approach is
important to supporting positive school attendance, where the following stages are identified: 
Please also refer to: 
• Appendix 2 for School Attendance Procedures Flow Chart
• Appendix 3 for School Leaving Process Flow Chart (all pupils leaving before minimum school age)
• Appendix 3 also for entering School Leaver Destinations and 16+ tab updating – secondary schools only
• Appendix 4 for SEEMiS attendance and absence codes
• Appendix 5 for absence letter templates, text message pro-formas/templates
• Appendix 8 for Parent/Carer Attend to Achieve leaflet
• Appendix 9  for Child and Young Person Attend to Achieve leaflets (versions for younger and older C&YP)
• Appendix 10 for Attendance PR Materials for use by schools (National/Moray)
• Appendix 11 for Lateness to School Support Pack: Process, Posters and Letters
• Appendix 12  for Approaches to Support Attendance and Engagement   
Moray
Attendance
Processes
Stage 1
Universal and
Preventative
Stage 2
Additional
school-based
supports and
planning
Stage 3
Enhanced
Individualised
and Multi-
agency request
Stage 4
Intensive
Support
Page 300

Page 301

41 
Stage Summary Action 
Attendance
level Communication
Support 
1
Universal and
Preventative
Approaches
Attendance falls below 90% in a 4 week analysis period without acceptable
explanations/school notification 
• First contact made with home due to cause for concern via agreed
communication letters, Groupcall, e-mail 
• Telephone call may be made by appropriate member of school staff
depending on wider context (HT, SLT, PT Guidance…)
• Issue Information Sheets on impact of missed school on learning time 
• Update Pastoral Notes based on discussion 
• Review attendance – ongoing checks or move to Stage 2; communication
with home (including positive Groupcall text/letters as appropriate) 
90%
Letter 1PC
Letter 1YP
Letter 2 +ve PC
Letter 2 +ve YP
Letter PCX
Text 1PC
Text 2 +ve
Info 1 PC
Info 2 CYP 
2
Additional
school-based
supports and
planning
Attendance continues to be less than 90% and falls below 85% within an 8
week period 
• Issues attendance letters posted, Groupcall, e-mail inviting parent/carer to
meet and discuss barriers/concerns in relation to attendance 
• Complete Attendance Support Plan (contained within Child Planning
paperwork – one child, one plan), outlining a plan to improve attendance
following discussion with child/young person and parent/carer and share 
• Consider Child Planning at this stage and early intervention from key
partners as appropriate, possible alert to School Nursing Service 
• Issue Information Sheets on impact of missed school on learning time 
• Update Pastoral Notes (centrally recorded) based on discussion 
• Review attendance – ongoing checks for improvement or move to Stage 3;
communication with home  (including positive Groupcall text/letters) 
85%
Letter 2PC
Letter 2YP
Letter 2 +ve PC
Letter 2 +ve YP
Letter PCX
Text 1PC
Text 2 +ve
Info 1 PC
Info 2 CYP
Child Planning
Meeting
School Nursing
Service 
3
Enhanced
Individualised
and multi-
agency request
Attendance still not improved, remaining less than 90% and falls below 70%
over a 12 week period 
• Senior Leadership Team/DHT nominate continues to monitor attendance
of all pupils and those on Stage 2 interventions with CP/Attendance
Support Plans in place as noted in Stage 2 above
• Issue attendance letters, Groupcall, e-mail, contacting parents and
request for further support from Educational Psychology, Moray Inclusion,
Moray Pathways/MYT, CLD, 3rd sector, School Nursing Service
• Consider use of the School Refusal Assessment Scale 
• Initiate contact with Social Work regarding concerns around attendance
and possible referral to Scottish Children’s Reporter Admin (SCRA) 
• Update Child Planning documentation, Pastoral Notes (significant event)
• Review attendance and next steps – attendance changes/improvement
results in communication with home (including positive Groupcall text
message/letters as appropriate), or move to Stage 4 
70%
Letter 3PC
Letter 3YP
Letter 2 +ve PC
Letter 2 +ve YP
Letter PCX
Text 1PC
Text 2 +ve
Info 1 PC
Info 2 CYP
Child Planning
Meeting
School Nursing
Service 
4
Intensive
Support
Attendance showing no significant progress by 16 weeks, dropping below 50% 
• Senior Leadership Team/DHT nominate (DHT Pupil Support) monitors and
reviews Stage 3 attendance pupils 
• Possible barriers to attendance and wellbeing and how to overcome them
are assessment once again as noted above, Child Planning
• Issue attendance letters, Groupcall, e-mail, contacting parent for further
Child Planning Meeting to review attendance actions
• Request for further assistance from multi-agency partners:  Social Work,
Health, Police, Housing, Transport, School Nursing Service as appropriate 
• Update Child Plan and Pastoral Notes (significant event) 
• Review attendance/next steps  - attendance change/improvement leads to
communication with home (including positive Groupcall text message
where appropriate) or move to Scottish Children’s Reporter Admin (SCRA) 
• Where there are Child Protection concerns, follow Child Protection
procedures – if  a child is missing from school with no contact from home,
contact Social Work directly
50%
Letter 4PC
Letter 2 +ve PC
Letter 2 +ve YP
Letter PCX
Text 1PC
Text 2 +ve
Info 1 PC
Info 2 CYP
Child Planning
Meeting 
Page 301

Page 302

42 
Universal and preventative approaches
Attendance down to 90%
Key School Actions:   
• School contacts home, informing of attendance and identifying support in school  
• Systems of tracking and monitoring are in place with pastoral support staff in regular
contact with pupil in a support way 
• If attendance does not improve, contact home again and send attendance letters inviting
parent(s) and pupil to a school meeting 
Universal assessment is the responsibility of practitioners and may also involve pastoral support
depending on the setting.  Consider using: 
• CIRCLE Inclusive Classroom Scales, Glasgow Motivation and Wellbeing Profiles, or
SHANARRI, to identify push-pull factors influencing absence. These are experiences
which are pushing a learner out of school or pulling them away from school 
• It may also be possible to identify pull factors which could encourage them to attend.
‘Push-pulls’ factors should be considered in 4 categories of: school/classroom,
peer/social, family, or individual needs 
• Learner’s views are gathered through discussion with a trusted adult 
• Parent/carers views and concerns are also sought 
Prompt questions 
• What is the reason of the absence? What are the barriers to attendance? 
• Are there patterns in attendance/period truancy? 
• Are there any identified triggers to non-attendance? 
• Can action be taken to minimise triggers? 
• How is the learner coping with the curriculum? 
• Who would be a key adult for the learner? 
Universal support planning 
• Review how all learners’ needs are met at a universal level and how this may be
strengthened/adapted to meet all needs
• Gathered information is used to plan interventions and supports in collaboration with the
learner(s) and potentially parent/carers. Support options explored. Least intrusive
interventions should be considered first - what can be done at whole class/cohort level to
support individuals within that class/cohort
• For example, ASN adaptations, differentiation. Additionally, support may not be an
individual intervention but an existing support within school such as, breakfast club,
alternative break or lunch plans, soft start, time out card
• If a plan is required for an individual pupil, then it is created and agreed with the learner
and parent/carer (possible Child’s Plan actions)
• Interventions/individual plans are implemented and followed, regularly reviewed and
monitored for effectiveness 
• Planning for transitions at whole cohort level and individual level is an embedded
universal support. Cognisance taken of significant transitions such as P7-S1, BGE-Senior
Phase, leaving school or care placements. However, this could also include small
transitions such as change of people (key adult leaving school), place or tasks
• Carefully consider how attendance data is shared with parents/carers in a timely and
supportive way using Information Sheets and communications available
• Monitor attendance SEEMiS data in line with guidelines (timescales for monitoring may be
shortened at school level depending on level of need/risk) 
Other resources/actions (references required) 
• Groupcall 
• Letters for unexplained absence 
• Letters for attendance around/below 90% (threshold set by local authority) 
• School/class/Individual attendance monitoring  
Page 302

Page 303

43 
Additional school-based supports and planning
Attendance down to 85%
or below
Key School Actions: 
• Prior to and during first meeting, barriers to attendance are identified/recorded – may be
multiple and complex, relating to wellbeing, health, relationships, wider issues 
• During the Child or Young Person’s meeting (or Child’s Planning Meeting), discuss and
agree understanding of barriers to attendance and impact of non-attendance 
• Agree a shared goal/outcome of Child’s Plan or targets for IEP 
• Agree supports which address barriers and functions of non-attendance and work
towards agreed goals
• Ensure learner and parent/carer views are recorded – method of contact with
parents/carers are agreed (frequency/type of communication) 
Additional assessment is the combined responsibility of practitioners, pastoral support and
potentially senior leaders  
Prompt questions 
• What are the learner’s strengths, interests and aspirations? 
• When do things go well? What makes the difference? 
• Are there health concerns? Should school liaise with the School Nursing Service? 
• Are there specific barriers that need to be worked on? For example, independent travel.
How can these be addressed? 
• How does the family model positive coping skills? Are family supports required? 
• What supports would the family engage with (e.g. Home-School Link Officer)? 
Additional school-based supports and planning 
Identify key link person in school. This should be an adult with whom the learner has an existing
positive relationship. Identified link should be agreed with the child or young person 
• Review universal supports already tried to evaluate what has and has not worked 
• If required, re-engage with the learner to explore their views and experiences of school 
• Use open questions and collaborative problem solving 
• Consider using CIRCLE School Participation Scale, School Refusal Assessment Scale
(SRAS), to help understand barriers to attendance. All potential push-pulls should be
considered: school/classroom, peer/social, family circumstances, individual’s needs 
• Seek parent/carers understanding of their role in supporting attendance and any support
they may need 
• Consider consultation with link Educational Psychologist (EP) and/or partner agencies 
• Plan is co-created with learner, parent/carer and any partners involved. Plan shared with
relevant staff 
• If partner services/agencies are to be involved, hold a Child’s Planning meeting. The
Child’s Planning meeting should: 
o Discuss and agree understanding of barriers to attendance/function of non-attendance 
o Agree a shared long-term goal and short-term targets 
o Agree supports/interventions which address barriers and functions of non-attendance 
o Agree support to be provided by relevant partners 
o Regularly review and evaluate the plan including the barriers to attendance, function of
attendance, goals/targets and effectiveness of the interventions 
• When appropriate and timely, use existing relationships and school level supports to
minimise intrusion and potential disengagement due to perceived stigma 
• Recognition of improvements in attendance at an individual and school level may be
helpful 
• Consider referral to multi-agency planning forum – Child’s Planning 
Other resources/actions 
• Letter for attendance below 85% (threshold set by local authority) 
• Examples of support include peer mentoring, establishing a link with a supportive adult
for check-ins, a safe space, some withdrawal from class for short term 
• Targeted pieces of work to build confidence, understanding or skills, relationship building
or repairing, or catch-up learning after an absence
Page 303

Page 304

44 
Enhanced individualised, potentially multi-agency planning and support
Attendance down to 70%
or below
Key School Actions 
• This may involve a more focussed assessment of needs with supporting services such as
Educational Psychology, Speech and Language or Allied Health Professionals, Young
Carers Service, and/or youth/social/community/3rd sector partners 
• All partners involved will work together to create a package of support 
• This may involve some Stage 1 and 2 supports and some more specific supports such as
befriending, counselling, personal development or health related programmes, vocational
training, volunteering, work experience, family learning and/or family support
programmes… 
Enhanced assessment is the combined responsibility of practitioners, pastoral support and senior
leaders but may also involve other agencies/services. 
• Regular review of effectiveness of current plan/Child’s Plan (short timescales – for
example, every four or six weeks) including: 
• The barriers to attendance (these may have changed over time) 
• Ensuring barriers are addressed and supports meet individual needs 
• Consider using CIRCLE School Participation Scale/School Refusal Assessment Scale
(SRAS) to better understand function of non-attendance – pupil and parent version aids
triangulation 
• Consider support needed in school, at home and for parents and who is best placed to
provide this 
• Consider a referral to other agencies for support 
• The key link adult continues to engage with the learner to help them express their views
and supports them to be at the centre of the planning and review process. This should not
only focus on learning but more broadly on interests, strengths and aspirations 
Prompt questions 
• Is educational progress being made? If so where, when, with whom….? 
• Are targets and supports addressing wellbeing? 
• Are there small achievable targets agreed and regularly reviewed? 
• Are there opportunities for progressing integration through small groups or split
placements (attending some classes with some time in an alternative space)? 
• To what extent are social and community links being maintained? How can this be
improved and built on?  Involvement of School Nursing Service?
• Are supports effective? Are they being implemented appropriately and everywhere? Is the
support consistent? 
Enhanced Individualised/Multi-agency Planning and Support
• School continues to have an overview of learner needs and responsibility for the school’s
role in the agreed plan. Assessment at this level will be collaborative and may draw on
specialised assessments from partners with school management/Pupil Support overview 
• With young person’s/parental permission, consider whether information should be shared
with GP/CAMHS 
• Consider using a creative, individualised approach. This may include using alternative
curricular activities, flexible pathways, involving partner agencies in supporting the
learner and/or family, and considering alternative locations for interventions - recognition
of improvements via Groupcall text message/letter may be helpful 
• If the learner is on a part-time timetable, refer to part-time timetable guidance and ensure
that this is regularly reviewed. Part-time timetables require careful consideration and
should not be used as a standalone intervention for attendance difficulties 
• Consider compulsory measures - referral to the Child Protection Local Authority Lead
Officer (QIO Safeguarding/Child Protection)
• Seemis Pastoral Notes continue to be updated  
• Child’s Planning Meetings held to include detailed attendance outcomes, update actions 
Other resources/actions 
• Letter for attendance below 70% (threshold set by local authority) 
• Letters for referral to Social Work and/or SCRA 
Page 304

Page 305

45 
Intensive support
Attendance down to 50%
or below
Key School Actions 
Where attendance does not improve and there are complex and multiple needs requiring
multi-agency assessment and support on a more intensive and targets basis.  This may
include an individualised timetable or flexible programme, community-based support for
the learner or their family, more intensive wellbeing or mental health supports, a split
placement between school and an alternative learning provision either within or out with
the school, or an alternative placement. This may require Moray MAC/FLR support.  
Intensive assessment is the responsibility of the agencies involved. The named person is
responsible for coordination of supports. 
• Key relationships should be maintained with the learner via pastoral/other support
staff as appropriate with Seemis Pastoral Notes updated regularly 
• An attendance support school based meeting called by Senior Leadership Team
(HT/DHT/DHT Pupil Support) is held where the learner, parents/carers, other
relevant partners and appropriate link central team member(s) invited to attend
with learner and parent/carer views recorded (Child’s Planning Meeting held)
• Child’s Plan at this stage would include information from specialised assessments
and other partners involvement 
• Barriers to attendance and function of non-attendance should be
reviewed/discussed 
• Multi-agency assessment/intervention should be integrated to support holistic
understanding of needs 
• Ongoing and regular re-assessment of the barriers to attendance, the function of
non-attendance and the effectiveness of interventions 
Prompt questions 
• Are planned supports appropriate and effective? Are there issues with
implementing the supports? 
• Is education the priority or is health and wellbeing? Are the targets/supports also
addressing wellbeing needs? 
• Have the learner’s views been carefully considered? Are goals meaningful to the
learner/parent/carer? 
• Do targets need to be made smaller and more achievable? Are they reviewed
regularly enough? 
• Are key relationships being maintaining/strengthened? Are there opportunities to
further/accelerate integration back into school? Could wellbeing/learning goals be
better met in a different context (e.g. community setting?) 
• Are social and community links being built/maintained/strengthened? 
Intensive Support Planning 
If attendance and engagement continue to deteriorate, more intensive supports should be
considered including: 
• An individualised timetable/flexible programme (including college, work
experience, volunteering, or training) 
• Access to an alternative learning provision/location 
• Alternative placement may be considered 
• Community-based support 
• Structured graded exposure plan in cases of emotionally based
absence/school-related anxiety 
Individualised planning continues to focus on addressing needs and includes a focus on: 
• Maintaining key relationships 
• Key supporting adults having the resources/time they need 
Page 305

Page 306

46 
• short term manageable goals with awareness of how these contribute to long
term goals 
Review timescales and reflect on level of need/risk:
o Consider wellbeing/welfare checks in order that the child or young person is seen
at least weekly
o Consider Sustained Emotionally Based Absence (SEBA) intervention  supported by
Educational Psychology
o Consider whether a Co-ordinated Support Plan (CSP) is required
o Consider compulsory measures - referral to the QIO (ASN/Safeguarding) or relevant
central team (MAC/FLR) as appropriate  
Other resources/actions 
• Letter for attendance below 50% (threshold set by local authority) 
• Other letters/communications templated per Appendix 5 and  SCRA referral
(Appendix 6)         
Please refer to: Appendix 2 and Appendix 3: 
• School Attendance Procedure Flow Chart
• School Leaving Process Flow Chart (all pupils leaving before minimum school leaving age)
• Entering School Leaver Destinations and 16+ tab updating (process for Secondary Schools) 
Page 306

Page 307

47 
Risk Factors of School Absenteeism:
School related Family related Child/Young Person related
Bullying Separation and divorce or change
in the family dynamic
Temperamental style –
reluctance to interact and
withdrawal from unfamiliar
settings, people or objects
Difficulties in a specific 
subject area
Parental physical and/or mental
health problems
Fear of failure and poor self-
confidence
Transition to secondary, key
stage transitions or 
change of school
Over-protective parenting style Physical illness
Structure of the school day Dysfunctional family interactions Age (5-6, 11-12 and 13-14 years)
Academic demands/high levels
of pressure and performance
orientated classrooms
Being the youngest child in the
family
Learning difficulties,
developmental disorders or
Autism Spectrum, if unidentified
or unsupported
Transport or journey 
to school Loss and bereavement Separation anxiety from
parent/carer
Exams High levels of family stress Traumatic events
Peer or staff relationships Young carer or Care experienced Risk taking behaviours 
3.16 Child Planning and Team around the Child (Multi-agency Attendance Support Planning)  
A Child’s Planning Meeting brings together professional representatives of services working to support
children, young people and their families in a locality.  The meeting is convened by the lead professional
which may be an education colleague or another colleague from Social Work or Health depending on
contextual factors.  From P1 to S6 where attendance at school is of concern, this will be Education where
non-attendance impacts directly on achievement in school.  These meetings are held regularly, with the
intention of identifying how best to improve outcomes in relation to a specific child or young person,
agreeing who will do what and by when, and reviewing progress made in achieving the planned
improvements. 
In Moray, Child’s Planning Meetings (CPMs) are attended by Education, Health, 3rd sector and where
appropriate, Social Work staff and other agencies engaging with the child or young person and their
family.  Child Planning Meetings have a key role to play in monitoring and strengthening attendance in
school. 
If there are continuing concerns regarding truancy, timekeeping and/or non-attendance for a child or young
person, the Team Around the Child (TAC) may discuss strategies already in place and where necessary,
suggest new approaches.  Further support can be sought through discussion with Moray’s Wellbeing
Coordinators. 
Where the various support structures provided to an individual child or young person do not bring forward
improvements in attendance, the TAC can agree to refer the child or young person to the Scottish Children’s
Reporter Administration (SCRA) as noted previously. 
Page 307

Page 308

48 
4  Alternative Attendance Arrangements 
Moray is committed to supporting all children and young people to be included and engaged within inclusive
mainstream schools, including those within an enhanced provision. Through Moray’s Staged Intervention
approach, timely and proportionate support is provided to remove barriers to attendance and learning. For
some children and young people, flexible or adapted educational arrangements may be required; these
should be clearly planned, based on assessment and focused on maintaining meaningful engagement,
continuity of learning and positive progression. 
4.1  Home Education 
Parents may request to withdraw their child or young person from a Moray school to pursue full-time home
education. Home education is a parental choice in which parents assume full responsibility for the
education of their child or young person, including the planning and delivery of learning, staffing, transport,
learning resources and any associated costs. Parents are not required to provide a reason for choosing
home education; however, understanding their reasons can support constructive dialogue and ensure
appropriate advice and guidance are offered. 
Under Section 35 of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980, parents are required to seek local authority consent
before withdrawing their child from a school, and Moray Council must not unreasonably withhold consent.
Families considering home education are encouraged to review the Scottish Government Home Education
Guidance and the information available on Moray Council’s Home Education webpage. 
When considering requests for home education, Moray Council adopts a child-centred approach, informed
by Article 18 of the UNCRC, the views of the child or young person where appropriate, and a balance of
parental rights and responsibilities alongside the Council’s legislative duties and policy positions. 
In certain circumstances, consent is not required, including where a child has never attended a local
authority school, has completed primary education but has not yet started secondary school, or where the
last school attended has closed.
For children and young people with Additional Support Needs, Moray Council is not under a legal duty, as set
out in the Education (Additional Support for Learning) (Scotland) Act 2004, to provide additional support for
those educated at home. In these circumstances, responsibility for meeting additional support needs rests
with parents. 
A representative of the Education team will maintain annual contact with home-educating families and
remain available to offer advice and guidance throughout the period of home education, in line with national
guidance. Families may choose to enrol their child or young person in a mainstream school at any point, and
where this occurs, a planned transition meeting is recommended to support a smooth, inclusive return to
school and ensure continuity of learning and wellbeing. 
Care and Welfare 
There are some circumstances in which permission to withdraw from mainstream education may not be
granted by the Local Authority. Social Work and Health will be contacted for any information which may
need to be taken into consideration before granting permission. 
For example:
• The child or young person is on the child protection register 
• A child protection investigation is ongoing and has not yet concluded 
• The child is Looked After at home or in foster care 
• Welfare concerns arising from the home environment exist (e.g. parental substance misuse;
domestic abuse, neglect, social isolation) 
• The parent/carer is unable or unwilling to provide a rationale for a Home Education arrangement for
their child and an overview of how the child’s time out of school will be spent
Page 308

Page 309

49 
• A single or multi-agency assessment indicates that a Home Education arrangement may be
detrimental to the child or young person’s social, emotional, physical, or learning needs 
• The child or young person indicates that they would prefer not to have a Home Education
arrangement 
Where an application is declined, the parent/carer would have the right to appeal to the Education
department. There would be no further appeal mechanism. 
The right to complain would be supported through the Moray Complaint Handling Process (MCHP)
(complaints@moray.gov.uk). 
Parental Disputes 
It is not the role of the local authority to resolve parental disputes in relation to home education. However,
the safety, wellbeing and best interests of the child or young person must remain the paramount
consideration at all times. Where parental disagreement may impact on a child or young person’s wellbeing,
attendance or engagement with education, the local authority will take appropriate steps within its
safeguarding and wellbeing responsibilities, ensuring that the views of the child or young person are
considered in line with a child-centred approach. 
4.2  Reduction in Learning Hours (which may be referred to as part-time)   
A reduction in learning hours should be used only in exceptional circumstances and must be a necessary,
proportionate and supportive measure, not a routine response. 
Any decision must be based on clear evidence, including a thorough assessment of need, consideration of
risk and resilience factors, and proof that all alternative supports within the staged intervention model have
already been explored and evaluated. This should include flexible arrangements, supportive strategies and
multi-agency involvement, with the views of the child or young person and their parents fully taken into
account. 
The purpose of the reduction must be clearly defined and aligned with GIRFEC and the Additional Support
for Learning framework, with specific educational and wellbeing objectives linked to the curriculum and
wellbeing indicators.  Recording of time not in school is authorised absence. 
Reductions in learning hours must be time-limited, used for the shortest possible period, and supported by
a clear, structured plan. This plan should be aligned with a Child’s Plan or support plan, set out agreed
timescales, and identify how learning hours will be increased as soon as appropriate.  Appendix 13 contains
a checklist for schools to use when considering a reduction in learning hours for use as part of Child’s
Planning, based on national guidance from Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  Improving Attendance in
Scotland’s Schools. 
Reduction of Learning Hours for ASN Children 
A reduction in learning hours for children with ASN should be used only in exceptional circumstances and
never as a routine response. ASN alone does not justify reduced hours. Children with ASN have the same
right to full-time education as their peers. 
Any reduction must be:
• Necessary, proportionate and supportive
• Time-limited, with the shortest duration possible
• Clearly focused on improving wellbeing and engagement, not managing behaviour or resources 
Before a reduction is agreed, there must be:
Page 309

Page 310

50 
• A clear assessment of need
• Evidence that all other supports and reasonable adjustments have been explored through staged
intervention
• Meaningful involvement of the child, parents/carers and relevant professionals
Child’s Planning should be used for evidencing these points 
Reduced learning hours must be:
• Clearly recorded in a Child’s Plan or support plan
• Linked to clear educational and wellbeing objectives
• Supported by a structured plan to increase hours and return to full-time education 
Reductions should not be:
• Open-ended
• Used due to staffing or system pressures
• A substitute for appropriate ASN support
• Implemented without consent and review 
Overall, reduced learning hours are a last resort, intended to be a short-term support measure that enables
inclusion, recovery and a return to full participation in education. 
4.3  Flexi-schooling   
Parents and carers may request flexible schooling arrangements, whereby the local authority and
parents/carers agree to share responsibility for the education of a child or young person. Flexi-schooling
involves the child or young person attending school for part of the week, with education for the remaining
agreed time delivered elsewhere by parents/carers, up to a maximum of 20% of the school week. This
arrangement differs from an adapted timetable, where the local authority retains full responsibility for all
aspects of the child or young person’s education. 
Requests for flexi-schooling are considered on a case-by-case basis through Child’s Planning, taking
account of the individual strengths, needs and circumstances of the child or young person. Any
flexi-schooling arrangement must be clearly planned, agreed with all parties, and focused on supporting
inclusion, engagement and continuity of learning. Arrangements should be child-centred, consider the
views of the child or young person where appropriate, be time-limited where necessary, and subject to
regular review. Flexi-schooling must not be used as an alternative to appropriate support or as a means of
managing attendance, and the school must retain oversight and ensure attendance is accurately recorded in
line with policy. 
The mechanics of the Flexible Schooling process are noted below: 
A parent/carer seeking to enter a Flexible Learning arrangement should discuss it with the school Head
Teacher and then submit the request in writing to them.  In the request parents should provide: 
• The reason(s) for the request
• An outline of how the time that the child is learning from home will be spent (for example, Flexible
Learning plan)
• Views of the child or young person
• The expected benefits of the arrangement for their child
• The expected duration of the arrangement
• If agreed, Flexible Learning times should be coded on SEEMIS as FLX 
Parameters of Flexible Schooling in Moray 
• Flexible Schooling arrangements may not exceed 20% of the school week (e.g. the equivalent of one
day per week in total)
Page 310

Page 311

51 
• All Flexible Learning plans must seek, record and consider:
• the views of the child/young person
• the views of parents and carers
• the views of any other agencies working with the child/young person and their family 
• Agreements for Flexible Learning should be kept under regular review through the Child’s Planning
process
• Parents may seek Flexible Schooling on particular days, or at particular times. Such requests will be
given fair consideration and a school may restrict Flexible Learning arrangements to set times/days
if. Head Teachers will base such decisions on the operational needs of the school
• Once Flexible Schooling arrangement times and days are agreed, they are formally reviewed, varied
or altered through Child’s Planning
• The Local Authority or School is not responsible for providing funding, transport, learning materials,
resources, teaching support or supervision for the times that the child or young person is not in
school
• Where Flexible Schooling arrangements may impede assessment or certification for young people
attending secondary school, parents must be made aware of this during the initial request for
Flexible Schooling. The school is not responsible for any missed learning during the time in which the
child or young person has Flexible Schooling
• The nature, quality and outcomes of the Flexible Schooling arrangement are the responsibility of the
family and will be reviewed in partnership with the school through Child’s Planning
• Requests for a child or young person who had a Flexible Learning plan to repeat a year of formal
education due to missed learning will not be supported
• As the child or young person continues to be on the school roll, if they wish to attend a special event
on the established Flexible Schooling Day, this should be agreed in advance with the Head Teacher.
• A Flexible Schooling arrangement must always stem from clearly articulated parental preference and
not the request of professionals or other agencies 
Care and Welfare 
The safety and welfare of the child or young person should always be the paramount consideration when
considering Flexible Learning. There are some circumstances in which Flexible Schooling requests may not
be granted or may be withdrawn by the Local Authority. 
For example:
• The child or young person is on the child protection register 
• A child protection investigation is ongoing and has not yet concluded 
• The child is Looked After at home or in foster care 
• Welfare concerns arising from the home environment exist (e.g. parental substance misuse;
domestic abuse, neglect, social isolation) 
• The parent/carer is unable or unwilling to provide a rationale for a Flexible Schooling arrangement for
their child and an overview of how the child’s time out of school will be spent
• A single or multi-agency assessment indicates that a Flexible Schooling arrangement may be
detrimental to the child or young person’s social, emotional, physical, or learning needs
• If the arrangement would be detrimental to the educational experiences of other children and young
people within a school.  For example, if the arrangement significantly impedes the teacher’s ability to
introduce new learning to the class during the times that a child is engaged in Flexible Schooling
• If the child or young person is not making the expected academic progress
• If the child or young person is not developing appropriate social and emotional skills 
Where an application is declined, the parent/carer would have the right to appeal to the Education
department. There would be no further appeal mechanism. The right to complain would also be supported
through the Moray Complaints Handling Process (MCHP) (ComplaintsEduc@moray.gov.uk). 
Page 311

Page 312

52 
4.4  Adapted Curriculum (Adapted timetable)   
As noted above, in Scottish legislation it is stated that all children and young people are entitled to 25
learning hours per week in Primary schools and 27.5 learning hours per week in Secondary schools. Whilst
Moray Council is committed to delivering education in an inclusive mainstream environment including
enhanced provision, and to upholding every child and young person’s entitlement to education,  we
recognise that for some children and young people at some times (including those with ASN), adapting their
school curricular offer can enhance their wellbeing, achievement and attainment. 
The purpose of an Adapted Curriculum is to implement a temporary, targeted support package, within the
Moray Staged Intervention framework. It should only be considered after strategies at Stages 1 and 2 have
been exhausted. An Adapted Curriculum must be agreed by the team around the child and in consultation
with the school Head Teacher. Maintaining a sense of belonging to the school is essential and use of the
school campus should be prioritised. 
Maintaining a child or young person’s sense of belonging, inclusion and connection to the school
community is essential. Wherever possible, use of the school and it grounds, continued access to peer
relationships, and regular contact with trusted adults should be prioritised. An Adapted Curriculum should
promote positive engagement with learning and support continuity of educational experience. 
Please note - an Adapted Curriculum which restricts the pupil’s attendance represents a form of exclusion
and can compromise the Local Authority’s legal duty to provide “adequate and efficient” school education to
all pupils for whom it is responsible. Therefore, careful consideration and application of due process through
Child’s Planning is required for each case. 
Planning and Implementing an Adapted Curriculum 
The purpose, timescale and desired outcomes of an Adapted Curriculum must be clearly agreed with
parents/carers and the child or young person (where appropriate), and explicitly recorded, monitored and
reviewed through Child’s Planning. Planning should be strengths-based, building on the child or young
person’s interests, abilities and existing positive relationships within school. 
Literacy, numeracy and health and wellbeing outcomes must remain central components of any Adapted
Curriculum. Adapted Curriculum arrangements are time-limited, with a suggested duration of 6–8 weeks
and must include clear review points and planning for next steps. Restorative approaches and opportunities
to rebuild key adult and peer relationships should be integral to the adapted offer, supporting re-integration
and sustained engagement with learning. 
Head Teachers are required to report termly to the Head Teacher of Inclusion, Wellbeing and Adapted
Curriculum on the number, nature and progress of Adapted Curriculum arrangements within their school.
This oversight supports quality assurance, consistency of practice and the sharing of effective approaches
across Moray. 
At no point should Home Education or Flexi-schooling be proposed to parents/carers as an alternative to an
Adapted Curriculum. Adapted Curriculum arrangements must always be implemented as a supportive,
inclusive measure, designed to enhance engagement and promote positive educational outcomes.  Schools
/central services will work with parents/carers in partnership to plan/agree arrangements suitable to all. 
Key points to note prior to implementing an adapted curriculum 
• The impact of an Adapted Curriculum on the home life of the child or young person should be
considered carefully. It should not put a child, young person, or family at greater risk
• Responsibility for the child or young person when they are not in school is the responsibility of the
parent/carer and their agreement and guarantee that the child or young person will be supervised off-site
must be sought and recorded in the Child’s Plan
Page 312

Page 313

53 
• The responsibility for planning learning activities included in an Adapted Curriculum remains with school
and should be shared clearly with all staff
• Children and young people on an Adapted Curriculum have the right to access wider school and extra-
curricular activities
• Where Adapted Curriculum arrangements require additional resources, for example transport or
alternative activities the costs of these would be the responsibility of the school
• Adapted Curriculum arrangements may make assessment, tracking, monitoring more complex or
impede certification for young people attending secondary school. Long-term implications for the child
or young person’s academic outcomes must be considered
• Adapted Curriculum information should reflect the true picture of the time the child and young person
spends in school and be accurately recorded on SEEMIS (please see Appendix 4 – Attendance and
Absence Codes) 
Flexible Framework - Supporting the Adapted Curriculum offer 
The Flexible Framework has been developed in partnership with Moray Council procurement staff and
independent service providers to offer schools opportunity to source and employ adapted curriculum
activities, secure in the knowledge that the necessary safety and procurement checks have been done in
advance. If you require further information on the Flexible Framework and setting up an Individual Placement
Agreement (IPA) please contact the Principal Educational Psychologist. 
4.5  Adapted Timetables - Phased return 
Moray Council recognises the right of all children and young people to an education that meets their
individual needs. For most learners, this will be through full-time attendance within an inclusive mainstream
school. In a small number of exceptional circumstances, however, it may be necessary to implement a
temporary adapted timetable, sometimes described as a phased return to school, to support
re-engagement, wellbeing and access to learning. Any adapted timetable must be planned, agreed and
monitored through Child’s Planning. 
An adapted timetable should only be considered where there is a clear, identified need and where it will
support a child or person to re-engage with education. 
When should an adapted timetable be considered?   
An adapted timetable should only be considered where there is a clear, identified need and where it will
support a child or young person to re-engage with education. 
This may include situations where a medical condition prevents a pupil from attending full-time education
and an adapted timetable forms part of a planned reintegration package, or where a child or young person
has significantly disengaged from school and this has had a substantial impact on their learning, wellbeing
and/or attendance. 
Adapted timetables are considered at the Targeted phase of the Moray Framework for Staged Intervention
and must only be implemented after strategies and supports at Stages 1 and 2 have been exhausted. Any
proposal for an adapted timetable must be agreed by the team around the child or young person through
Child’s planning and undertaken in consultation with the Child Protection Local Authority Lead Officer
(Quality Improvement Officer – Safeguarding/Child Protection), ensuring that decision-making remains
robust, lawful and child-centred. 
An adapted timetable must always be viewed as a short-term intervention, with a clear rationale and vision
for increasing attendance and supporting a return to fuller engagement within the mainstream school
community. Maintaining a sense of belonging and connection to school is essential, and adapted timetables
Page 313

Page 314

54 
must not be used as a substitute for appropriate support, nor as a means of managing attendance or
behaviour in isolation. 
To support monitoring, review and quality assurance, schools are required to submit details of any
adapted timetable and associated attendance support plan. This must include the reasons for the
adapted timetable, start date, review date and proposed end date, and be submitted to the central
authority via the Admin.MAC@moray-edunet.gov.uk email address. 
Regular review through Child’s Planning is required to ensure that the arrangement continues to meet
the child or young person’s needs and supports positive progression.   
The Purpose of an Adapted Timetable is to:   
• Build a temporary, specialist support package around the needs and interests of the child/young person
• Create a safe, consistent and nurturing environment with familiar staff
• Help the child/young person to re-engage in education and build up to full time attendance
• Foster trust and improved relationships with key adults who are supporting the child/young person
• Promote improved communication and partnership working with parents/carers and partner agencies  
Key Points   
• An adapted timetable should be a response to a Team Around the Child or Young Person (TAC)  
• A parent/carer must consent to an adapted timetable, and this should be recorded in the minutes of a
Child’s Planning meeting
• Decisions should be made with the child or young person, parent/carers and other multi-agencies
involved with the child and young person
• The timetable should be for a limited period. The suggested maximum length of an adapted timetable is
6 - 8 weeks
• Arrangements for an adapted timetable should be regularly reviewed every 2–4 weeks
• All parties should clearly understand the objectives of any adapted timetable
• A parent/carer must be clear they are taking responsibility for the pupil when he/she is not in school and
guarantee that the pupil will be supervised off site
• Attainment, achievement, and attendance must be monitored, tracked, recorded, and reviewed
throughout  
Considerations Before Planning   
• Maintaining a sense of belonging to the school is essential and the use of the school campus should be
prioritised
• Planning for the reintroduction of classes to the timetable should ensure opportunities to identify and
address gaps in learning and to ensure coverage of topics, learning themes and learning opportunities
missed are addressed
• A commitment to maintaining and sustaining the planned timetable is important and it must be
recognised that interventions take time to work. Setting a date at the outset for review and avoiding
reactive responses to initial challenges are key to maintaining this as a strategic intervention
• The voice of the child or young person should be integral to the plan – Person Centred Planning may
support this, or your Educational Psychologist may be able to support or advise on this
• The impact of an adapted timetable on the home life of the child or young person should be considered
and carefully considered. It should not put a child, young person, or family at greater risk i.e. any child
protection concerns or care placements
• External Partners - The risks around using external partners to support the timetable should be carefully
considered and the following considered: 
Page 314

Page 315

55 
▪ Are they a sustainable option?
▪ Do they have a clear, agreed educational outcome?  
▪ Is there a shared understanding of what success will look like for the child or young person?  
▪ What are the expected/anticipated timescales?  
▪ Are they PVG checked and Child Protection trained?  
▪ How will attendance/non-attendance be recorded and shared to ensure safeguarding?  
▪ How will they report on progress towards the agreed outcome/ target?  
▪ Are there hidden costs or transport implications?    
Planning the Timetable   
• The timetable should be planned to build on the child or young person’s curricular strengths and the
positive relationships they have in school from the beginning
• Literacy, numeracy and health and wellbeing should be fully incorporated into any timetable offered
• Restorative approaches and opportunities for restoring relationships should be planned into the
timetable as appropriate
• The responsibility for planning work and activities remains with school – this includes class teachers,
subject teachers, support for learning and pastoral staff
• The timetable should be clearly communicated with all staff
• Adding opportunities to build and develop confidence and self-worth through reaching set targets,
recognising, and celebrating achievement
• Tracking and monitoring of progress in learning should be maintained including in the wellbeing
indicators
• Recording on SEEMiS should reflect the true picture of the educational provision and prioritise the
safeguarding of the child or young person. Please see information below regarding appropriate codes.
The full list of SEEMiS absence codes is included in the accompanying Appendix (4) and Toolkits 
4.6  Hosting arrangements    
The aim of a Hosting arrangement is to address significant barriers a child or young person is experiencing in
their mainstream school community and only in exceptional circumstances, and after all other appropriate
strategies and supports have been explored within the base school. This reflects an understanding that
hosting can be a significant change and may create additional stress for the child or young person and their
family if not carefully managed. 
Hosting formally transfers a child or young person who is experiencing difficulties in their own school (Base
school) for a temporary placement in an alternative Moray primary or secondary school (Host school). It is
carried out in a supported way involving both Base and Host schools and with the agreement of both
parents/carers and the child or young person. Hosting should only be considered in exceptional
circumstances when all other strategies have been exhausted as it may cause stress to the child or young
person and their family. 
Hosting arrangements:
• are time-limited and carefully planned;
• are carried out in a supported and collaborative way, involving the base school and host school and
• require the agreement of parents/carers and the child or young person, whose views are actively
sought and considered 
Prospective hosting arrangement must be discussed in advance with the Child Protection Local Authority
Lead Officer (QIO Safeguarding/Child Protection) who will liaise with the Host school and ASN Management
Group. If the hosting is approved, subsequent transition arrangements would be agreed through Child’s
Planning where individually planned outcomes would be agreed prior to any exceptional arrangement being
agreed. 
Page 315

Page 316

56 
4.7  Family separation 
Family Separation In the case of a child or young person whose parents are separated, Moray Council should
consider the most appropriate means of communicating the process of making an attendance order to
parents. It is likely that by the time an attendance order is being considered, there will have been difficulties
in the relationship between the school/education authority and the parent.    
Advocacy or mediation services, where both parties meet voluntarily to discuss their concerns and agree a
mutual solution with an independent third party, should be used to ensure that the parent understands the
process and has support to express views or appeal. Further disengagement or conflict during the
attendance order process will make positive outcomes for the child difficult to achieve.   Further support can
be found through independent advocacy (VoiceAbility | Advocacy in Moray).   
4.8  Exceptional Entry to Further Education 
The term ‘exceptional entrant’ refers to a pupil who is in S5, whose birthday does not allow them to leave
school until Christmas of S5, and who wishes to attend a Further Education College (e.g. UHI Moray) until
that time.  The following procedures and provisions will apply: 
1. The pupil and their parent/carer will make an application for entry to the College course(s)in
consultation with their current school and PT Guidance/Year Head
2. Before endorsing the application and in discussion with the College link, the school must confirm
that the course(s) is/are relevant and appropriate in meeting the pupil’s educational and
developmental needs based on all information available.  The course(s) should amount to at least 18
hours of study per week.  If non-teaching time is grouped into one or more complete days, then the
pupil will be expected to attend College on the non-teaching day(s).  The College will make available
any facilities for study (e.g. library) and will monitor the pupil’s attendance, reporting weekly to the
pupil’s current school.  The home school will oversee this where College is not able to
3. In terms of costs, the pupil if known by September census will not be included in the September
school census return.  Travel costs and other associated costs should be met by the family.  In very
exceptional circumstances, the school (or local authority on approach by the school) may support
with identified costs
4. The College will allocate a member of staff on agreement with school who will have responsibility for
the pastoral care and welfare of the young person concerned.  If the school has specific concerns
regarding the young person, these should be made known to the College staff in advance of the start
of course
5. The College will formally report monthly to the school on pupil attendance at College with school
maintaining regular contact and oversight (please also see 2 above)
6. In the event that the College discontinue the pupil’s education at College by reason of poor
attendance or other reason, the school will be informed immediately and the pupil will be returned to
school 
The local authority as Education authority has overall responsibility for the pupil where they remain in full-
time compulsory school education due to their age and will liaise with College in relation to learning and
care of identified young people through academic partnership working.   Attendance should be marked
appropriately according to attendance codes contained within Appendix 4 and appropriate entry made in
the pupil’s pastoral notes on SEEMiS. 
Page 316

Page 317

57 
4.9  Extended work placements 
Similar to exceptional entry to College above, in very exceptional circumstances, a pupil whose birthday
does not allow them to leave school until Christmas of that same year may request following agreement with
their school an extended work placement.  This will normally align to post-school pathway where a form is
required to be completed and submitted to Headquarters for any work experience placement where the
young person will be out of school for all or most of the week. This form is issued by the Work Experience unit
where such circumstance may arise (please e-mail:  workexperience@moray.gov.uk). 
Once the school coordinator and Head Teacher have completed their sections on the form, it should be sent
to workexperience@moray.gov.uk  where upon receipt it will be reviewed and presented to the QIM along
with copies of the Health and Safety review and confirmation that the necessary insurance(s) are in place.
Work Experience administration will confirm with the school coordinator whether or not placement
attendance has been approved by QIM following review of all information presented. 
4.10  Monitoring and Review 
This attendance policy will be monitored and reviewed annually to ensure that it is effective. The policy will
be reviewed considering any changes in legislation or guidance. 
Attendance self-evaluation toolkits are provided within Appendix 7 for schools to use in identifying
strengths and areas for improvement in maximising positive school attendance as well as monitoring
attendance levels and initiating appropriate interventions. 
Page 317

Page 318

58 
Notes:  
Page 318

Page 319

59 
Notes:  
Page 319

Page 320

60 
Education, Housing and Communities
Page 320

Page 321

APPENDIX 2
SPFINANCE-565096732-34 12/06/2026 11:41
INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT COVERING
• EQUALITIES & SOCIO ECONOMIC DUTIES
• HUMAN RIGHTS AND RIGHTS OF THE CHILD
DATE UPDATES/EXECUTIVE SUMMARY VERSION DETAILS
Insert Date
(e.g.
03/10/2023)
Add brief notes/highlight which section amended (e.g.
first draft of IIA completed and submitted to SFC
25/10/2023 for consideration; 
Insert (ShP) Version Info (when
details have been agreed) (e.g.
5.0 03/10/2023 11:21 AMcL)
23.04.2026 1st draft IIA for presentation at ECLS Committee on 23
June 2026
STAGE 1 - DO I NEED AN INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT?
Name of policy or proposal:   Education - Attendance Policy
Is this a Mark X below
New activity, programme or policy?
Change to an existing activity, programme or policy? ✓
Budget proposal?
Duties: tick the boxes you think apply No Maybe  Yes
Equalities: Will your proposal have an impact on groups with
protected characteristics?
Consider the impact of your proposal on people and how they
access your services and information without barriers.
✓
Socio-economic 
Not every person/family has access to regular income or savings.
Will your proposal have an adverse impact on them
✓
Does your proposal impact on the human rights of people? ✓
Does your proposal impact on the rights of children and young
people
✓
Reasoning - Briefly describe your reasoning for the responses given above: 
Causes of absence from school can be multi-faceted and should be considered holistically
where absences which relate to more than one factor at the same time.  There is the
potential for intersectional impacts given the root cause of any absence can be due to a
combination of individual, social, family or peer related factors and impacts. 
If you have answered “maybe” or “yes” to any of the Stage 1 questions above, then
proceed to complete the Stage 2 Integrated Impact Assessment questions below.
If you have answered “no” to the Stage 1 questions above, then provide the details
below and submit to [email]
Lead Officer for developing the contract -
Other people involved in the screening (this
may be council staff, partners 
-
Page 321

Page 322

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
or others i.e. contractor or community)
Date - 
STAGE 2: INTEGRATED IMPACT ASSESSMENT
Brief description of the affected service
1. Describe what the service does: 
The Moray Education Service attendance oversight function within Moray Council works to
promote, support and monitor regular school attendance for all children and young
people in partnership with schools and settings, identifying and addressing barriers early
through inclusive, child-centred and multi-agency approaches to ensure access to
education, safeguard wellbeing and support positive outcomes. 
2. Who are your main stakeholders? 
Children and young people attending Moray schools and learning settings 
Parents and carers with responsibility for supporting attendance 
Moray Council Education Service staff 
Multi-agency partners: Educational Psychology, Health (including School Nursing and
CAMHS), Social Work, CLD, Police and third-sector organisations 
Wider council services (e.g. Housing, Transport) involved in addressing barriers to
attendance Scottish Children’s Reporter Administration (SCRA) and Children’s Hearings,
where statutory processes are required 
3. What changes as a result of the proposals? Is the service reduced or removed?
• Introduces a clear, consistent attendance framework across all Moray schools and
learning settings
• Strengthens a preventative, early-intervention approach, with attendance thresholds
used as triggers for support rather than punishment 
• Embeds a staged intervention model, increasing support and multi-agency
involvement where attendance concerns persist 
• Places stronger emphasis on child-centred planning, pupil voice and family
engagement in attendance decisions in line with revised national guidance 
• Expands and formalises the use of flexible and alternative arrangements (e.g. adapted
timetables, alternative provision) to maintain access to education
• Clarifies roles and responsibilities for schools, the local authority and partners in
promoting and monitoring attendance
• Strengthens links between attendance, safeguarding, wellbeing and GIRFEC
processes
• Reinforces a non-punitive, rights-based approach, with compulsory measures used
only as a last resort 
Page 322

Page 323

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
4. How will this affect your customers?
Pupils:
• Increased focus on early support, with attendance concerns identified sooner and
addressed before problems escalate
• Greater likelihood of tailored support, such as adapted timetables, flexible learning or
alternative provision, to help them stay engaged in education and build learning time
• Stronger emphasis on pupil voice, wellbeing and positive relationships in attendance
planning
• More consistent approaches across schools, reducing variability in how attendance
issues are handled with support toolkits to guide schools in decision making and
planning
• Clear links between attendance, safeguarding and wellbeing, ensuring pupils who are
not attending are supported and kept safe 
Parents /Carers
• Clearer understanding of expectations and responsibilities regarding attendance
• Earlier and more regular communication with schools when attendance is a concern
• Greater involvement as partners in the Child’s Planning process and attendance
support planning as part of that process
• Access to support and signposting where family health and/or socio-economic
factors affect attendance
• Reassurance that enforcement measures will be used only as a last resort, after
supportive options have been explored in line with national guidance and policy
• Potential impact on workload/pressures if child not attending school full time
5. Impact on staff providing the service.
• Provides clearer expectations and guidance on roles and responsibilities for
promoting, recording and responding to attendance concerns
• Requires a stronger focus on early identification, monitoring and follow-up, including
consistent use of attendance data and SEEMiS recording
• Increases emphasis on child-centred practice, including engaging with pupils’ views
and working in partnership with families
• Expands staff involvement in attendance support planning as part of Child’s Planning
and multi-agency working where attendance concerns persist
• May result in additional workload, particularly for pastoral, senior leadership and
support staff, linked to communication, planning and review processes initially as
new and consistent approaches are embedded
• Reinforces the need for professional judgement, reflective practice and
trauma-informed approaches rather than punitive responses
• Highlights the importance of training and ongoing professional learning in areas such
as emotionally based non-attendance, inclusion, safeguarding and equity as provided
through Moray Education training including mandatory training for staff 
Page 323

Page 324

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
6. Please indicate if these apply to any of the protected characteristics
Protected groups Potential impacts and considerations
Race  Potential negative impact - children and young
people from Gypsy/Traveller communities or
minority ethnic backgrounds may face
cultural/language barriers to attendance. Risk of
disproportionate scrutiny or misunderstanding of
authorised cultural absence.
Disability  Potential negative impact – pupils with disability
and those pupils with an additional support need or
a range of other healthcare needs that may affect
their day to day functioning over the course of a 12
month period may experience lower attendance
linked to health needs, neurodivergence, sensory
overload or mental health challenges.
Risk of indirect discrimination if attendance
thresholds are applied rigidly without reasonable
adjustments. Potential impact on children not
receiving entitlement to full learning hours.
Carers (for elderly, disabled or
minors)
Potential negative impact - Young Carers may
experience reduced attendance due to caring
responsibilities, fatigue or crisis situations.
Children and young people may be impacted by
care of family members or facing other challenges
that affect ability to get to school.
Risk that caring-related absence is misinterpreted
as disengagement, requiring care in approach.
Sex Potential negative impact - girls may be
disproportionately affected by certain conditions
and/or caring responsibilities.
Boys attendance may be impacted as a result of
growth and development, particularly in secondary
schools where boys’ attendance may dip (as noted
nationally) as disengagement with school may
occur.
Pregnancy and maternity (including
breastfeeding)
Potential negative impact - pregnant pupils or young
parents may experience attendance disruption due
to health needs, childcare responsibilities or
stigma.  Risk of disengagement without flexible
educational arrangements.
Sexual orientation Potential negative impact - LGBTQI+ pupils may
experience bullying, isolation or mental health
difficulties contributing to absence.  Risk of
Page 324

Page 325

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
disengagement if schools are not perceived as safe
and inclusive.
Age (include children, young people,
midlife and older people)
Potential negative impact – 
Younger children may experience distress or
separation anxiety impacting attendance.  
Older children and young people, particularly
adolescents, may experience emotionally-based
non-attendance, anxiety, or disengagement from
learning.  
Care experienced young people are also at greater
risk of not attending. 
Children receiving support services inc. those on
child protection register. 
Attendance thresholds could be experienced as
punitive if applied without regard to developmental
stage.
Religion, and or belief Potential negative impact - attendance may be
affected by religious observance or festivals.
Risk of inconsistency authorising absences across
schools will require mitigation through policy
application and consistency in SEEMiS code use.
Gender reassignment Potential negative impact - trans and
gender-diverse pupils may experience bullying,
anxiety or lack of safety, contributing to absence or
disengagement.  Risk of reduced attendance if
schools are not experienced as inclusive
environments.
Inequalities arising from socio-
economic differences
Potential negative impact - children living in poverty
may experience food poverty, fuel poverty, housing
instability, transport barriers or caring
responsibilities that can all affect attendance.  Risk
that attendance escalation processes may
compound intersectional inequality if not
appropriately mitigated.  Schools may be expected
to mitigate poverty without sufficient resources and
impacted as a result of wider policy decisions and
unintended impact on pupil absence may result. 
Impact on parents/carers with shift work/patterns
and consideration of military families/deployment. 
Page 325

Page 326

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
Human rights
List of convention rights Describe, where applicable, if and how specific
rights are engaged
Article 5: Right to liberty and security 
Article 6: Right to a fair trial 
Article 8: Right to respect for private
and family life, correspondence and
the home
Potential interference - Home visits, data sharing
and escalation processes may affect family
privacy.
Article 10: Freedom of expression 
Article 11: Freedom of assembly and
association 
Article 12: Right to marry 
Article 14: Prohibition of
discrimination (in relation to the
convention rights) 
Article 1 of Protocol 1: Protection of
property 
Article 2 of Protocol 1: Right to
education
Potential interference - Reduced attendance could
limit access to education if not addressed
appropriately.
Article 3 of Protocol 1: Right to free
elections by secret ballot 
Children’s Rights and Wellbeing 
Relevant articles – UNCRC 
Article 2 – Non discrimination 
Article 3 – Best interest of the child Attendance decisions are guided by wellbeing,
safety and educational benefit to support this right,
rather than compliance alone.
Article 6 – Right to survival and
development 
Article 12 – Respect of the views of
the child
Children and young people’s views are sought and
recorded through Child’s Planning and attendance
support processes which supports this right.
Article 18 – Parental responsibilities
and state assistance
Parents/carers share responsibility for bringing up
their child and should always consider what is best
for their child – this includes decisions in relation to
supporting positive attendance in education.
Article 23 – Children with a disability Reasonable adjustments and tailored support are
central to maintaining participation in education.
Article 28 – right to education Every child has the right to an education.
Article 29 – goals of education 
Page 326

Page 327

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
7. Evidence. What information have you used to make your assessment?
Performance data In Moray, we continuously monitor attendance across all Moray
Primary and Secondary Schools as part of Moray Quality
Improvement Framework (MQIF) activities.  Attendance visits,
scrutiny and support activities also form part of MQIF visit
programme by the central Quality Improvement team.  
In the context of the Scottish Attainment Challenge (SAC) and
common with all local authorities in Scotland, attendance is
monitored closely as a core Stretch Aim for Health and Wellbeing.   
Stretch Aims were first reported to Committee following finalisation
with Scottish Government for a 3-year 2023-2026 trajectory
(Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee, 19
September 2023, Education National Improvement Framework
Appendix 2) and progress is reported annually through the National
Improvement Framework self-evaluation, last reported to this
Committee in September 2026 (Education, Children’s and Leisure
Services Committee, Background Paper – Education NIF – Progress
Report and Self-evaluation 2024-2025). 
Scottish Government produce national school attendance and
absence statistics annually, published in December each year and
pertaining to the previous session (School attendance, absence and
exclusions statistics 2024-25).  National statistics highlight that
average overall attendance for all Scottish Schools was 91.0%. 
National Primary School average attendance for session 2024-25 was
noted as 93.1% and average national Secondary School attendance
was 88.4%. 
In monitoring our Moray attendance levels as part of MQIF scrutiny
and support, the following graphs are presented for comparison
against national averages above and aligned to Stretch Aims set: 
Page 327

Page 328

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41 
As part of MQIF activities, attendance monitoring covers a range of
data including Additional Support Needs, Looked After Children,
Young Carers and this is reviewed routinely by schools/centrally. 
Primary School attendance continues to improve, noting impact of
Covid-19 as reported nationally on attendance levels.  Caution is
expressed regarding Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD)
Quintile 1 and Quintile 5 comparators (for further information
regarding SIMD, please see Scottish Government:  Scottish Index of
Multiple Deprivation 2020) due to low pupil numbers for Moray within
these data zones, particularly Quintile 1.  In Primary schools during
session 2024-25, 2.8% of Primary 1-7 pupils resided within Quintile 1
data zones and 11.7% resided within Quintile 5 data zones.  Overall
Moray Primary School age (P1-P7) attendance was 93.3%, slightly
above National Primary School average of 93.1%.  At mid-year (end of
term 2, December 2025) and based on mid-session internal
monitoring, Primary School attendance was comparable to session
2024-25 at 93.3% and 93.4% in mid-May 2026.   
Work to improve Secondary School attendance is ongoing across
individual schools with further data analysis highlighting specific year
groups and cohorts within individual schools, impacting on overall
attendance figures and pupil attainment.  In Secondary schools
during session 2024-25, 3.4% of Secondary 1-6 pupils resided within
Quintile 1 data zones and 11.6% resided within Quintile 5 data zones. 
Overall Moray Secondary School age (S1-S6) attendance was 88.1%,
slightly below National Secondary School average of 88.4%.  At mid-
year (end of term 2, December 2025) and based on mid-session
internal monitoring, Secondary School attendance was 87.8% and
88.4% in mid-May 2026.   
Page 328

Page 329

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
Internal
consultation
Equalities Officer
Consultation with
affected groups
Primary and Secondary Head Teacher Consultative Group
Depute Head Teacher (Pupil Support) Forum
Education Senior Officers and Managers
Education Scotland Attainment Advisors 
Local statistics Please see above
National statistics Please see above
Other - 
8. Evidence gaps 
Do you need additional information in order to complete the information in the
previous questions?
-
9. Mitigating action(s)
Can the impact of the proposed policy/activity be mitigated?  Please explain 
The Attendance Policy incorporates many mitigations throughout
Race - Avoid penalising authorised cultural absence through correct recording practices
and appropriate SEEMiS attendance codes for travel.  
Disability - Ensure reasonable adjustments are considered, including adapted timetables,
medical timetables and education delivered elsewhere being recorded as participation.
Use Child’s Planning and/or Coordinated Support Plans to review attendance
arrangements regularly.  Provide staff guidance and training to differentiate
disability-related absence from disengagement.
Sex - Use individualised, evidence-based assessment of attendance concerns rather than
gender-based assumptions.  Ensure equal access to pastoral, mental health and wellbeing
supports. Pastoral support offered should be based on voice of the child/young person and
gender specific as requested.  Monitor attendance data by sex to identify and respond to
emerging trends.
Pregnancy / Maternity - Provide tailored attendance planning, flexible timetables and
appropriate alternative provision to support continuity of learning. Maintain sensitive,
non-judgemental engagement and multi-agency support.  Reinforce young parents’ right to
education during pregnancy and post-birth.
Sexual Orientation – The Council have an Anti-bullying Policy and procedures in line with
national and local guidance. Provide access to trusted adults, safe spaces and inclusive
pastoral support. Monitor attendance where sexual-orientation-related bullying or safety
concerns are identified.  Ensure school level Positive Relationships Policies are supportive.
Age - Apply age-appropriate approaches at all stages, including play-based support in early
years and collaborative planning with adolescents, making sure views sought, recorded
and acted upon through Child’s Planning and attendance support planning as part of this
Page 329

Page 330

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
process.  Maintain flexible curriculum pathways, wider achievement and vocational
options for older pupils to support engagement.
Religion / Belief - Ensure consistent authorisation and recording of religious observance
across schools.  Engage proactively with families to plan for known religious dates. 
Promote understanding of faith diversity within school communities.
Gender Reassignment – The Council have an Anti-bullying Policy and inclusive procedures
in line with national and local guidance. Ensure access to trusted adults, safe spaces and
appropriate pastoral support.  Monitor attendance where identity-based bullying or
wellbeing concerns are identified.  Ensure school level Positive Relationships Policies are
supportive.
Socio-economic - Embed Cost of the School Day principles and support financial barrier
assessment in attendance decision-making and attendance support planning as part of
Child’s Planning.
Funded transport and access to digital devices (equity) for alternative provision. 
Strengthen links to income maximisation services and welfare advice. 
Monitor attendance interventions by SIMD (deprivation index) to track impact. 
Prioritise partnership working with Housing, Social Work, Health and third-sector services
before compulsory measures are considered as part of Child’s Planning processes.
Human Rights - Ensure actions are proportionate, necessary, clearly recorded, and
embedded within a child-centred planning framework (Child’s Planning).  Use flexible
provision, alternative arrangements and early intervention to ensure continuity of
education.
UNCRC – Ensuring reasonable adjustments (as disability above) and Human Rights
mitigations as above in line with local authority supporting all learners and school positive
relational approaches.
General
Mandatory staff training programme to include trauma-informed, equality, UNCRC,
poverty-aware practice and safeguarding/child protection training (annual updates). 
Robust recording, monitoring with periodic audits, supported by SEEMiS recording and
Child’s Planning as appropriate.
Clear governance and escalation pathways as outlined through policy provided. 
10. Justification
If nothing can be done to reduce the negative impact(s) but the proposed
policy/activity must go ahead, what justification is there to continue with the change?  
The policy meets statutory duties under the Education (Scotland) Act 1980, aligns with
national frameworks like Getting It Right for Every Child (GIRFEC) and the United Nations
Convention on the Rights of the Child (UNCRC), and reflects strong evidence that
supportive, trauma-informed approaches are more effective than punitive measures in
improving attendance. It also promotes equity and inclusion in line with the Equality Act
2010 and strengthens safeguarding through early, multi-agency intervention.  This policy
and appendix/toolkits has also been developed in line with revised national guidance
Page 330

Page 331

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
(Scottish Government) Included, Engaged and Involved Part 1:  A Positive Approach to the
Promotion and Management of Attendance in Scottish Schools’ (March 2026). 
Approval should be contingent on:
• robust implementation, particularly consistent practice across schools;
• adequate resourcing; and 
• ongoing monitoring so that its intended benefits are realised in practice rather than
remaining aspirational.
SECTION 3 CONCLUDING THE IIA
1. No potential negative impacts found for any protected groups. 
2. Some potential negative impacts have been identified.
The impacts relate to: 
Reducing discrimination, harassment, victimisation or other conduct
prohibited under the Equality Act 2010
✓
Promoting equality of opportunity ✓
Fostering good relations ✓
3. The proposals interfere with human rights and/or the rights of the child ✓
4. Negative impacts can be mitigated as outlined in Q9. ✓
5. The negative impacts cannot be fully mitigated but are justified as Q10. 
6. Further consultation with affected groups is needed. ✓
7. It is advised not to go ahead with the proposals. 
Decision - Set out the rationale for deciding whether or not to proceed with the
proposed actions: 
Proposed consultation which will inform and evidence the decision-making process. 
The IIA will continue as an evolving document throughout the course of the consultation.
Updates will be added for consideration prior to any final decision 
Date of Decision: 
Sign off and authorisation: 
Service Education, Housing and Communities
Department Education
Policy/activity subject to IIA Attend to Achieve – Attendance Policy and
Appendix/Toolkit
We have completed the integrated impact
assessment for this policy/activity. 
Name: Stewart McLauchlan, Susanne
Campbell
Position: QIM, QIO
Date: 15 May 2026
Authorisation by head of service  Name:  
Position: 
Page 331

Page 332

APPENDIX 2 
SPFINANCE-565096732-34   12/06/2026 11:41
Date:
Permission to publish on website - 
Page 332

Page 333

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services
Committee
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director (Education, Housing and Communities) 
Author: Stewart McLauchlan Contact Email: education@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Analysis of Secondary School Leaver Attainment 2024-2025 
1.  PURPOSE 
☒ For Decision      ☐  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to inform the Committee of the SQA 2025 leaver attainment
across our secondary schools and for this data to be scrutinised and noted as part of our
improving outcomes and raising attainment focus.  This is an update to the Initial
Attainment Report for Secondary Schools 2025 previously presented to Committee on 25
November 2025, with leavers’ update now presented to Committee at first opportunity
following data release in February 2026, including initial positive destination data.    
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council as an Education
Authority.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report provides analysis of secondary school leaver attainment for session 2024/2025
following release of leaver destination data and updated leaver attainment following data
release in February 2026.  This paper provides overview of Moray Secondary School
Performance across four key measures – (1) Improving Attainment in Literacy and
Numeracy, (2) Improving Attainment for All (3) Increasing post-school destinations and (4)
tackling disadvantage by improving the attainment of lower attainers relative to high
attainers.  A further measure (5) breadth and depth of leaver qualifications is also
considered.  Overall, Moray leaver performance for SCQF level 4 and 5 literacy remains
positive with SCQF level 4 and 5 numeracy marginally below key measures.  Further work
is ongoing to improve the breadth and depth of qualifications studies in order to improve
level of presentation and quality of passes as shown through improving attainment for all
(complementary tariff) measure.  Leaver initial post-school destinations are comparable
to session 2023/2024 albeit marginally below comparators.  In terms of attainment versus
deprivation, a mixed attainment picture is presented with performance marginally below
Item 22.*
Page 333

Page 334

or below comparators for most Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) deciles with
the exception of lower SIMD 1 and 2 cohorts performing in line with or above comparators. 
A range of improvement actions are outlined within this paper as reported previously to
Committee through the Initial Analysis of Secondary School Attainment:  Session 2024-
2025 Committee Paper (item 13) in order to raise attainment for all.  A number of external
risk factors are also outlined relating to ICT, staffing and resource (please see 6.5, 6.6, 6.9)
which continue to impact on service delivery in raising attainment.  
3.  RECOMMENDATIONS  
3.1  It is recommended that Committee:   
i)  scrutinise and note the Senior Phase Leaver Attainment across Moray
Secondary Schools for session 2024/2025 with specific regard to the National
Measures for school leavers published on Insight in February 2026; 
ii)  acknowledge identified strengths and areas for improvement evidenced
through key measures outlined within this paper; and   
iii)  further note identified actions for improvement arising from 2024/2025
attainment and performance as outlined in initial analysis of secondary
school attainment paper previously presented to committee on 25 November
2025.   
Stewart McLauchlan
Quality Improvement Manager 
4.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
4.1  This report provides update in relation to Insight data we receive each year for S4, S5 and
S6 school leavers across four key national benchmarking measures: 
• Improving attainment in Literacy and Numeracy
• Improving attainment for all
• Increasing post-school destinations
• Tacking disadvantage by improving attainment of lower attainers relative to high
attainers  
4.2  Insight encourages us to take a comprehensive approach to evaluating attainment and
achievement that takes into account the performance within Moray across all four
measures in 4.1 above.  We also use our breadth and depth of SCQF level qualifications
for leavers as a measure against our Virtual Comparator (VC).  
4.3  As part of our Moray Quality Improvement Framework (MQIF), we continue to undertake
support and challenge meetings, discussions and visits in relation to school attainment
and performance.  Further scrutiny has extended this session with further oversight by the
Executive Director (Education, Housing and Communities) and Head of Education (Chief
Education Officer) through a range of meetings, Quality Improvement methodology
sessions and working group activities involving the Secondary Head Teachers and key
stakeholders including elected members through working group activity.
Page 334

Page 335

4.4  Caution remains with data trends over time whereby this year represents year four of a
return to a formal examination diet following on from two very different years of Alternative
Certification Models (ACMs) in 2020 and 2021 with Covid-19 impacting on young people
and our school communities.  Schools continue to support young people as a result of the
legacy of the pandemic, with secondary schools continuing to experience higher levels of
absence, concerns in relation to behaviours exhibited by some young people, mental
health and wellbeing concerns and further increases in Additional Assessment
Arrangements (AAA) for examinations and coursework.    
4.5  Secondary schools offer a wide range of wellbeing, learning and supported study
opportunities.  Further signposting to national e-learning opportunities offered through e-
Sgoil and Scholar are also made by our schools in support of young people as well as
wider interventions including mentoring and targeted learning conversations/target
setting.  A number of our secondary schools have used the online learning platform,
Achieve, containing online digital courses, resources, online assessments and support
with SQA (now known as Qualifications Scotland) examinations.  
4.6  Within this Committee report, data from 2019/20 and 2020/21 (ACM years – no formal
examinations) is contained alongside data from session 2021/22, 2022/23, 2023/24 and
2024/2025 also presented in order to outline progress and trends over time as well as
direct actions for improvement.  As reported previously to committee, very different
assessment processes and operating environments compared to previous sessions when
arriving at final grades have been present across 2019/20 and 2020/21 (Covid-19 ACM) and
indeed, over session 2021/22 and 2022/2023. Session 2023/24 witnessed reintroduction
of fuller assessment requirements including return of coursework for most National
Qualifications with session 2024/2025 the second year of full return.  As a result, this may
make year on year comparisons unequal across the trend period presented due to
different assessment environments.  
4.7  Contextual information relating to the examinations in place for session 2024/2025 have
been provided in the Initial Analysis of Secondary School Attainment:  Session 2024-2025
Committee Paper (item 13) presented for scrutiny and noting to Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services Committee on 25 November 2025.  
4.8  This report will now complete the attainment picture for session 2024/25 where leaver
destination data is not available until December of each year, information appearing on
Insight in February 2026.  This report is presented to Committee at first available
opportunity following data release.  For session 2024/25 there were 1,084 leavers in total
compared with 994 in session 2023/2024.  Stage contribution to the session 2024/2025
leaver population was as follows, with increased number of young people staying on to S6
noted in session 2024/25: 
Stage
2024/25
Leavers
2023/24
Leavers
2022/23
Leavers
S4 190 203 183
S5 345 350 321
S6 549 441 467
Total 1,084 994 971 
Page 335

Page 336

4.9  Subsequent sections will now consider Senior Phase Attainment for session 2024/2025 as
well as trends over time, outlining performance overall of Moray Secondary Schools in
relation to key benchmarking measures outlined in 4.1 above as well as change in
performance noted over time.    
4.10  Moray performance indicated in green highlights where performance exceeds virtual or
national comparators; amber indicates where performance is marginally below and red
highlight as notably below national average where appropriate.  Where applied, yellow
highlight signifies data of specific interest due to changing trend over time.  
4.11  IMPROVING ATTAINMENT IN LITERACY AND NUMERACY
This measure presents the percentage of leavers achieving an award in Literacy and
Numeracy at Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework (SCQF) Levels 4 and 5 by the
end of their school experience in Moray, compared with pupils with identified similar
characteristics across Scotland (VC - Virtual Comparator) for each of the last five years. 
This is shown in graph form below for Moray (all leavers, percentage attaining Literacy and
Numeracy at SCQF level 4 and 5). 
4.12  Percentage of School Leavers (S4-S6) attaining Literacy at SCQF Level 4 and Level 5 
Measure Commentary on performance
Literacy SCQF level 4
Literacy at SCQF level 4 for Moray’s leavers (94.74%) remains
above the VC (93.01%).  A slight increase in positive
attainment gap is noted between Moray and VC, comparable
to 2023 performance.
Literacy SCQF level 5
Literacy at SCQF level 5 for Moray’s leavers (80.17%) remains
comparable to the VC (80.42%).  A slight narrowing of the
positive attainment gap is noted, where Moray performance
also remains comparable to 2024 performance (80.18%). 
Page 336

Page 337

4.13  Percentage of School Leavers (S4-S6) attaining Numeracy at SCQF Level 4 and Level 5 
Measure Commentary on performance
Numeracy SCQF level 4
Numeracy at SCQF level 4 for Moray’s leavers (88.84%) has
marginally decreased from 2024 (89.74%) which was above
the VC (89.60%) at that time.  A marginal attainment gap
year on year is now noted, with VC in 2025 (90.82%) slightly
higher than Moray average (88.84%).
Numeracy SCQF level 5
Numeracy at SCQF level 5 for Moray’s leavers is slightly
lower (70.66%) than the VC (71.84%) and marginally below
Moray’s 2024 average (71.13%) which was above the VC in
2024 (69.00%).  A slight attainment gap is now emerging
year on year compared with 2024. 
4.14  Five-year trend analysis:  Moray performance at SCQF level 4 and 5 against VC 
Literacy &
Numeracy Year
% Level 4
Literacy
% Level 4
Numeracy
% Level 5
Literacy
% Level 5
Numeracy
Moray 2025 94.74 88.84 80.17 70.66
VC  2025 93.01 90.82 80.42 71.84
Moray 2024 93.16 89.74 80.18 71.13
VC  2024 92.74 89.60 79.06 69.00
Moray 2023 94.85 91.04 81.36 72.50
VC  2023 93.10 90.18 79.35 68.03
Moray 2022 95.53 93.87 84.32 70.09
VC 2022 94.27 91.25 81.10 69.41
Moray 2021 95.90 93.29 83.39 70.53
VC 2021 94.52 91.57 82.01 70.93
Moray 2020 92.95 88.53 80.88 64.16
VC 2020 93.95 91.62 80.44 69.63 
Overall, Moray has performed positively and above the Virtual Comparator for leaver
attainment for Literacy at SCQF level 4 and in line with level 5, marginally below for
Numeracy at SCQF level 4 and level 5.  For comparison purposes, 1% change in 2025 for
Moray represents 11 young people in total, 0.5% change representing 5 young people.   
Page 337

Page 338

4.15  IMPROVING ATTAINMENT FOR ALL
This measure allows us to examine how different ability cohorts are attaining in relation to
the appropriate virtual and national cohorts.  Attainment is measured using the tariff
scale, which was developed for Insight.  This allocated a specific number of points to each
qualification (including non-examination, unit-based courses).  More demanding
qualifications gain more points than less demanding ones and in graded courses, a grade
‘A’ is equivalent to more points than a grade ‘C’ for example, within the same course.  
4.16  Three ability cohorts are identified for each school, the VC, the Northern Alliance (Regional
Improvement Collaborative) and Scotland as a whole (The National Establishment):  those
in the lowest 20% of tariff points achieved, those in the highest 20% and those that fall
within the middle 60% of tariff points achieved based on the courses they have undertaken
and completed.  Graded course performance (where grades A-C are achieved – for
example, through National Qualifications) are shown in colour on the graph below. 
Ungraded course performance (grade neutral courses) where performance is awarded on
a pass/fail basis is shown within individual bars in white shading below.  
4.17  Average Complementary Tariff Points 
Measure Commentary on performance
Lowest 20% - Graded
Moray performance (23) is marginally below the VC (25)
Moray performance (23) is very slightly below the Northern
Alliance (24) and National (27) comparators
Lowest 20% - Ungraded
Moray performance (82) is marginally below the VC (89)
Moray performance (82) is slightly below the Northern
Alliance (84) and National (93) comparators
Middle 60% - Graded
Moray performance (173) is below the VC (196)
Moray performance (173) is below the Northern Alliance
(195) and National (206) comparators
Midde 60% - Ungraded
Moray performance (372) is below the VC (389)
Moray performance (372) is below the Northern Alliance
(390) and National (416) comparators
Highest 20% - Graded
Moray performance (429) is marginally below the VC (472)
Moray performance (429) is below the Northern Alliance
(464) and National (489) comparators
Page 338

Page 339

Highest 20% - Ungraded
Moray performance (719) is below the VC (773)
Moray performance (719) is below the Northern Alliance
(770) and National (787) comparators 
4.18  Complementary tariff presented above is a score that looks at parity of achievement of
young people in their top five qualifications studied.  It is not affected by the number of
qualifications and units that a young person completed; this removes the inequality and
anomalies within different curriculum structures across Scotland of which there are many. 
Reasons including quality of pass and level of study can impact on the overall tariff
measure, requiring schools to continue to work with young people and families in raising
aspirations and in order to aim high for positive achievement.    
4.19  3-year analysis:  Lowest 20%, Middle 60%, Highest 20% across SCQF levels 
Complementary Tariff Year Lowest 20% Middle 60% Highest 20%
Moray 2025 105 545 1148
VC 2025 114 585 1245
Northern Alliance 2025 109 585 1234
National 2025 120 622 1276
Moray 2024 111 527 1204
VC 2024 105 538 1228
Northern Alliance 2024 116 596 1261
National 2024 118 610 1269
Moray 2023 113 529 1198
VC 2023 117 552 1255
Northern Alliance 2023 123 590 1269
National 2023 127 612 1286 
Performance overall of the lowest 20% of leavers is marginally below the VC, remaining
slightly below Northern Alliance and National comparators.  Middle 60% performance is
below the VC and the Northern Alliance, also below the National comparator as with 2024. 
Performance of the highest 20% of attaining leavers has fallen further below the VC also
below the Northern Alliance and National comparators.  As noted in 4.8 above, 2024/2025
witnessed an increased number of pupils staying on until S6, where a number remained
uncertain in post-school destinations and pathways, influencing attainment outcomes.  
4.20  Schools continue to review their course offers, with a number extending their SCQF
(Scottish Credit and Qualifications Framework) level 3 to level 6 course offers with a range
of grade neutral (ungraded) courses including National Progression Awards, Foundation
Apprenticeships and wider awards such as Leadership, Modern Languages for Life and
Work, skills based courses and Personal Development Awards.  As noted in the Initial
Analysis of Secondary School Attainment:  Session 2024-2025 Committee Paper
presented for scrutiny and noting to Education, Children’s and Leisure Services
Committee on 25 November 2025, further work is underway in order to raise attainment.  
4.21  LEAVER INITIAL DESTINATIONS – INCREASED POST-SCHOOL PARTICIPATION
This measure shows the percentage of young people securing an initial positive post-
school destination when they leave school at their point of exit in S4, S5 or S6.  Destination
figures reflect choices made by pupils along with opportunities available to them upon
leaving school.  The availability of particular opportunities (e.g. apprenticeships and
Page 339

Page 340

employment opportunities) extend options available to school leavers.  As a result, this
may have impact on the number of young people leaving or staying on at school. 
4.22  Leaver Initial destinations – percentage of school leavers in a positive destination 
Year Moray VC
Northern
Alliance
National
Establishment
2025 93.45 95.69 94.27 95.67
2024 93.76 95.64 95.40 95.71
2023 95.06 95.65 95.09 95.87
2022 96.16 95.84 95.41 95.74
2021 94.08 95.65 95.32 95.48 
4.23  In Moray, for session 2024/2025 performance is slightly below VC (95.69%) at 93.45%,
similar to session 2023/2024 (noting an increase in staying on rate of 90 pupils).  Moray
also performs slightly below the Northern Alliance (94.27%) also noting slight decrease,
and National (95.67%) comparators.  Gap between Moray (93.45%) and the VC (95.69%) is
2.24% representing 24 young people leaving school in total.  Overall, 1,013 young people
in Moray left school and progressed on to a positive destination on leaving school (e.g.
Further/Higher Education, Employment, Training) whereas 71 young people (session
2023/2024 – 62 young people) progressed on to non-positive destinations which may have
been impacted by health related reasons (e.g. unemployed seeking, unemployed not
seeking or where a young person’s destination is not known by the school).  
4.24  Leaver actual destinations:  session 2024/2025 
Page 340

Page 341

4.25  Data shown above for 2024/25 highlights more young people entering employment in
Moray compared with the VC and National comparators, in line with the Northern Alliance. 
Numbers of pupils entering Further Education is slightly above the Northern Alliance,
below VC and National comparators.  Number of pupils entering Higher Education is
below the VC, Northern Alliance and National Comparators.  Personal Skills Development
courses are slightly above other comparators.  In 2024/25 it is noted that the number of
pupils in a destination unknown, unemployed (seeking) and unemployed (not seeking) are
marginally above the VC, Northern Alliance and National comparators.  Figures are noted
for comparison in the table below in relation to post-school destinations of young people. 
Year Employed %
Further
Education %
Higher
Education %
Not known %
Personal Skills
Development %
Training %
Unemployed Not
Seeking %
Unemployed
Seeking %
Voluntary W
ork
%
Moray 2024/25 30.17 23.80 34.69 1.75 3.23 1.29 1.94 2.86 0.28
VC 2024/25 24.40 26.96 39.33 0.42 0.99 3.50 1.59 2.30 0.52
Northern
Alliance 2024/25 30.15 20.82 39.41 1.17 0.78 2.69 1.88 2.68 0.43
National  2024/25 21.60 26.00 42.31 0.38 1.09 3.99 1.56 2.39 0.68
Moray 2023/24 34.10 24.45 30.78 0.91 2.72 1.21 2.41 2.92 0.50
VC 2023/24 26.60 28.83 34.77 0.19 0.96 3.97 2.08 1.98 0.61
Northern
Alliance 2023/24 29.96 24.55 37.56 0.50 0.70 2.23 1.91 2.19 0.39
National  2023/24 23.08 26.43 40.80 0.27 0.93 3.89 1.86 2.16 0.58
Moray 2022/23 28.94 29.15 32.96 0.41 2.88 0.72 2.37 2.16 0.41
VC 2022/23 27.74 27.63 35.86 0.28 0.59 3.29 1.88 2.20 0.53
Northern
Alliance 2022/23 30.18 24.84 37.03 0.64 0.61 1.98 1.85 2.43 0.45
National  2022/23 24.34 26.62 40.30 0.32 0.75 3.35 1.57 2.24 0.52 
4.26  It is noted that change in post-school destinations is similar to those noted in session
2023/24 where more pupils entered Employment with less pupils entering Further
Education.  Slightly more young people progressed to Higher Education (highest in 3 year
trend).  This is in contrast to session 2022/23 where more leavers (29.15%) entered Further
Education, with comparable numbers (32.96%) entering Higher Education.    
4.27  Decreased percentages in young people who are unemployed not seeking (representing 21
young people in 2024/25) and unemployed seeking (representing 31 young people in
2024/25) with increase in those not known (now 19 young people in 2024/25) has been
further reviewed.  Our schools continue to work with key partners including Skills
Development Scotland, Moray Pathways, Moray College UHI, Moray Youth Work team and
wider employability partners in order to ensure pupils are supported to positive onward
destinations as part of an Annual Participation Measure (APM) sub-group.  It is further
noted, however that health and wellbeing factors may impact on future pathways and
routes to success for young people where our schools continue to support individuals and
pupil cohorts including pupils who may choose to stay on but are uncertain around their
future pathways and post-school initial destinations.
Page 341

Page 342

4.28  TACKLING DISADVANTAGE BY IMPROVING THE ATTAINMENT OF LOWER ATTAINERS
RELATIVE TO HIGHER ATTAINERS
The graphs presented below show 2024/25 cohort leaver data (using complementary tariff
scores) for Moray against the VC and on the second graph, against the National
establishment (National averages).  Scottish Index of Multiple Deprivation (SIMD) is
referenced where Moray attainment is broken down into the ten SIMD deciles.    
4.29  Decile 1 refers to attainment of young people living in areas with postcodes considered the
10% most deprived in Scotland according to SIMD.  Decile 10 refers to those young people
living in postcodes identified as the 10% least deprived datazones according in SIMD.  We
continue to monitor the use of SIMD as a measure in authorities where rural poverty and
other wider poverty related factors are of concern; however, these are not fully considered
nationally within SIMD classification.  
4.30  Attainment versus Deprivation (comparison against the VC) 
Performance Benchmarking:  Complementary Tariff Points 
SIMD1
SIMD2
SIMD3
SIMD4
SIMD5
SIMD6
SIMD7
SIMD8
SIMD9
SIMD10
Moray 462 482 452 484 512 553 612 637 899 571
VC 444 450 488 524 580 585 628 682 878 809
Pupils 17 25 43 96 176 177 222 226 46 56 
Positive performance overall is noted at SIMD 1-2 (42 pupils) and SIMD 9 (46 pupils) with
performance slightly below VC at SIMD 3-4 (139 pupils), SIMD 6-8 (625 pupils) and SIMD
10 (56 pupils).  Vertical blue lines within each SIMD show the range of attainment for young
people within each decile, noting both positive and less favourable attainment for a variety
of reasons as noted previously.  Larger circle size represents a greater amount of young
people within the SIMD decile.  A number of pupils across SIMD deciles far exceed
averages shown.  Trend line is closely aligned across SIMD when Moray is compared
against the VC, where an attainment gap emerges as SIMD increases.   
Page 342

Page 343

4.31  Attainment versus Deprivation (comparison against the National comparator) 
Performance Benchmarking:  Complementary Tariff Points 
SIMD1
SIMD2
SIMD3
SIMD4
SIMD5
SIMD6
SIMD7
SIMD8
SIMD9
SIMD10
Moray 462 482 452 484 512 553 612 637 899 571
National 467 492 527 571 607 652 714 759 836 950
Pupils 17 25 43 96 176 177 222 226 46 56 
Against the National Establishment (National average), an attainment gap is noted
between Moray and National figures across SIMD as noted by trend lines with exception of
SIMD 1-2 (42 pupils) and SIMD 9 (46 pupils).  Blue vertical lines once again show
attainment spread with some young people across SIMD deciles far exceeding Moray and
National average performance.    
4.32  As noted in the Initial Analysis of Secondary School Attainment:  Session 2024-2025
Committee Paper presented for scrutiny and note to Education, Children’s and Leisure
Services Committee on 25 November 2025, a range of revised actions are underway
across our schools and as a service in order to raise attainment for all.  This includes work
underway to strengthen curriculum offer and breadth of graded and ungraded course
options, supporting our learners through a range of wellbeing supports and approaches,
targeting support in schools where departments may require additional focus and
improving the consistency in quality of learning, teaching and assessment.  This work has
progressed at pace this session, with further scrutiny and support through the Moray
Quality Improvement Framework (MQIF), Head Teacher meetings, Depute Head Teacher
networks and improvement action plans at school, Moray Education and Moray Secondary
Head Teacher Association.  Please refer to the Improvement Actions (4.31-4.37) and 4.36-
4.39 below.  
4.33  BREADTH AND DEPTH OF QUALIFICATIONS ACHIEVED BY LEAVERS
This measure considers the breadth (number) and depth (SCQF levels studied) of
qualifications achieved by our young people in Moray.  This demonstrates the suite of
qualifications that our 1,084 leavers in session 2024/25 (slight increase from 994 leavers in
Page 343

Page 344

session 2023/24, 971 leavers in session 2022/23, 963 leavers in session 2021/22) gained
throughout their Senior Phase by point of exit, whether in S4, S5 or S6 as they reach school
leaving age or natural point of exit from their secondary schooling based on their chosen
pathway and qualifications required.  
4.34  The table below highlights overall performance across key breadth and depth measures
against the VC.  This measures how many qualifications learners achieved at all SCQF
level qualifications (SCQF level 5, 6, 7); this includes National 5, Higher and Advanced
Higher awards as well as other qualifications, including Skills for Work and National
Progression Awards at level 5.  Key measures are:  
• 1+, 3+, 5+ and 6+ qualifications at SCQF level 5
• 1+, 3+ and 5+ qualifications at SCQF level 6
• 1+ qualifications at SCQF level 7 
SCQF
Level 5
SCQF
Level 6
SCQF
level 7 
1+ 3+ 5+ 6+ 1+ 3+ 5+ 1+
Moray 2025 85.2% 75.4% 64.0% 58.3% 60.5% 46.0% 31.5% 16.8%
VC 2025 87.2% 76.5% 66.4% 60.5% 64.4% 50.0% 37.2% 23.1%         
Moray 2024 87.2% 74.3% 61.9% 55.0% 56.4% 43.1% 30.4% 19.8%
VC 2024 85.9% 73.9% 62.1% 55.2% 60.3% 44.6% 32.9% 20.5%         
Moray 2023 86.9% 74.6% 62.0% 56.0% 56.6% 42.3% 28.4% 19.4%
VC 2023 86.6% 74.3% 62.4% 55.7% 59.9% 45.9% 33.1% 21.7%         
Moray 2022 90.1% 76.2% 63.1% 56.0% 60.4% 45.6% 29.8% 21.2%
VC 2022 88.5% 77.2% 65.3% 58.3% 63.1% 49.5% 35.8% 23.3%         
Moray 2021 88.7% 79.3% 65.8% 57.3% 63.9% 49.7% 34.2% 23.7%
VC 2021 89.0% 78.7% 67.4% 60.5% 65.5% 52.0% 37.6% 24.1%         
4.35  At SCQF level 5, leavers achieving 1, 3, 5 and 6 or more qualifications at this level have
performed marginally below the VC overall.  Across breadth and depth measures at SCQF
level 6 (1 and 3 or more qualifications), performance is marginally below the VC, also
below the VC at 5 or more awards at SCQF level 6 and 1 or more award at SCQF level 7.    
4.36  Schools continue to progress key improvement actions outlined in the Initial Analysis of
Secondary School Attainment:  Session 2024-2025 Committee Paper presented for
scrutiny and note to Education, Children’s and Leisure Services Committee on 25
November 2025.    
5.1  THE FUTURE
Following analysis of the SQA (now known as Qualifications Scotland) examination results
in August 2025, a range of strategic, tactical and operational improvement actions were
identified in order to strengthen attainment.  Work has continued throughout the session
with the following overview of improvement priorities identified from early Quality
Improvement Methodology sessions as reported to Committee in November 2025
provided for reference: 
Page 344

Page 345

School Actions
• School Improvement Plan areas of focus:
o Learning and Teaching
o Wellbeing and Inclusion
o Curriculum
o Raising Attainment
• Strengthening parental engagement and communication
• Deepening community involvement and partnerships
• Student and staff leadership development
• Recognising and celebrating successes
• Inclusive and accessible opportunities for all including wider
family and community working
Moray Secondary
Head Teacher
Association Key
Actions
• Improving learning and teaching across schools
• Professional learning for improving learning and teaching
• Middle leaders leading learning in schools (professional
development)
Moray System
Actions
• Establishment and development of Depute Head Teacher
Networks with key areas of focus for raising attainment:
• DHT Learning and Teaching Network
• DHT Curriculum Network
• DHT Pupil Support Network
• DHT SQA (Qualifications Scotland) Coordinators Network
• DHT Professional Learning Network
• DHT Tracking and Monitoring Network
• Extend peer reviewers on MQIF School visit programme
• Positive publicity and celebrating success
• Progressing MQIF scrutiny and support activities
• Recruitment to QIO vacancy with identified focus remit 
5.2  Schools continue to progress key priorities though School Improvement Plans with focus
on improving learning experiences and support wellbeing, equality and inclusion for all. 
Through MQIF Secondary School Visit Programme it is noted that schools are progressing
well with core priorities at different stages of development.  Moray Secondary Head
Teachers continue to meet and collaborate, sharing good practice and working jointly on
planning for key priorities outlined above.  This has been supplemented throughout the
session by working together with ADES Quad partner secondary schools in Angus, Argyll
and Bute and East Lothian on improvement focussed activities.  As a Moray System,
Depute Head Teacher networks have been established and continue to meet regularly,
sharing good practice, approaches and planning for improvement as a system.  This has
included roll-out of Broad General Education Tracking, sharing of learning and teaching
frameworks, approaches to professional learning and qualifications planning. 
5.3  Senior Leaders continue to contribute to MQIF School Visits and share good practice as
peer reviewers on secondary school visits for system improvement.  Good news stories
continue to be shared by our schools and PR department in celebrating successes and
inspection outcomes in order to promote Moray as an attractive place to live and work in
education.   Appointment to the vacant QIO post did not progress this session with further
attempt in the new session with focus on secondary improvement and further promotion
of this post.
Page 345

Page 346

5.4  Continued support and challenge has been maintained throughout the session with
summary data collection periods introduced as well as interim progress and attainment
meetings.  Please refer to the Initial Analysis of Secondary School Attainment:  Session
2024-2025 Committee Paper for further detail in relation to key actions identified for
improvement which continue to be monitored as ongoing data pertaining to pupil
performance is reviewed with evolved priorities noted in 4.36-4.39 above.   
5.5  Through our Moray Quality Improvement Framework (MQIF) we continue to support and
challenge school improvement with seven extended school reviewing team visits
completed and one further reviewing team visit planned, across Moray’s eight secondary
schools, guiding schools in areas for improvement and progress with improvement
actions.  We also continue to monitor the use of additional monies in our schools
supported through Strategic Equity Funding (Scottish Attainment Challenge) with a range
of projects in place in support of strengthening pupil attendance, engagement and
participation (5 secondary schools directly or indirectly benefitting from these projects).   
5.6  In summary and in order to address areas for improvement across the system, at school
and local authority level to drive forwards improvements in attainment, to date this
includes: 
• Enhanced use of data, tracking and target setting in order to inform and drive
improvement
• Further development of the role of middle leaders in our schools, including key work
underway by the Depute Head Teacher networks 
• Further development of our Moray Quality Improvement Framework (MQIF) with
continued scrutiny and support by the central Quality Improvement Team
• Established processes and cycle of self-evaluation for self-improvement across our
schools including statutory documentation review, school visit programme, targeted
and universal supports and interventions as required in line with MQIF 
• Increased involvement of peer reviewers in school review processes, supporting
colleagues to look outwards for school improvement
• Refined approaches to meeting learning needs through revised service design
including Moray Adapted Curriculum and revised approaches to Additional Support
Needs forecasting and allocations
• Increased Senior Leadership Team engagement in school and service improvement
through networks established and improvement methodology sessions, leading to
improvements identified ‘by the system, for the system’
• Looking outwards to other schools and local authorities as part of the Association of
Directors of Education Scotland (ADES) networks, with all schools linked to other
schools in our improvement quad of local authorities (Angus, Argyll and Bute, East
Lothian, Moray), sharing good practice, providing peer support and challenge
• Extending approaches to looking inwards, extending consortia and partnership
curriculum offers and working together to develop key toolkits in support of
strengthening leadership, learning and teaching, and raising attainment 
5.7  Through discussions held at the Community Planning Officer Group (CPOG) in Moray,
supporting the broader Moray Community Planning Partnership, partners have identified
joint work that could support young people in reaching positive and sustained post-school
destinations.  This may include young people who leave school positively but later through
wider Annual Participation Measure (APM) fail to move forwards positively.   This is with
Page 346

Page 347

particular regard to young people who may progress from school but remain unknown in
terms of their future pathway, or alternatively move to a status where they are not engaged
in education, employment or training (unemployed seeking/not seeking).  An Annual
Participation Measure (APM) sub-group of the Local Employability Partnership (LEP)
continue to meet at an operational level involving partners including Skills Development
Scotland (SDS), DYW Moray, Moray Employability, Moray Education and Moray Youthwork
to support accuracy in data recording and reducing impact of those young people (16-19
years old) unknown in terms of future destinations.   Working together with partners is key
to improving young people’s engagement in school and attainment in order to ensure
positive post-school destinations are realised. 
5.8  In review of early indication target data within the Broad General Education (BGE)
Achievement of Curriculum for Excellence (ACEL) levels there are areas of improvement in
data noted within literacy organisers.  In Senior Phase, specific S4-S6 breadth and depth
measures indicate where improvements in performance may also result based on initial
targets and data analysis undertaken based on termly reporting from our schools on key
performance measures. 
6.  PROPOSALS  
6.1  It is proposed that Committee scrutinise and note the contents of this report, reviewing
Moray’s Senior Phase Leaver Attainment across Moray Secondary Schools during session
2024/2025.  Attainment of all pupils was previously reported to Committee within the
Initial Analysis of Secondary School Attainment:  Session 2024-2025 Committee Paper
where this report now considers leaver performance (S4-S6) only, following Insight
benchmarking data release in February 2026.  Committee is further invited to consider
improvement activities underway as well as where identified actions for improvement are
noted through data presented.  This includes through work underway as a service in line
with MQIF support and scrutiny activities as well as targeted interventions for schools
where further support may be required.  Working together as a system, senior leader
networks have been formed to add further capacity to the system and progress key areas
of work to improve standards and positively impact upon attainment currently presented
for last session as noted in section 5 above.  Support from partners is key to ensuring
young people engage and participate in school and their learning.  This report presented to
Committee concludes Education service reporting for this session.  
7.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
7.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed:
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) ✓ 
Policy and Legal  
Financial  
Risk ✓ 
Staffing ✓ 
Best Value and Transformation  
Property  
Page 347

Page 348

Information Communications Technology/Digital ✓ 
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact     
7.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☒ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
☐ Empowering and connecting communities.
☐ Improving wellbeing of our population   
7.3  Policy and Legal 
Responsibility for the quality of education delivery rests with the relevant local authority,
as defined in section 1 (1) of the Education (Scotland) Act 1980 and further detailed within
the Standards in Scotland’s Schools etc. Act 2000. 
7.4  Financial 
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report.  Additional funding
has been granted in order to secure improvements in Senior Phase attainment as
reported through the Special Moray council on 26 February 2025 and the 2025/26 Budget
and 2025 to 2028 Financial Plan Committee Report.  Financial implications may arise in
the future per 7.5 (Risk) below vis a vis ICT resources and provision. 
One off Costs:
Service
Area
Budget Budget
Years
Proposed
Spend this
Year
Virement
From
Other
Comments
- - - - - - 
Annually Recurring Costs:
Service
Area
Budget With
Effect
From
Annual
Net
Impact
Virement
From (if
applicable)
Other
Comments
- - - - - - 
Page 348

Page 349

7.5  Risk 
Discrete shortages of key subject specialist teachers is noted in a number of schools with
further detail provided within 7.6 below, which has continued to impact on key attainment
measures presented within this paper.  There are further risk implications as to how this
attainment dataset will continue to be used as comparator data and may skew future
performance reporting.  The data presented herein reflects year 4 of a return to SQA
examinations following two years of an Alternative Certification Model (ACM) over a 6-year
trend period, much different to the previous two years of ACM in 2020 and 2021.  Similarly,
2024 witnessed return by SQA of coursework to National Qualifications in most subject
areas (only subject areas where this was not considered appropriate led to maintaining
2023 assessment arrangements).  The conditions for assessment in this year and last
year’s SQA Examination diet (pandemic related) are most similar to 2019 with where
coursework completion required time in class for completion, not required in session
2022 and 2023.  A number of learners continue to find additional coursework assessment
and formal examinations in the main exam hall setting to be challenging, where
attendance concerns relating to some young people has also impeded coursework
completion and increased additional assessment arrangements have resulted as a result
of pupil wellbeing and support needs. 
Actions for improvement identified highlight desire for improved collaboration and
potential to extend consortia arrangements.  This continues to be impacted by ongoing
digital connectivity and bandwidth issues in respect our ICT Education network operating
in schools.  Colleagues within ICT continue to work closely with central Education
colleagues and schools within existing resources in order to remedy issues arising on an
ongoing basis, where Education colleagues appreciate ongoing support provided and
further work underway to improve network connectivity and mitigate disruptions (further
work planned for early June 2026).   
Improvement in digital  provision is required in order to realise positive consortia
approaches and digitally enabled learning and teaching, with absence of 1:1 devices for
learners in Moray impacting on learner experiences.  Looking outwards where local
authorities are digitally enabled, this is having direct positive impact on learning, teaching
and assessment and overall achievements of learners in schools where equity in digital
access is supported for all.  As new digital technologies continue to be explored, this is of
further concern as we look to the curriculum of the future and explore new technologies. 
There is further consideration that more young people continue to stay on at school
beyond S4 and S5 due to increased anxiety and wider wellbeing factors as noted in S6
staying on/leavers in 2025.  This has been noted in some of Moray’s secondary schools,
requiring creativity regarding potential course options and levels of study.  Parent/carer
support can vary resulting in lower levels of ambition experienced where schools aim to
maximise learner achievement and attainment.  Schools continue to support young
people through a range of wellbeing and wider learning supports.  Schools also report
increase in anti-social behaviours and attendance issues, impacting overall on learner
achievement and continuity in learning.  In a number of schools, challenging and
disruptive behaviours of a very small minority of young people can adversely impact
school operations. Senior Leadership Teams attempt to mitigate issues experienced and
seek support of parents/carers and wider partners in order to address individual social,
emotional and behavioural issues outwith their scope of expertise. 
Page 349

Page 350

Schools observe increase in Additional Support Needs among pupils year on year,
impacting on number of courses studied and levels of study.  This has noted effect on
attainment measures outlined above.  A number of young people may access a
personalised curriculum with individual targets and outcomes.  This requires schools to
allocate resource in a targeted way within funding available based on current cost per
pupil status as a local authority.  Pupils may also require additional assessment
arrangements (AAA) throughout the session in order to access learning and assessment,
further impacting on resources required.  
7.6  Staffing 
Where staffing vacancies arise in specific subjects in secondary, particular difficulties in
recruitment have been experienced.  In recent sessions, this has included recruitment to
posts in Maths, Home Economics, Technical and English as well as discrete Science based
subject areas.  This has also resulted in schools developing creative timetabling
approaches through, for example, appointment of BGE Teachers of Numeracy and Literacy
who are Primary qualified but within registration requirements, may teach specific Broad
General Education classes.   
In some schools, curriculum choice has been narrowed due to inability to recruit to specific
subjects/posts, impacting on raising attainment for all. Limited availability of supply
teachers in secondary, particularly those with subject specialism which may be required,
can result in senior leadership teams becoming classroom based, covering classes and
detracting from strategic improvement priorities and progress.  This has impacted on staff
morale and wellbeing as well as quality and consistency in delivery of learning and teaching.   
7.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no Best Value and Transformation implications where this report is to inform
Committee on school performance and attainment.  
7.8  Property 
There are no property implications arising directly from this report.  
7.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
Please see section 7.5 (Risk) above and impact of ICT provision and current network
operating status on curriculum delivery and raising attainment.  This has also continued to
impact during session 2025/2026.  
7.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
An Equality/Socio Economic Impact Assessment is not required as this report is to inform
Committee on school performance following external scrutiny/validation activity.  
7.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
No climate change or biodiversity implications have been determined due to the scrutiny
based nature of activities reported and no findings related to such implications contained
herein.     
8.  CONSULTATION  
8.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Executive Director (Education,
Housing and Communities), Head of Education (Chief Education Officer), Equal
Page 350

Page 351

Opportunities Officer, Human Resources Manager, C O’Connor, Committee Services
Officer and Senior Officers in Education, Housing and Communities and any comments
made have been incorporated into the report.  
9.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
9.1  Initial Analysis of Secondary School Attainment:  Session 2024-2025 Committee Paper 
Page 351

Page 352

Page 352

Page 353

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services Committee
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026      
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities 
Author:  Andrew Hall Contact Email: learningestate@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Learning Estate Review – Workshop Update 
1.  PURPOSE 
☐ For Decision      ☒  For Information 
1.1  This report provides an update on key themes arising from the Elected Members’ workshop
held on 24 March 2026 to inform the development of the learning estate review, the
outcome of which will be incorporated into the next stage report on the Moray Learning
Estate Review.  
1.2  This report is submitted to the Council in terms of Section III (D) (1) of the
Council's Scheme of Administration relating to all the functions of the Council
as an Education Authority. 
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report provides Members with an update on the key themes arising from the Elected
Members’ workshop held on 24 March 2026 as part of the Moray Learning Estate Review
and the next steps to develop the Strategy. 
2.2  The workshop considered the principal pressures affecting the school estate, including
demographic change, surplus capacity, building condition, affordability and the need for a
clear and defensible framework to support future decision-making. 
2.3  The discussions highlighted the importance of ensuring that future decisions are informed
by transparent evidence and consistent criteria, with a particular emphasis on educational
benefit, learner experience, equity, rurality, community impact and value for money. 
2.4  The workshop findings will inform the further development of the evidence base, evaluation
criteria and decision-making framework for the full Learning Estate Review Report, which is
scheduled to be presented to this Committee on 1 September 2026.
Page 353

Page 354

2.5  This report is presented for information to record the principal matters raised and to show
how these will inform the final Learning Estate Review Report. No decisions are sought at
this stage. 
3.  BACKGROUND 
3.1  The Learning Estate Strategy was approved by Moray Council at its meeting on 16 December
2020 (para 5 of minute refers) and updated by Moray Council at its meeting on 28
September 2022 (para 15 of minute refers). The Strategy sets out the Council’s long-term
approach to managing investment in the Learning Estate and delivering a vision for a
flexible, sustainable and affordable estate that supports excellence and equity for children
and young people in Moray. 
3.2  In support of that Strategy, the Learning Estate Review project is considering the future
shape of the education estate, taking account of factors including: 
• school capacity and sufficiency;
• building condition and suitability;
• energy efficiency, net zero carbon and repair and maintenance requirements; and,
• long-term affordability. 
3.3  To support evidence gathering, the Education Estate team undertook stakeholder
engagement across all eight Associated School Groups between 2023 and 2025. This
included briefings, workshops, community engagement sessions and surveys, and has
informed the development of the Review. 
3.4  A Learning Estate Review Update was presented to the Education, Children’s and Leisure
Services Committee on 25 November 2025, advising that the final review report was
expected in March 2026 (para 23b of minute refers). This timetable was not achieved due to
competing service priorities and the need to focus officer capacity on major school capital
projects, especially ensuring the Future Forres Academy project achieved contract
agreement on time, thereby avoiding significant programme delays and associated
additional costs. The Learning Estate Review Report is now scheduled to be presented to
this Committee on 1 September 2026.  
3.5  A key element of the Review completed since the last Committee update was the Members
Workshop held on 24 March 2026. The detailed Workshop Report has been provided to
members separately. 
3.6  The workshop considered the principal pressures affecting the school estate, including
demographic change, surplus capacity, building condition, affordability and the need for a
clear and defensible framework to support future decision-making. 
3.7  The workshop discussion indicated that future Learning Estate decisions should be led
primarily by educational benefit and learner experience. It also highlighted the need for any
future framework to take proper account of equity of access, rurality and travel, community
dependency, condition and safety risk, and value for money, so that options can be
appraised transparently and consistently.
Page 354

Page 355

3.8  The workshop identified a number of matters requiring further development, including the
management of out-of-catchment placements, the role of shared and alternative use, the
need for clearer utilisation and capital prioritisation criteria, and the importance of a more
robust and transparent evidence base to support future option appraisal. 
3.9  The workshop findings will be considered along with the outcomes from the stakeholder
engagement and evidence gathering undertaken to inform the further development of the
evidence base, evaluation criteria and decision-making framework for the full Learning
Estate Review Report, which is scheduled to be presented to this Committee on 1
September 2026. 
4.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
4.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) ✓ 
Policy and Legal  ✓
Financial  ✓
Risk  ✓
Staffing  ✓
Best Value and Transformation  ✓
Property  ✓
Information Communications Technology/Digital  ✓
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact  ✓
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  ✓ 
4.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute to
improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan strategic
priorities: 
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support and
contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following local
Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
Page 355

Page 356

☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population   
4.3  Policy and Legal
There are no  implications arising directly from this report. 
4.4  Financial 
There are no financial implications arising directly from this report. 
4.5  Risk 
There are no risk implications arising directly from this report.  
4.6  Staffing 
There are no staffing implications arising directly from this report.  
4.7  Best Value and Transformation 
There are no best value or transformation implications arising directly from this report.  
4.8  Property 
Property issues have been covered in the main body of the report.  
4.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no information communications/technology/digital impacts arising directly from
this report.  
4.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
There are no equalities, social inclusion and economic Impact arising directly from this
report.  
4.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no climate change and biodiversity Impacts arising directly from this report. 
5.  CONSULTATION  
5.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Head of Education, the Head of
Housing, Property and Communities and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer.
Any feedback received has been incorporated where appropriate. 
6.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
6.1  Workshop outcome report 
Page 356

Page 357

Report to: Education, Children and
Leisure Services
Committee 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Chief Officer, Health and Social Care Moray      
Author: Interim Chief Social Work
Officer / Head of Service 
Contact Email: Jim.lyon@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Performance Report (Children and Families and Justice Social Work)
Quarter 2 (July to September 2025) 
1.  PURPOSE 
☐ For Decision      ☒  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to inform committee on Children, Families and Justice Social
Work performance during Quarter 2.  
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (A) (4) of the Council’s
Scheme of Administration to monitor performance in accordance with the Council’s
Performance Management Framework.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report provides Committee with an update on the performance of local indicators for
Quarter 2 as presented in the Performance Report and the analysis of the local indicators
as details at Appendix 1. 
3.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
3.1 The purpose of this report is to inform Committee of the quarterly performance data which
provides the analysis of the delivery of Children and Families and Justice Social Work
services.  
3.2 Appendix 1 identifies local indicators for the Council and the functions delegated by NHS
Grampian and Moray Council of Children and Families and Justice Social Work services to
allow wider scrutiny by the Committee. 
Page 357

Page 358

3.3 The performance information contained in this report was reported to the meeting of the
Moray Integration Joint Board (MIJB) Audit, Performance and Risk Committee on 26
February 2026 (para 6 of draft minute refers).  
4.  PROPOSALS  
4.1 It is proposed that the Committee note the performance data for Children, Families and
Justice Social Work during Quarter 2 as detailed in Appendix 1.  
5.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
4.1 The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan)  X
Policy and Legal  X
Financial  X
Risk  X
Staffing  X
Best Value and Transformation  X
Property  X
Information Communications Technology/Digital   X
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact   X
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  X 
4.2 Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in Moray.
☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population 
4.3 Policy and Legal 
None arising from this report.  
4.4 Financial
Page 358

Page 359

None arising from this report. 
4.5 Risk 
None arising from this report.  
4.6 Staffing 
There are no proposed changes.  
4.7 Best Value and Transformation 
None arising from this report.  
4.8 Property 
None arising from this report.  
4.9 Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
None arising from this report.  
4.10 Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
None arising from this report.  
4.11 Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
None arising from this report. 
6.  CONSULTATION  
5.1 This report has been prepared in consultation with Children and Families and Justice
Social Work Senior Management Team and C O’Connor, Committee Services Officer and
any comments made have been incorporated into the report. 
7.  BACKGROUND PAPERS  
6.1 There are no background papers for this report.   
Page 359

Page 360

APPENDIX 1
CHILDREN & FAMILIES AND JUSTICE SOCIAL WORK - QUARTER 2
(JUL-SEPT 2025) PERFORMANCE REPORT
PLEASE NOTE THIS REPORT IS SPLIT INTO TWO SECTIONS. THE FOLLOWING SECTION
USES THE ACADEMIC CALENDAR (1 AUG – 31 JULY).  THE INFORMATION PRESENTED
REPRESENTS CHILD PROTECTION (CP) QUARTER 4 WHICH IS LATEST AVAILABLE DATA
(MAY-JUL 2025).
At the end of the Child Protection Quarter 4, (CP Q4) there were 528 contacts, enquiries
and referrals (all under the heading referrals) to the Access Team for 473 children as per
Graph 1 below:
Graph 1: CP Quarter 4 - Referrals received by Access Team from May to July 2025 
Graph 1 above illustrates the data for all contacts with the Access Team. Enquiries
relate to a request for advice or guidance from a member of the public or a partner
agency. The team receives information such as a Police Concern Report, not requiring
action or follow up, while referrals are formal requests for assistance or where it is
deemed necessary to take further action. 
Referral sources are Social Work, Scottish Children’s Reporters Administration (SCRA),
Police, Courts, Education, Health, 3rd Sector, community, families and young people,
where the following actions are considered:
• Information to be passed to the Named Person
• Visit to the child, young person and their family
• Interagency Referral Discussion – where partners meet to share information
and consider risk and create a safety plan
• Immediate action to reduce a significant and immediate risk of harm to a
child
The number of referrals can be more than the number of children, as they can come
from more than one source for the same child.
0
50
100
150
200
250
May-25 Jun-25 Jul-25
209 193
126
190 170
113
REFERRALS RECEIVED BY ACCESS TEAM
Referrals: No. in last month Referrals: No of children
Page 360

Page 361

Child Protection is prioritised with the allocation of a social worker to lead on the
assessment of need and risk.  The family's strengths and support networks are
considered by the creation of genograms to identify networks of supportive family
members, friends and community supports, who can contribute to the child’s safety
and wellbeing. Family Group Decision Making, commissioned from Children First, is
engaged to focus the family and friend network for a plan to reduce the flow-into care at
the earliest possible opportunity.  When applied at the early stages of support, effective
plans can reduce the need for children to move from the care of their parents and the
resultant trauma.  Pie chart 1 below shows the sources of referrals in CP Q4:
Pie chart 1: Sources of referral 
In CP Q4, 32% of referrals were from the Police (170), followed by Health and Social Work
20% (105), Education 19% (97), Family and Community 18% (97), and 11% coming from
other agencies (59) (as per pie chart 1).  Where the number of referrals is higher than the
number of children, due to there being more than one referral source on the same child
(e.g. Health, Education and Police) this potentially reflects consistent thresholds across the
partnership.
This quarter has seen a reduction in the number of referrals into social work.  The previous
quarter reported a significant increase, in part relating to referrals from education partners
prior to the end of the academic year.  Managers in the Access Team and the Quality
Improvement Officer for Education have met fortnightly to ensure a manageable flow of
referrals though the Child Planning Pathway to social work with appropriate thresholds
being applied reflecting reduced referrals.  Overall referral numbers will fluctuate to reflect
the needs of children in our communities and how effective our early help and support to
families is in meeting children's assessed needs. 
Graph 2 below shows the number of IRDs held for the number of children in CP Q4:
Graph 2: IRDs and number of children subject to an IRD
Police, 170,
32%
Education,
97, 19%
Health and
Social Work,
105, 20%
Family &
Community,
97, 18%
Other
Agency, 59,
11%
SOURCES OF REFERRAL
Page 361

Page 362

Graph 2 shows the quarterly trends in IRDs (between 1 Aug 2024 and 31 Jul 2025).  An
interagency referral discussion (IRD) is part of our wider Child Protection Procedures. Where
a child is referred and there is information to suggest they are at a potential or actual
significant risk of harm, and there is a need for further information to be shared, an IRD is
convened.  Police, Social Work, Health and other professionals who know the child come
together to discuss concerns, analyse risk and consider next steps.  
A safety plan can be created, joint interviews with children and young people planned,
health assessments, where appropriate, for children and consideration of need for an Initial
Child Protection Planning Meeting (ICPPM) discussed.   Multi-agency safety planning
responds to immediate risk of harm or creates a plan to reduce risk for a child enabling them
to remain with their family, whilst wider support is considered.
In CP Q4, 68 children were involved in 46 IRDs.  For each quarter, the number of children
is greater than the number of IRDs as each IRD considers all children in a family.  There
has been little fluctuation in the number of IRDs in Moray over the four quarters with an
average of 43. Pie chart 2 below provides the main reason for an IRD:
Pie chart 2: Main reasons for IRD 
Throughout CP Q4, physical assault (21, 29%) remains a consistent reason for an IRD
being held, followed by emotional abuse (11, 15%), sexual assault (9, 12%), mental
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Q1 24-25 Q2 24-25 Q3 24-25 Q4 25-26
47 40 41 46
64 66
57
68
IRDs and No. of Children
No. of  IRDs held in Quarter No. of Children involved
Page 362

Page 363

health (9, 12%), neglect (7, 10%), domestic abuse (7, 10%), and child criminal
exploitation (3, 4%).
Following the IRDs, 11 Initial Child Protection Planning Meetings were convened, and 13
Joint Investigative Interviews were requested.
Graph 3 below shows the trend across 2025 for joint investigative interviews and the
national model of Scottish Child Investigative Interviews (SCIM): 
Graph 3: Joint Investigative Interviewing 
Graph 4 – JII & SCIM 
Graph 4 above shows the activity of Joint Investigative Interviewing across CP Q4 during
which 16 children were recommended for Joint Investigative Interview (JII); 14 Scottish
Child Interview Model (SCIM) JIIs were completed, 2 children declined to be
interviewed. 
Graph 5 below shows the trend since Q4 2024/25 for the number of Initial and Pre-birth
Child Protection Planning Meetings, and the number of children. The number of children
subject to CPPMs is higher than the number of meetings held, due to some meetings
considering family groups:
Graph 5: Initial Child Protection Planning Meetings (ICPPM)
Page 363

Page 364

At the end of CP Q4, 11 Initial and Pre-birth CPPMs were held for 26 children, all of
whom were placed on the register. 100% were held in timescale of 28 days from the
notification of concern. 73% of Initial and Pre-birth CPPMs had parental attendance
which is positive while maximum attendance remains the aim.
Graph 6 below shows the trend from IRD to ICCPM over a five-year period from 2020/21
to 2024/25: 
Graph 6: Conversions from IRD to ICCPM 2020/21 to 2024/25 
12
22
10 11
26
7
12
6 7
11
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
May-Jul Aug-Oct Nov-Jan Feb-Apr May-Jul
2024/25
NO OF CHILDREN & UNBORN -ICPPMS
Number of children subject to Initial and Pre-Birth CPPMs Number of Initial and Pre-Birth CPPMs
Page 364

Page 365

This five-year trend in conversion rates of ICPPMs to CP registration in Graph 6 above
has offered an opportunity for reflection on social work practice. The conversion rate of
100% over the 4 Quarters Aug/Oct to May/Jul may indicate good decision making in
deciding which children should be progressed for multi-agency child protection plans
but may also suggest self-fulfilling planning i.e. those being taken to ICPPMs all end up
with child protection registration.
To understand this in more detail a focussed review for unborn babies following the pan
Grampian Support in Pregnancy Pathway is being undertake.  This will helpfully provide
an insight into the partnership application of the pathway and important outcomes for
families where a potential or actual risk of significant harm is indicated at an IRD and
progression to an ICPPM is agreed.  
A small percentage of children discussed in IRDs progress to ICPPMs, this as an IRD has
multiple outcomes and progressing to an ICPPM is only required where the child
remains at significant risk of harm where a safety plan has been agreed in the interim.
Audit of IRDs takes place to ensure consistency in the function of the meeting and the
quality of information shared and analysis of risk to inform decision making and an
agreed safety plan at the meeting.  Information from audit is shared with agencies to
consider improvements where required.  It would be helpful to understand better the
decision to proceed to IRD and what support is provided to a family prior to the meeting
taking place.  This aspect of collaborative partnership working represents the response
from the team around a child to a rise in concerns for their wellbeing.  
Where a child has a multi-agency plan of support a Child’s Planning Meeting may be an
appropriate option in some situations.  In the main as IRD’s exclude parents and the
528
referrals
46 IRDs
11 ICPPMs
The
conversion
rate from
referral to
IRD is 8.7%
The
conversion
rate from
IRD to
ICPPM is
23.9%
Page 365

Page 366

child or young person from the discussions and Police do not attend a child planning
meeting, this is appropriate on occasion where the risk is from a member of the child’s
family, or close support, or a disclosure of Police information requires to be protected.  
During CP Q4, there were 19 Review Child Protection Planning Meetings (RCPPM) held
for 28 children, where their circumstances were reviewed with their families, lead
professionals and independent advocates, to assess if the identified risks had been
sufficiently reduced to consider removing the child’s name from the register. 6 of the
RCPPMs held in this quarter were first reviews, of which, 66% were held within the 6-
month timescale. The reason that the meetings were note held in timescale was linked
to engaging parents; one meeting was postponed to allow a parent to attend and
participate. Another was delayed due to the prioritisation of a baby’s health
appointment. 
Graph 7 below shows in CP Q4, 2025 that 17 children were de-registered and 26 new
children were registered.  This meant at the end of CP Q4, the number of children who
were on the Child Protection Register (CPR) had increased by 9 (from 45 to 54). Large
families (three or more children) were added to the CPR in this quarter, accounting for
the increase:
Graph 7: Child Protection Registration (CPR) Trends from 2023/24 to 2024/25 
Graph 8 below shows CP Registration comparator authority trends to from 2018 to 31
July 2024:
Graph 8: Child Protection Registration Comparator Authority Trends: 2018 to 31 July
2024 
Page 366

Page 367

Graph 9: Number of Child Protection Registrations Comparator Authority Trends:
2018 to 31 July 2024 
Chart 10: Number of Child Protection Deregistration Comparator Authority Trends:
1 August 2018 to 31 July 2024 
Pie chart 3 below depicts the reasons that children were added to the CPR in CP Q4.
The reasons for new registrations often differ from the reasons for having an IRD. This is
because, throughout the information-sharing process and child in need assessment, a
more comprehensive understanding of the family's needs and a clearer perspective on
risk and safety emerges:
Pie chart 3: Reasons for new child protection registrations in the reporting period 
Page 367

Page 368

In CP Q4, “other concerns” was the most prevalent reason for child protection
registration. This is used by the Reviewing Officer where the categories are not reflective
of the family situation. Sexual abuse was the second most prevalent concern followed
by domestic abuse and emotional abuse. 
Pie chart 4 below depicts all of the reasons for children being placed on the CPR at the
end of CP Q4. Neglect was the most prevalent concern and is represented more than
the other categories: *Note there may be more than one concern documented for each
child.
Pie chart 4: Child Protection Concerns 
As shown in Graph 11, below at the end of CP Q4, there were 12 family groups
consisting of one child, four family groups with two children and nine family groups of
three or more children on the child protection register:
Graph 11: Family Groups 
At the end of CP Q4, eight children on the Child Protection Register had one previous
registration, and six children had two or more. This data highlights a pattern of recurring
child protection concerns for some children and families as per Graph 12 below:  
Page 368

Page 369

Page 369

Page 370

Graph 12: Previous Registrations  
The core objective of Children and Families and Justice Social Work is to ensure the
safety and wellbeing of children through timely, proportionate, and effective support.
Repeat registrations indicate that, for a small number of children and families, risks
have re-emerged or were not sufficiently reduced following previous support. 
To address this, the partnership needs to consider:
▪ The staged closure of families to social work and the move to child planning for
families where children have required a protection plan.  Child planning must
continue at a multi-agency level following closure to social work and focussed
quality assurance activity in this area for those children who move again to child
protection planning, would be of benefit.
▪ Learning from repeat registrations to identify systemic gaps and improve
practice, informed by the above 
Graph 13: Time on Moray Child Protection Register 
Regarding Graph 13, the aim is to support families to make the necessary changes to
safely parent their children in a timeframe which meets the needs of their children, for
example, up to 12 months.  Should risks not have significantly reduced, then alternative
Page 370

Page 371

measures should be considered for example referring to the Children's Reporter to
consider if a compulsory supervision order is required.  Where risk has been sufficiently
reduced, and the child is experiencing safe and good enough care, then de-registration
is considered, with the evidence understood and agreed by partners. 
Graph 14 below shows the trend for 2024/25 against CP Quarter 4 data.  The
consistently higher prevalence in the last year, of children aged 5-10 years highlights the
need for earlier support and diversion services, ensuring this is provided at the earliest
stages of a child’s development: 
Graph 14: Age of children on the Child Protection Register 
the following sections report against financial quarter 2 (JUL - SEPT 2025)
Graph 15 below identifies that at the end of Financial Quarter 2 (FQ2), there were 173
children who were looked after by Moray which is an overall increase from 165. Large
families accommodated in this period contribute to the rise: 
Graph 15: Number of children looked after away from home and at home 
There was an increase in the number of newly accommodated children in 2024/25
which is being analysed through the ‘Critical Mass’ work to support a better
Page 371

Page 372

understanding of this data and identify mitigating actions – a strategy for reducing the
flow-into care. 
Pie chart 5 below provides information on the internal and external care settings for
children and young people: 
Pie chart 5: Care setting categories 
At the end of FQ2, 45% of children were in family settings at home or in kinship care with
55% in other settings such as foster care or residential houses. This has remained a stable
figure highlighting many looked after children have been able to remain within their network
of family and friends. 
There has been an ongoing focus on kinship care as an option which has been supported by
Family Group Decision Making. With this, Moray has been able to avoid children being cared
for out with their familiar network of family and friends.       
At end of FQ2 there were 52 children living in foster care, with 45 children living with Moray
Council foster carers and 7 living with independent foster carers. This identifies that, despite
the challenges in recruiting carers both locally and nationally, Moray has ensured that most
children are living with in-house foster carers. 
This is significant as it enables the vast majority of looked after children in Moray to maintain
vital connections within their local community, including family, friends, education, and
healthcare.
A significant majority of young people are in family-based care (131, 76%) rather than
residential care (including short breaks) (42, 24%). The Carer Recruitment Campaign has
seen new foster carers and supported lodgings caregivers approved to support young people
remaining in Moray in family-based care. There remains the commitment to support young
Page 372

Page 373

people in family-based care including supporting families to identify and promote kinship
care options via Family Group Decision Making.  
At the end of September 2025, 95.5% of brothers and sisters in Foster Care and Kinship Care
remain together with at least one sibling. The National Average is 79%. Where brothers and
sisters are not together, this is for a variety of reasons including lack of suitable resource, an
assessed need to live separately or diverse needs.  Maintaining relationships between
brothers and sisters remains a priority.        
As such, Moray is 16.5% above the average indicator. There has been an impact of the
increase in newly accommodated young people in in 2024/25 where there has been an
associated increase in the use of residential care as foster care is at capacity in Moray.  
Aside this we will be implementing the revised Continuing Care Procedure. This is
aligned with our clear plan to support young people in their transition to adulthood and
after care, allowing them to remain in their family, fostering and residential home as
non-looked after children until the age of 21 - 'Staying Put'. 
Moray hosts five young people who are New Scots (formerly Unaccompanied Asylum-
Seeking Children) via the National Transfer Scheme.  These children and young people are
assigned to Moray by the mandated Home Office scheme and are then supported by the
Throughcare and Aftercare Team. They are supported as looked after children to ensure they
receive full support.  Initially, these young people are in Supported Lodgings or Supported
Accommodation.  The team continues to successfully support them to move into their own
independent housing once they have been granted asylum. 
Moray also hosts several other New Scots, but they are not all looked after children due to
their age or asylum status.   
The number of new arrivals of New Scots in FQ2 was one. The resource allocation system in
Moray means there are the resources to support New Scots including any future
manageable increases in numbers.      
Graph 16: Moray foster care households
Page 373

Page 374

Of our 44 fostering households, 90% are actively caring for a child.  Not all fostering
households have children living in their care.  At the end of FQ2 this comprises of four (10%)
in total.  This is a small number due to family circumstances or matching considerations of
their registration approval where foster carers are inactive for a short period of time.
The Fostering Team has been broadening the approval range and capacity of Moray foster
carers, with additional support and advice, to enable care for a wider group of children and
maximise capacity.  
Graph 17 below shows the children being cared for by Moray Council Foster Carers (internal)
and those being cared for by Foster Carers commissioned by Moray Council (external): 
Graph 17: Children who live in foster care   
Graph 17 identifies that at the end of FQ2, there were 45 children cared for by Moray foster
carers, which is a decrease from FQ1, which was 48.  
Young Carers work is reported to other Integration Joint Board Committees and is being
reviewed with a view to inclusion in this report.  
Page 374

Page 375

Graph 18 below shows the number of kinship households in Moray and the children and
young people in kinship care:   
Graph 18: Kinship care settings 
Kinship care is split into two groups: pre-approved kinship homes awaiting presentation at
the Kinship Panel for approval and kinship households already approved at Panel.  Moray is
seeking to increase the numbers of kinship households. This is to ensure more children and
young people can remain within their own communities and network of family and friends. 
It is envisaged that the numbers of kinship households will increase via the use of, for
example, Family Group Decision Making processes. 
We are continuing to review our Kinship Policy in line with revised guidance from the
Scottish Government. 
Residential care is divided into those in residential care in Moray (internal) and those out
with Moray (external).  The children’s houses in Moray (11) Cala, Rowan Lea and Land Street,
continue to operate at full capacity (14) with some young people who are over 18, subject to
Continuing Care, and not recorded as looked after children as per below:  
Graph 19: Residential care settings 
Page 375

Page 376

Out of Area care tends to be specialist residential houses or residential schools.  There has
been a consistent focus on providing this care in Moray where possible, so children remain
close to their families and support network.  The figure for the Out of Area category is 21.
Work is underway to reduce the number of young people in Out of Area care which is
expensive and does not geographically support young people in maintaining relationship in
Moray including health, education, family and friends. We are working with Action for
Children and the new transition project. The project will provide targeted support for young
people moving on from residential care in Moray or those returning to Moray. This is in early
stages of implementation, with a transition worker joining the team around the child or
young person. 
Residential care settings can be the correct care setting for some children and young people,
often due to previous unsuccessful multiple family care. However, in most cases, a family-
based setting is preferrable as it better prepares young people for adulthood as they have a
positive model of family life. For those young people in residential care, there is significant
preparation via independent living skills to support them in the transition to adulthood.  
As illustrated in Graph 20 below, as at 30 September 2025, there were 59 young people
receiving care from the Through Care After Care (TCAC) Team including 12 receiving
Continuing Care support:    
Graph 20: Through Care, After Care and Continuing Care 
It is anticipated that the numbers of young people subject to Continuing Care will
increase as this approach becomes more embedded in Moray. There will be a likely
increase in the use of Continuing Care for 16- and 17-year-olds and for those in
residential care which is supported by a refreshed policy but has significant resource
implications.   
The team is divided into three areas: 
• Through Care: Young people receiving support to plan and prepare for
independence.
• After Care: Young people who have left care and receive support whilst living
independently or in a continuing care.
Page 376

Page 377

• Continuing Care: Young people who choose to remain in their current care
beyond their 16th or 18th birthday until they are 21, although it can be in place
from 16.  These young people cease to be formally looked after by Moray Council
but receive the same support and care as when they were, providing a more
natural and seamless transition to adulthood. There is a focus on continuing care
to ensure young people in different care settings are given the opportunity to
remain where they are living potentially until the age of 21 – “Staying Put”.  This is
a key legal responsibility for the organisation and partners as corporate parents.   
The team is responsible for supporting New Scots (formerly Unaccompanied Asylum-
Seeking Children) via the National Transfer Scheme.  This is an increasing workload for
the team, which is dependent, in part, on the numbers of young people arriving in Kent,
making future forecasting a significant challenge.      
The team offers support to young people after they leave care (After Care) up to the age
of 26. There is a commitment to offer the same support birth families provide for young
people who are transitioning into adulthood.   
Positive Destinations for Looked After Children
A new area of reporting is in relation to positive destinations. This relates to school
leaving looked after children (S4-S6) moving on to education, employment and training. 
Within the Corporate Parenting Strategic Group there is a focus on positive destinations
to consider why the outcomes for looked after children in this area are not improving. It
is important to note the numbers of young people are small where they can be easily
identified, tracked and supported. The Throughcare and Aftercare Team has been
working with colleagues in Education to support these young people.  
Maintaining Relationships Project 
The Maintaining Relationships Project will be launched in October 2025 at UHI Moray. A
new maintaining relationships working group will be established to support
implementing, embedding, and evaluating the guidance.  Focus groups with children,
young people and professionals have been planned for January 2026.  
Justice Services and Youth Justice 
Graph 21 below provides details on care experienced young people being supported by
Justice Services: 
Graph 21: Care experienced young people supported by Justice Services 
Page 377

Page 378

Nationally, care experienced young people (CEYP) are overrepresented in the Scottish
Justice Systems.  At the end of FQ2, 9.3% (49 of 524) were CEYP (up to age 26) in the
Justice System (Youth Justice 16, Justice Social Work 33) as depicted in graph 21.  
This figure has consistently remained below 12% since 2023 with the percentage
fluctuating over the last year. The aim is to address identified needs and risks to reduce
the chance of offending or re-offending and maximise support building on existing
relationships across our partnership agencies.  
Research informs that early entry or prolonged exposure to the criminal justice system
can draw children into the system rather than rehabilitate and divert from the system,
therefore the use of short-term support is prioritised where possible.  Children who are
remanded or sentenced to custodial sentences in secure care are included in the
numbers above and has resulted in inaccurate data due to individuals being open to
both the Youth Justice and Justice Social Work team for transitional purposes.  This will
be addressed in the next reporting period.
Graph 22 below provides the age range of children and young people being supported
by Youth Justice Services:
Graph 22: Age of children in Youth Justice
402 442 473
48 51 517.9 8.3 9.3
0
100
200
300
400
500
Jul-25 Aug-25 Sep-25
Care Experienced Young People Supported by Justice
Services
Open to Justice Team Open to Youth Justice
%  CEYP open to both MYJ and JS Expon. (Open to Justice Team)
Page 378

Page 379

The average age of a child receiving Youth Justice services through this quarter is 15
years old which is the same as the previous quarter. At the end of FQ2 there are no
under 11’s supported by the service.  This is positive in that the needs of our younger
children are being appropriately met by other services. Most of the work continues to be
with children aged 11 to 15 years and is undertaken in a multi-agency way, working
closely with key partners such as Police Scotland, education services and our local
children's houses.
Whilst the team works with all schools throughout Moray, it has strong links with Moray
Social, Emotional and Behavioural Needs Service (SEBN).
There has been a very small number of young people aged over 18 years in the Youth
Justice Service over FQ2, where support has been delivered jointly with the Justice
Social Work team.  Planned transitions and joint working between these teams
minimises the impact on the young person.
Pie chart 6 below provides information on the gender of individuals supported by Youth
Justice Services:
Pie chart 6: Gender of individuals in Youth Justice  
0
20
40
60
Jul-25 Aug-25 Sep-25
0 0 0
26 26 33
21 21 171 4 1
Ages of Young People in Youth Justice
YJ: Age Band: 5-10 YJ: Age Band: 11-15 YJ: Age Band: 16-17 YJ: Age Band: 18+
YJ Gender:
Male, 40
YJ Gender:
Female, 11
GENDER OF YOUNG PEOPLE IN YOUTH JUSTICE
YJ Gender: Male YJ Gender: Female
Page 379

Page 380

At the end of FQ2, most individuals supported by Youth Justice were males accounting
for 78% of children and young people supported by the service.  There has been a small
increase of females in the service over this quarter.
Pie chart 7 below provides information on the gender of individuals in Justice Services:
Pie chart 7: Gender of individuals in Justice Services 
In Justice Social Work 16% of individuals supported by the service were females, which
has increased slightly over the past year.  It is recognised women in the justice process
are more likely to have experienced trauma and are also more likely to be a sole carer for
a child or family member.  
In line with The Promise, Justice Social Work is committed to keeping women in their
local communities where it is safe to do so and provide robust alternatives to custodial
sentences.  Currently the team offers a gender responsive service which includes a
weekly women’s group and a woman only unpaid work group.  Support is offered in
partnership with other services to promote opportunities for individuals to engage with
community resources which will be available beyond their time within the justice
service.   Work continues to capture the views of individuals to evaluate the impact of
this service and shape its development.  Recent feedback includes:                                                            
Justice Social Work reports (JSWR) remain a priority to reduce delays in sentencing and
for FQ2 the target of 100% on time has been met. There has been a slight decrease in
report requests over FQ2.  Whilst reports are prepared at the request of any Court for an
Page 380

Page 381

individual living in Moray, most reports are submitted to Elgin Sheriff Court as per graph
23 below:   
Graph 23: Justice social work reports (JSWR) 
Completion of Court reports on time results in appropriate sentencing for individuals
which addresses their current assessed risks and needs, and reduces time spent on
remand where a community sentence is imposed.  It also importantly supports a timely
outcome for victims of offences. Pie chart 8 below provides Justice Service report types
for court: 
111
94 100
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Q2
JUSTICE SOCIAL WORK REPORTS (JSWR) -SUBMITTED ON TIME
No. Social Enquiry Reports submitted on Time No. of People % of Reports on time
Page 381

Page 382

Pie chart 8: Justice Report Types 
In addition to a standard JSWR report the Court may request additional assessments
such as a Drug Treatment and Testing Order (DTTO) assessment and a Restriction of
Liberty Order (ROLO) assessment as shown in pie chart 8.  The imposition of a ROLO or
DTTO can be a direct alternative to custody so effective assessments for these Orders
can offer a robust community-based disposal.  
At the end of FQ2 there were three DTTO assessments in progress and two Orders
imposed which involves at least two appointments per week for testing and supporting
identified needs.
Graph 24 below provides details of structured deferred sentences from 2022/23 to
2025/26:
Graph 24: Structured deferred sentences (SDS) from 2022/23 to 2025/26 
An SDS is a flexible provision with structured social work support for an individual after
conviction but prior to sentencing.  Successful completion of an SDS reduces the need
for a statutory Court Order, in turn reducing the overall length of time an individual is
supported by the service.  The number of in SDS disposals in FQ2 has decreased,
however remain slightly higher than in the previous year in FQ2.
Page 382

Page 383

Graph 25 below provides bail supervision details from 2022/23 to 2025/26: 
Page 383

Page 384

Graph 25: Bail supervision from 2022/23 to 2025/26 
Bail supervision is an alternative to remand and the priority for this in Moray is women,
young people, those with caring or parental responsibilities and those with issues
relating to mental health or addictions.  Assessments are undertaken for all people
where bail is being opposed by the Procurator Fiscal and are provided on the same day. 
There is a small reduction in the number of assessments requested in FQ2 and an
increase in bail supervision orders imposed, with a slight increase compared to last
year in FQ2.  
There continues to be a significant number of assessments not resulting in bail being
opposed and work is being undertaken nationally to understand trends, but data is not
yet available to compare.  The prison population in Scotland remains high, and bail
supervision is one area which is hoped will assist in reducing these numbers whilst
offering more positive outcomes for individuals within their local communities.  There is
a plan to use the Outcomes Star as a model for identifying the impact of this work and
additional support through a third sector organisation is being explored to improve
outcomes for individuals subject to bail supervision.
FQ2 has seen a decrease in the imposition of Community Payback Orders (CPO) since
the previous quarter and in comparison, to the previous year.  There is no clear
indication for this decrease but may be due to the use of more effective early
interventions as per graph 26 below:
Graph 26: Community Payback Orders with supervision requirement 
Page 384

Page 385

Most individuals made subject to a CPO are seen on the day of sentencing, for those
where this has not been possible, an appointment with their allocated social worker is
made within seven days of an Order being imposed.  There has been an improvement in
the number of individuals seen within these timescales and additional support offered
to staff when completing data to improve accuracy.
Where an individual is subject to an Unpaid Work Requirement there is a focus on
providing opportunities to develop skills as well as contribute to our local communities. 
Feedback from this service includes:                                                   
Diversion from Prosecution
Diversion from Prosecution (DfP) allows someone accused of offences to be dealt with
outside of the formal justice system. Successful completion of a diversion from
prosecution means an individual will not have a conviction for the alleged offence which
may impact their current or future employment or education alongside other significant
areas of their life.  
The Justice Social Work team undertakes all assessments of suitability; however, the
Youth Justice team aids and supports young people aged 16 and 17.  The referral rate
varies which is a result of the process of cases being marked by the Procurator Fiscal. 
There can occasionally be delays in the commencement of these cases where
Page 385

Page 386

additional agreement is required from the Procurator Fiscal, e.g. an extended period for
completion. It is noted that there was no diversion from prosecution assessments for
females during September 2025 and further monitoring of this data will continue.
Outcomes Star data indicates most individuals feel an improvement in their wellbeing at
the end of a DfP.  Information contained within exit questionnaires include:                       
Work is being undertaken to improve the recording and examination of this data and
feedback.
Finalised updated guidance for DfP is awaited from the Scottish Government, however
there are plans from Community Justice Scotland to provide training to all staff which it
is anticipated will improve local and national practice.
Graphs 27 and 28 below provides details on diversion from prosecution for females and
males:
Graph 27: Diversion from prosecution: Female 
Graph 28: Diversion from prosecution: Male
Page 386

Page 387

Policy, development, trauma-informed and commissioning  
Trauma-Informed Practice
During FQ2, a range of courses, some of them consisting of multiple modules, have
been made available to staff across the partnership. Since the inclusion of the trauma
informed practice modules onto CLIVE, 691 people across the local authority have
successfully completed the ‘Understanding the impact of trauma and responding in a
trauma-informed way’ module. Reflective training sessions have been developed and
delivered to allow staff to explore how they can take their online learning and apply it
within their roles.  
Queries about trauma-informed practice, the applicability of courses and modules as
well as expressions of interest to participate in the STILT programme are to be directed
to the Trauma Lead Officer on TraumaInformedPractice@moray.gov.uk. 
New Procedures
This quarter saw two new procedures ratified in relation to mini learning reviews and
smoking, alcohol and substance consumption in care. 
The Mini Learning Reviews Procedure outlines the approach to undertaking rapid, single
agency examination and exploration of decision-making, professional processes,
outcomes of actions, chronologies of significant events, case recording, complaints
investigations and correspondence. It forms part of the Service’s self-evaluation
approach and applies when the criteria for multiagency full learning reviews have not
been met. 
The Smoking, Alcohol and Substance Consumption in Care Settings policy has been
developed to support the work of social workers within Moray Children and Families and
Page 387

Page 388

Justice Social Work Service. Based on research, national and local drivers as well as
benchmarking with other local authorities, it outlines tasks and expectations for staff,
carers and adopters and aims to facilitate consistent experience for children, young
people and their carers as well as to work towards positive health outcomes for children
and young people in care settings.  
Training and Development
The Social Work training calendar currently offers training in Action Plans, Chronologies,
Continuing Care Procedures, Assessment, Personality Disorder, Contextual
Safeguarding, Mental Health, Substance Use and Child Protection Processes.  The
training offer is under regular review with more areas to be developed in line with
identified needs across the service.  
Monthly forums continue to run offering support to all newly qualified social workers
and social workers in training across Children, Justice and Adult Services.  These
sessions are well attended with positive feedback being received.  
Throughout the second quarter, approximately a third of Children’s Social Work staff
accessed training provided by the partnership. This training included:
➢ Gangs and County Lines
➢ Risk, Harm and Vulnerability
➢ Child Sexual Exploitation
➢ Graded Care Profile 2 
Staff will have opportunities to benefit from training on professional communication
skills and corporate parenting soon. 
Self-evaluation: complaints received and responded to between January and June
2025
The 6-monthly analysis of complaints that were received and responded to by the
Children, Families and Justice Social Work Service is an established part of the
service’s self-evaluation approach. 
Between January and June 2025, 30 complaints were received and responded to: 18 at
Stage 1 and 12 at Stage 2. This is in line with the upward trend in the number of
complaints indicated by longitudinal data (since Jan 2022), suggesting that responding
to complaints is likely to place further pressure on the service, particularly in the light of
the demands of Child Friendly Complaints. 
Whilst the number of complaints is steadily increasing, the number of upheld
complaints has been on the decline, with this reporting period closing with zero fully
upheld complaints and 5 upheld complaint points. The majority of these related to a
lack of communication between the Service and people receiving it; this is in line with
previous findings of thematic analysis. 
Page 388

Page 389

The importance of good and timely communication will be reiterated during relevant
meetings and there is training in development in respect of professional communication
skills.
Children and Families and Justice Social Work Commissioning 
The Commissioning team in Children, Families and Justice Social Work leads and
oversees eight key areas of service contracts. Pie chart 9 below illustrates FQ2 spend
distribution: 
Pie chart 9: Percentage of Spend during FQ2 
The individual contracted service areas will be discussed next in turns. 
Family Support Services
The family support services area, accounting for 9% of the spend, consists of:
1. Independent advocacy service 
2. Three support services for prevention and early intervention: 
2.1 Families Together
2.2 Functional Family Therapy 
2.3 Aberlour Youth Point Moray. 
1. Independent advocacy
Moray’s Children’s Rights Service, delivered by Quarriers, provides advocacy and
support to all young people in Moray, as well as their parents, carers, brothers and
sisters. 
During this quarter, the service received 54 new referrals: 37 for children and young
people and 17 for parents, carers, brothers and sisters.  
Page 389

Page 390

This represents an increase compared to the previous quarter, as illustrated in graph 29
below:
Graph 29: Independent Advocacy per number of people from 2023 to 2025 
Notably, this quarter recorded higher proportion of referrals for children and young
people compared to parents, carers and brothers and sisters, changing the pattern
observed over the past three quarters increase in referral for children in need of
protection and their families.
While overall referral numbers have remained consistent, the volume of young people,
parents and carers receiving ongoing support has steadily increased. Further, only a low
number of individuals exits the service, indicating that once relationships are
established, support is sustained across multiple meetings and circumstances. 
In FQ2, 196 young people and 169 parents, carers and brothers and sisters were receiving
support.  
This means that the overall workload of the service is growing, as illustrated in graph 30
below: 
Graph 30: Advocacy Caseloads from 2023/24 to 2025/26
Page 390

Page 391

Graph 31 below provides details of the types of meetings supported advocacy services:                                                                                      
Graph 31: Types of Meetings Supported
Quarriers provides advocacy and support
to ensure that children, young people, and
their parents or carers have their voices
heard in a wide range of situations.  The
accompanying graph illustrates the
number of professional meetings attended
by Quarriers this quarter, further broken
down into Social Work, Education and
Health-led meetings, where they
advocated on behalf of children, young
people and their families.
2. Prevention and early intervention services
The three prevention and early intervention services—Aberlour Youth Point, Families
Together, and Functional Family Therapy—provided support to a total of 115 children,
young people, and their families during this quarter.  
2.1. Aberlour Youth Point Moray  
Aberlour Youth Point Moray provides targeted support for children and young people
who face challenges in maintaining positive engagement at home, school or within their
community.  The service also extends support to parents and carers of the children and
young people involved.
Throughout their engagement with the service, young people assess their progress
against SHANARRI indicators at the initial meeting and at regular intervals thereafter.
The scores are provided on a 5-point scale, where 1 identifies an area for improvement
and 5 shows an area where things are going very well.
Page 391

Page 392

Graph 32 below outlines the service impact outcomes for every young person who
received support in this quarter. Overall, most of them indicated maintained or
improved scores, demonstrating the sustained benefits of the support provided: 
Graph 32: Service Impact Outcomes 
Four young people completed their engagement with the service during this time. The
scores they provided at the beginning and at the end of their journey indicates
improvements in most areas, indicating the positive impact of the service, as illustrated
in the graphs below.   
Positive qualitative feedback corresponds with the impact identified above; as indicated
by the quote on the right. 
2.2. Families Together 
This restorative family service, delivered by
Children First, provides a range of supports,
including one to one and group sessions, family
focussed money advice service, practical
assistance (e.g., food parcels and school
bank referrals) and the Family Group
Decision Making approach.
Through the financial worker, two families
achieved significant financial
improvements, including gains of £1,364
and the management of £830.60 debt.
Four families completed their time under
the family support work with Children
First during this quarter. 
Page 392

Page 393

2.3 Functional Family Therapy 
Functional Family Therapy (FFT) is a short term, strengths-based programme designed
to help families improve communication and relationships, with the goal of keeping
them together. 
Currently, 17 families are receiving support through this service.  
During this quarter, two families completed their work with the Action for Children
service. The graph below presents outcome measures assessed at the conclusion of
their engagement.  These scores, rated by young people, parents, and therapists, cover
six key areas and are measured on a five-point scale, where a score of 3 or above
represents a significant clinical outcome:
Graph 33: Clinical Outcome Measures 
Graph 34 below illustrates the impact of FFT showing progress from averaged initial
scores provided by the young people and their families at the start of the intervention to
the final scores at its conclusion.  These results indicate an overall reduction in the
young people’s emotional difficulties because of the intervention:
Graph 34: Outcomes by Support Area Pre & Post Service
Page 393

Page 394

The two families who finished the FFT programme
this quarter, had initially been assessed as “likely”
and “highly likely” at risk of family breakdown.  On
completion this risk reduced to “very unlikely”.
The quotation on the left highlights the positive
changes experienced by one parent. 
Support for Unpaid Carers
Delivered by Quarriers, this service accounts for
3% of the total Q2 expenditure and fulfils statutory obligations under The Carers
(Scotland) Act 2016. 
Out of area care via Scotland Excel and Moray frameworks 
Out of area care via Scotland Excel and Moray frameworks accounted for 60 percent of
the total spend in FQ2. The number of children in the various types of care arrangements
are outlined in table 1 below: 
Table 1: Care by Type, Commission Type and No of Children 
Type of care arrangement Number of
children
Q1 Q2
Residential care commissioned through the Scotland Excel
Residential framework
12 16
Residential care with 2 providers commissioned via Moray
frameworks
7 7
Page 394

Page 395

Foster care commissioned through the Scotland Excel Fostering
and Continuing Care Framework
7 9  
Local Residential Care
Accounting for 14% of the spend, residential care is provided to eight young people by
Action for Children across two homes in Moray. This is a static number, as eight beds
are commissioned through this contract. 
Children with a Disability – Residential Services 
The Scotia residential service, accounting
for 9% of the spend, is delivered by
Aberlour Childcare Trust in Alba Place,
Elgin. Currently, three young people benefit
from this service. 
Monitoring arrangements confirm these
children are fully supported, maintaining
relationships with family and friends, and
enjoy a wide range of inclusive community
activities.  
The quote from a parent on the right exemplifies the positive impact of the service and
their commitment to maintaining relationships with the wider family and friends.
Children with a disability- support services
Commissioned services supporting children and young people with disabilities account
for 4% of the total expenditure and consist of two services, a short breaks provision and
group activities service. 
Short Breaks Services  
This contract provides day care and overnight short breaks for 12 young people.  They
deliver 15-day care sessions and (on average) 21 overnight sessions per month. This
allows a break for the family, the benefits of which is deemed positive, as demonstrated
by the quote on the right. 
Group Activities
A total of 40 sessions were delivered during this
period, comprising 15 summer, 13 weekend
and 12 after school sessions.  In total, 80 hours
of service delivery provided across two
locations in Moray, with plans to expand as
referrals from other localities increase.
Page 395

Page 396

The accompanying quotation from a parent of a young
person who accessed the service this quarter highlights
the positive reception and impact of these sessions. 
Page 396

Page 397

Report to: Education, Children’s and
Leisure Services 
Meeting Date: 23 June 2026  
Report by: Executive Director Education, Housing and Communities      
Author: Kim Slater Contact Email: kim.slater@moray.gov.uk 
Subject: Information Report – Sportscotland Additional Investment 
1.  PURPOSE 
☐ For Decision      ☒  For Information 
1.1  The purpose of this report is to note how sportscotland additional investment is being
utilised in Moray during 2026/27.  
1.2  This report is submitted to Committee in terms of Section III (D) (20) of the Council's
Scheme of Administration relating to exercise the Council’s statutory functions to provide
facilities and support activities related to the development of recreation, sport, culture
and social activities.  
2.  SUMMARY  
2.1  This report is to provide Committee with information on how Moray Council are utilising
additional investment received from sportscotland in 2026/27.  This includes recruitment
of a Club Development Officer post to support voluntary sports clubs/organisations.  It
also includes the dissemination of Summer of Sport funding across a range of partners to
deliver opportunities for children and young people aged 3 to 26 years, to help them get
active, stay active and improve their lives. 
3.  BACKGROUND AND CONTEXT  
3.1  As part of the Scottish Government Budget for 2026/27, £38million of new investment was
allocated to sportscotland.  £18million was allocated to core work strands covering
Scottish Governing Bodies of Sport, Club & Community Sport, Commonwealth Games
Scotland and Core Costs.  £20million was allocated to a ‘Summer of Sport’ which is
primarily a one-off investment, with one key exception, school swimming.  
3.2  In mid-March 2026, sportscotland commenced communications with Local Authorities,
Leisure Trusts and Scottish Governing Bodies of Sport in regards to the funding streams
and allocations connected to these new investment areas. 
Page 397

Page 398

3.3  There are 4 key areas of investment that either Moray Council have received or will be
involved in supporting;
• Club Development Officer post
• School Swimming
• Summer of Sport
• Club Support Programme 
3.4  Club Development Officer post
All 32 Local Authorities have received funding to invest in a Club Development Officer post
to help make our voluntary sports clubs stronger, sustainable, safe and inclusive
organisations.  Initially this post is funded for 2026/27 however sportscotland’s intention is
that these posts will become part of core investment that Local Authorities receive as part
of their partnership agreements. 
National research is evident that voluntary organisations are under increasing pressure
due to volunteer fatigue, lack of volunteers, increased governance and bureaucracy in
relation to child protection, health and safety, liability and qualifications.  These voluntary
organisations also experience funding challenges to survive on a daily basis.  This post will
help support these organisations across Moray as they are valuable contributors towards
our Local Outcome Improvement Plan.  Sportscotland will fully fund the salary costs of
this post and also provide an operational budget.  The recruitment for this new post is
currently underway. 
3.5  School Swimming
Moray Council await further information in regards to the phased rollout of a national
schools swimming programme.  COSLA Officers are working jointly with Scottish
Government on the detailed development of the initiative including consideration of cost
modelling, funding mechanisms, workforce implications and practical planning to enable
safe and effective delivery at a local level.   
3.6  Summer of Sport
Moray Council have received £213,000 to provide opportunities for children and young
people aged 3 to 26 years, to help them get active, stay active and improve their lives. 
Opportunities are required to be free, targeted or at a reduced cost to maximise
engagement and help address barriers to participation.  To help maximise resource and
collaborate with other partners, the Active Moray working group determined that a grant
application scheme would be set up to access this funding.  In total, 50 applications were
received totalling £280,000.  A small panel of representatives from the Active Moray
working group assessed the applications with 32 meeting the criteria (5 of these were
pending based on some minor additional information requirements).  Based on all 32
applications receiving funding this will leave just over £36,000.  A second phase of
applications will be accepted in August/September for this remaining funding.  The 32
projects are as follows; 
Organisation Funding
Allocated
Activity/Programme Age Group Location
Spey Bay Golf
Club
£2,665 Give it a Go -
Opportunity for all
8yrs+ Speybay
Page 398

Page 399

children 8yrs+ to try
golf
Badminton
Moray
£7,260 Badminton &
Pickleball
development of Grass
Roots &
widening the player
base.
P3 upwards,
families with
children P3 and
upwards
Forres
Community
Centre and
Moray Sports
Centre
Cala Residential £1,944 Fit Life Cards Looked after
and
accommodated
young people
Moray
Dance North £3,450 Youth Dance sessions 8-12 and 14-16
years
Fochabers
and Speyside 
Elgin Sports
Community
Trust
£7,500 Boccia Roadshow &
Festival
Pupils with ASN
P5-P7
Elgin
Forres Solstice
Wolves
Volleyball
£3,260 Summer volleyball
development camp
11-17years  Forres
Forres Tigers
Basketball Club
£2,440 Basketball Camps 10-18 years Forres
Moray Active
Schools
£7,494 In-Active to Active –
training and
participation activities
Various  Moray
Moray Flying
Circus
£6,694 Summer Camp Various Forres
Moray
Hydrotherapy
Pool
£7,500 Moray Hydrotherapy
Pool Floatstation
Inclusion Project
Various Moray (Note:
Forres
already have
use of this
equipment)
Moray Mountain
Bike Club
£4,500 Moray Mountain Bike -
Junior Mountain Bike
Provision
6 – 18yrs Moray
Moray Youth
Work
£6,500 Girls Wellbeing and
Outdoor Confidence
Programme
3-26yrs Buckie,
Milne’s, Elgin
and Forres
Outfit Moray  £7,500 Young Carers Outdoor
Learning and
Adventure
Young Carers Moray
R M Coaching £5,839 Dufftown - small
group Football
sessions - Summer
2026
8-13yrs Dufftown
The Loft Project £4,852 Get Up & Go project Various Keith
UHI Moray and
Elgin Youth
Development
Group
£1,696 Pathways to Further
Education Summer
Programme
Various Elgin,
Lossiemouth
and Speyside
Page 399

Page 400

Moray Disability
Sports Hub
£7,500 Wheelchair
Basketball, Tennis and
Wheelchair Tag Rugby
Families with a
disabled child
or adult
Moray Sports
Centre,
Buckie
Community
High School,
Elgin High
School,
Elgin
Academy,
Lossiemouth
High School
and Moray
UHI
Keith Library £4,783 Keith Library/Keith
Active Schools Joint
Provision
In-active, low-
income,
teenage years
Keith
Moray Road
Runners
£7,500 Shared Chip Timing
System for Running
Events
Various Moray
Moray Sport &
Leisure
£7,494 Three Projects - 'ASN
Swimming Project',
'Free Access to
Facilities', 'Workforce
Development - NPLQ
Training'
Universal offer
(3-26 years)
Looked after
and
accommodated
young people
Families with a
disabled adult
or child Young
carers
Young People
experiencing
poverty
Across Moray
Elgin Youth
Development
Group 
£5,900 The Warehouse
Challenge
Universal offer
(3-26 years)
Elgin,
Speyside with
more
locations
dependent
on training 
Milnes ASG
(Primary &
Secondary)
£5,570 Cycling provision Universal offer
(3-26 years)
Families with a
disabled adult
or child
Fochabers
Karate Academy
Scotland
£6,004 Karate Academy
Scotland Club
Development
Universal offer
(3-26 years) in-
active, low
income
Buckie, Elgin,
Forres
Children First £5,742 Children First - Family
Fun Activities
Universal offer
(3-26 years)
Moray
Page 400

Page 401

Moray Mavericks
Basketball Club
£7,500 Moray Mavericks do it
R.I.G.H.T. Programme
Various Lossiemouth,
Elgin, Buckie,
potential for
every primary
and
secondary
school,
Moray Sports
Centre,
Moray
College.
Forres Academy
Parent
Partnership
£7,500 Forres Academy
Marine Academy &
After Schools Club
S1-S6 pupils
(age 11-17yrs)
Royal
Findhorn
Yacht Club
The Gaff, Forres £3,320 Inclusive Activity
Sessions
Universal offer
(3-26 years)
Forres
Eclipse
Taekwondo
£4,505 Sparring & Inclusive
Sessions
Universal offer
(3-26 years)
Buckie
Elgin City
Community
Trust
£7,500 Elgin City Community
Trust - Holiday
Hotspots
Various Elgin City FC
Friendly Access £7,500 SurfABLE Scotland -
Inclusive Surf
Progression
Programme
Families with a
disabled adult
or child
Neurodiverse,
Learning
Disabilities and
Physical
Disabilities
Lossiemouth
& Forres
Moray Cricket
Association
£4,017 Moray Primary
Schools Cricket
Coaching
Primary P5-P7
pupils
Forres, Elgin,
Fochabers,
Lossiemouth,
Keith and
Buckie
Moray Sea
Cadets
£2,600 Watersports Growth
for Moray Sea Cadets
Universal offer
(3-26 years)
Elgin (Army
Reserve
Centre),
Lossiemouth
Harbour,
Findhorn
Watersports
TOTAL £176,029   
3.7  Club Support Programme
Nationally, sportscotland have allocated £5million to a Club Support Programme which
will provide targeted investment into sports clubs and community organisations, creating
more paid posts that will have a role to support them in key areas such as coaching,
governance, and administration. 
Page 401

Page 402

Clubs and Community Organisations will be asked to develop a business case with
support from Scottish Governing Bodies (SGBs), Local Authorities/Leisure Trusts and
Invested National Partners that will make their club stronger, more sustainable, safer
and/or more inclusive.  Scottish Governing Bodies (SGBs), Local Authorities/Leisure Trusts
and Invested National Partners were required to submit business cases on behalf of the
club/organisation to sportscotland for assessment between 1–22 May for the first phase of
applications.  Clubs/organisations will be advised of the outcome of their submission
week beginning 29 June.   4 business cases were submitted during this first phase from
clubs/organisations connected to Moray.  A second phase of applications will be
considered in September 2026. 
4.  PROPOSALS  
4.1  The Committee is asked to note the 4 key areas of new sportscotland investment received
in 2026/27 and that a further report will be brought back to Committee in 2027/28 to
advise on the impact this additional investment has made to individuals, clubs and
organisations across Moray.  
5.  SUMMARY OF IMPLICATIONS  
5.1  The table below shows whether risks and implications apply if the recommendations are
agreed: 
SUBJECT YES NO
Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcome Improvement Plan) x 
Policy and Legal x 
Financial  x
Risk  x
Staffing x 
Best Value and Transformation x 
Property  x
Information Communications Technology/Digital             x
Equalities. Social Inclusion and Economic Impact              x 
Climate Change and Biodiversity Impact  x 
5.2  Corporate Plan and 10 Year Plan (Local Outcomes Improvement Plan (LOIP))
Improved Collaborative Leadership, as part of continuous improvement through Best
Value, will better enable the Council to fulfil the ambitions set out in its strategic plans. 
a) Links to Council Corporate Plan – The proposals in this report support and contribute
to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following Council Plan
strategic priorities:
☒ Tackle Poverty and Inequality.
☐ Build Stronger Greener Vibrant Economy.
☒ Build Thriving, resilient, empowered Communities.   
b) Links to Local Outcomes Improvement Plan – The proposals in this report support
and contribute to improved outcomes for communities as outlined in the following
Local Outcomes Improvement Plan priorities:
Page 402

Page 403

☐ Developing a diverse, inclusive, and sustainable economy
☒ Building a better future for our children and young people in   Moray.
☒ Empowering and connecting communities.
☒ Improving wellbeing of our population 
5.3  Policy and Legal 
The Council has a legal duty to ensure adequate provision of facilities for recreational,
sporting, cultural and social activities. Improving the health and wellbeing of the Moray
community through sport, leisure and recreation is not only an integral part of the local
vision, but it is also a national priority. 
The report links to the Scottish Government’s Physical Activity for Health National
Framework, which aims to strengthen access and ensure sustainability of active places
and spaces. It also links to the aspiration of everyone having access to a network of quality
places where they can get involved in sport, as identified as a key objective in
Sportscotland’s Corporate Strategy “Sport for Life”.  
5.4  Financial 
Moray Council have received up to £60,081 for the 2026/27 financial year towards the
Club Development Officer post which covers staffing costs and some operational budget. 
This figure will be prorated based on the month that the postholder commences in the
role. 
Moray Council have received £213,000 for the 2026/27 financial year towards the
Summer of Sport programme.  This funding will be allocated to partners as set out in the
report. 
5.5  Risk 
The main risks connected to this report are as follows;
Political – N/A
Financial – the inability to utilise all the investment – in this case any underspend would be
diverted back to sportscotland.  
HR (Staffing) – the additional pressure this investment is placing on existing resources –
this is being monitored and managed accordingly.  Sportscotland are aware of this and
therefore are placing a light touch and flexible expectation on evaluation and reporting
methods.
Regulatory – N/A
Environmental – N/A
Reputational – the inability to utilise all the investment in Moray and therefore diverting it
back.
Operational Continuity & Performance – N/A
IT (Technological) – N/A
Economic Recovery – N/A  
5.6  Staffing 
A Club Development Officer will be recruited by Moray Council, initially until end of March
2027.  However, this role may continue for a further 4yr period if embedded into the next
partnership agreement between Moray Council and sportscotland. 
Page 403

Page 404

This additional investment has placed additional resource pressures on the Leisure and
Culture Service, Finance and HR colleagues and this is being managed accordingly. 
5.7  Best Value and Transformation 
This report links to the following Best Value action;
- Identify opportunities to maximise the impact of resources and budgets through
alignment of activity.  
5.8  Property 
There are no property implications connected to this report.  
5.9  Information Communications/Technology/Digital 
There are no information communications/ technology/digital implications connected to
this report.  
5.10  Equalities, Social Inclusion and Economic Impact 
This report will enhance social inclusion across Moray as the additional investment will
help increase opportunities for 3-26yr olds to be active as well as strengthen our voluntary
sports clubs which will aid sustainability.  
5.11  Climate Change and Biodiversity Impacts 
There are no climate change or biodiversity implications connected to this report. 
6.  CONSULTATION  
6.1  This report has been prepared in consultation with the Chief Financial Officer, Service
Manager Legal Services and Caroline O’Connor, Committee Services Officer and any
comments made have been incorporated into the report   
Page 404